Skip to main content

Full text of "Thrilling Wonder Stories v09n03 (1937 06)"

See other formats


lOLTEN 



fronomical Doom 

r ANTHONY RUD 



ENACE FROM 
E MICROCOSM 

Novelette 
Worlds 
Ithin Worlds 



S TORIES 



THE CKESSBOAREI OF MARS 

A Novelette of Super-Telepathy 
By EANDO BINDER 

LOST IN TIME 

A Novelette of 
Dimensional Secrets 

By ARTHUR 
LEO ZAGAT 



f1 RILLING 









IIP 




A REAL WSLBSR 



Men, here id the hottest specialty item that 
haa come alone in years. A real honest to 
goodness electric are welder that does a 
man size job. Built a^rdily of the finest 
materials. Requires no mechanical know!- 
edge^any ',one can use it. Every demon- 
etration should make a sale, lliis new 
Trindl Electric Arc Welder la 
made possible by the invention o£ 
a low voltage carbon which gets 
white hot from the current of an 
ordinary 6 volt storage battery 
such as in your automobile. It 
only uses about 20 to 26 amperea 
of current which is about, the 
same current drain as 4 head- 
/light bulbs, yet develops about 
7000 degrees of heat. 






STEEL 



AM& 

DNSTANTLV 

The Trindl Welder is simple to use. Expert 
welding can be done by anyone. The 
Trindl Arc Welder is the only battery welder that, after a rigid test, has 
been approved by the Automotive Test Laboratories of America. It ia 
ideal for making permanent fender repairs — also for broken castings, 
radiators, cylinders, water jackets, 'holes in auto bodies, hog troughs, 
boilera, tanks, milk cans, radios, batteries, etc. Iron, Ste^, Brass, Cop- 
per and Tin can be worked on for a quick and permanent repair. The 
repaired part will he as strong ae before. 

“Ot]® TOILIT 
[F®0.[L SDZ[i 
■§D©[i^Aa, wmY, 

This new converter is used on any 110 volt 60 cycle electHe light aocket 
in place of a etorage battery. It is especially designed to be used with the 
Trindl Electric Arc Welder— COSTS LESS THAN A GOOD BATTERY 
— ^Hie combination makes' a full size professional electric arc welder that 
everybody can use. Ideal for fender and repair eh<w needs. This is a 
sensation, not only in price but also in actual results* The converter 
represents the same fine construction and engineering skill as the arc 
welder. The complete outfit, including the transformer, ia easily portable 
BO that it can be brought right to the job. 

The price is so low that now any- 
^one can afford to have a real 
welding outfit. Think of the profit you can make introducing this Trindl 
Welder and Converter — a simple five rninute demonstration should make 
a sale to even^ interested prospect, especially when they hear the amaz- 
ingly low price. Garages, radio and^ battery men, tinners, sheet 



Here are Jost a rew 
ftom the manr letters 0/ p^ee 
we have received from f A"dl 
Electtic Arc boosters. 

Please find enclosed for 12 

y^r weldYr ’'Yam 

Florida. O. Lyster.- 

I received my weldor Amei •!. , 

-C. Gillies. Canada? 




mm% SWEAR m d?^ 



910.50 a day profit for you for only 
selling 6 Trindl Arc Welders. No 
matter where you turn, you will find 
people who will want to buy aro 
welders from you. Garages, shop 
men, radio repair men, farmers, 
home-owners, mechanics, janitors, 
all of them need Trindl Electric Arc 
Welders. Be the man in your terri- 
tory to clean up with Trindl, 



metal workers, janitors, farmers 
Trindl Welder and Converter. 



and homeKJwners all ne^ the 



M@WS 



There are big profits and a steady busi- 
ness waiting for you taking care of your 
territory for ns^ Dpn't let someone else get in before yoo— Send 
coupon Today* 




MABIL EOypaM MOWS 

TRINDL PRODUCTS 
2229-QM Calumet Ave. 

Chicago, Dlinois 

Yes I Bwh mo free partlculaTS of how I can 
make big money with Trindl Electric Aro 
Welders and Convcrtera. This does not obli- 
gate me In any way. 



©oDdfliiuDefi' Av®, 



Name 

Local Address.. 

City 

State 



THMLLING 

WONDER 

STORIES 

The Magazine of Prophetic Fiction 




VOL. 9 No. 3 

JUNE, 1937 



m THE 
NEXT ISSUE 



Table of Contents 



THE DOUBLE MINDS 

A Scientific 
Adventure Novelette 

JOHN W. 
CAI^PBELL. JR. 



€®N9yiST 
©IF LIFE 

A Novelette . of 
Laboratory Magic 

By 

IANS© BINDER 



um m INFINITY 



© COMPLETE NOVELETTES 

MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



By JOHN RUSSELL FEARN U 

LOST IN TIME 

By ARTHUR LEO ZAGAT 40 

THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 

By EANDO BINDER T2 

© THRILLINO SHORT STORIES 

THE MOLTEN BULLET 

By ANTHONY RUD J1 

DARK SUN 

By RAYMOND Z. GALLON 56 

DARCONDRA 

By RICKARD TOOKER 63 

RENEGADE 

By J. HARVEY HAGGARD 88 

GREEN HELL 

By ARTHUR K. BARNES 91 

THE BLACK VORTEX 

By FRANK BELKNAP LONG, JR 101 



o SPECIAL PICTURE FEATURES 



A Novelette of 
Absolute Space 

BY 

PAUL ERNST 

o 

THE IRON WORLD 

A Novelette of 
Robot Rebellion 

BY 

OTIS ADELBERT 
KLINE 

9 

— ^nd many ether Un- 
usual Novelettes and 
Stories. 



IF—! 

By JACK BINDER 87 

ZARNAK 

By MAX PLAISTED 101 

© NEVI/ SCIENCE FEATURE 

SCIENTIFACTS 

By J. B. WALTER 70 

® OTHER FEATURES AND DEPARTMENTS 

THE STORY BEHIND THE STORY. 10 

TEST YOUR SCIENCE KNOWLEDGE 86 

SCIENCE QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 115 

THE READER SPEAKS 117 

THE SCIENCE FICTION LEAGUE 122 

THE "SWAP” COLUMN 125 

SCIENTIFILM REVIEW ...127 

FORECAST FOR THE NEXT ISSUE 129 



© ON THE COVER 

Jim Dunning, of the year 1938, follows a stratocar of the 
future to its landing held. This scene depicts the climax 
of Arthur Leo Zagat’s novelette, LOST IN TIME. 



Published bi-monthly by BEACON MAGAZINES, INC,, 2* West 48th Street, New TorK. N. T. 
N. L. Pines, President. Copyright, .1937, by Beacon Magazines, Inc. Yearly $.90; single copies, 
$.15; Foreign and Canadian, postage extra. Entered as second-class matter May 21, 193$, at 
the Post Office at New York, N. Y., under the Act of March 3, 1879. Names of all characters 
used In stories and semi-fiction articles are fictitious. If a name of any living person or 
existing institution is used, it Is a coincidence. 

Manuscripts must be accompanied by self-addressed, stamped envelopes, and are submitted at the author’s risk. 



4 




W HY should thousands of people today 
remain skinny and friendless ■when 
this new discovery is giving other thou- 
sands solid, normally at&active flesh— gains 
of 10 to 25 pounds— in just a few weeks!. 

People who never could gain an ounce 
before have not only put on all the weight 
they wanted, but also report naturally 
clear skin and good-looking color, wonder- 
ful new pep and energy ■that bring loads 
of new friends and joyous new popularity. 
Don’t be a “stick-in-the-mud” when you too 
may build yourself up this easy way. 

Why it builds so quick 

Doctors now know that thou- 
sands of people are thin and 
rundown for the single reason 
that they do not get enough 
Vitamin B and Iron In their 
daily food. 'Without these vital 
elements you may lack appetite 
and not get the most body-build- 
ing good out of what you eat. 

Now one of the richest kno^wn 
sources of Vitamin B is cultured 
ale yeast. By a new process the 
finest Imported Cultured ale 
yeast Is now concentrated 7 
times, making It 7 times more 
poiveTful. Then it is combined 
with 3 kinds of blood-building 
iron, pasteurized whole yeast 
and other valuable ■ ingredients 
in pleasant little tablets known 
as Ironlzed Yea^ tablets. 

If you, too, need these vital 
elements to aid in building you 



up, get these new "7-power” 
lionized Yeast tablets from your 
druggist today. Note how 
quickly they increase your ap- 
petite and help you get more 
benefit from the body-building 
foods that are so essential. 
Then, day after day as you take 
them, watch flat chest develop 
and skinny limbs round out to 
natural attractiveness. See bet- 
ter color come. Soon you feel 
like an entirely different per- 
son, with new charm. 

Money-back guarantee 

No matter how skinny and run- 
down you may be from lack of 
sufilcient Vitamin B and iron, 
try these new Ironlzed Yeast 
tablets just a short time. See if 
they don’t aid in building you 
up in just a fe^w weeks, as they 



Po3€d by pra/oaaionai modeto 

have helped thousands of others. 
If you are not delighted ■with 
the benefits of the very first 
package, money back Instantly. 

Only be sure you get genuine 
lionized Yeast. Beware sub- 
stitutes. Look for "lY" stamped 
on each tablet. 

Special FREE offer! 

To start thousands building up 
their health right away, we make 
this absolutely FREE offer. Pur- 
chase a packE^e of Ironlzed Yeast 
tablets at once, cut out the seal on 
the box and mall it to us with a 
clipping of this paragraph. 'We 
•will send you a fascinating ne'W 
book on health, “New Facts About 
Tour Body." Remember, results 
with the very first package— or 
money refunded. At all druggists. 
Ironlzed Yeast Co., Inc., DepL 716, 
Atlanta, Ga. 




I ^ 1 

5 BTJBBCBI1PTION DHIPT., OOI.1LEGB H1JMOB TF6 * 

I 2S WEST 48TH BTBEET. NEW TOBK OITT I 

'ii B m I jiy dollar Is pinned to this coupon. Please send the | 
I next nine issues to : g 

I Name S 

I 



[Hi 



I Address 

I City STATE. 

j (Forel^. ?1.0O) 





I Will Bend Ton a Sample l/eeson 
FBBE 



Tb«l My Tniinhis Poyi 



cup the coupon and maU H. i wUi prove to 
you that I can train you at home In your 
Bpare time to be a RADIO F!!XPEBT. I will 
send you ny first lesson FREE-. Elxamlne It. 
read it, see how clear and easy it Is to un* 
derstand — how practical I mal<e learning Radio 
at home. Then you will Icnow why men with- 
out Radio or electrical experlenca have become 
Radio Experts and are earning more money 
tlmn ever as a result of my Training. 



OWNS PART TIME 
RADIO BUSINESS 

*'I am a locomotive en- 
gineer with the B. & M. 
Bailroad. and worh part 
'Vi time in Radio. In the 
selling end 1 have made 
' as lilgh as $300 in one 
month and have added to 
that about $100 in service worli.’' 
FRANK McClellan. 902 Elizabeth 
St.. Mechanicville, N. T. 

PARTNER IN LARGE 
RADIO SUPPLY HOUSE 

*‘Our concern has grown | 
by leaps and bounds until 'i; 

It is today the largest v V 
wholesale Radio supply r- 
house In New England, h 
We have established h ^ 
branches at Portland, ' 

Maine, and Barre., Vt. 

Tlie N.R.I. Mon travels tho highway 
to profits In Radio.” REYNOLDS 
W. SMITH. 1187-91 Elm Street. 
Manchester. N. H. 

DOUBLED SALARY 
IN 5 MONTHS 
"Shortly after I started 
the N.R.I. Course I be- 
gan teaciting Radio classes 
at the Sitartan. School of 
Aeronautics. After five 
months 1 was given a 
chance to join the Ajnerl- 
can Airlines at a salary 
double that which I received from 
the school.” A. T. BROTHERS, 2554 
HIU 8t.. Santa Monica, CaUf. 



ZMany Radio Rxperts Slake 
$30| $75 a Week 

Radio broadcasting stations pay engineers, 
operators, station managers up to $5,000 a 
year. Spare time Radio set servicing pays as 
much as $200 to $500 a year — full time serv- 
icing work pays as much as $.3t 150, 175 a 

week. Many Radio Experts own heir own 
businesses. Manufacturers and jobbers employ 
testers, inspeciora, foremen, engineers, serv- 
icemen. paying up to $6,000 a year. Automo-. 
bile, police, aviation, commercial Radio, and 
loud speaker systems are newer fields offering 
good opportunities now and for tho future. 
Television promises many good jobs soon. 
Men I have trained arc holding good jobs In 
all these branches of Radio. 

Many Make $5, $10, $15 a Week 
£.vtra in Spare Time 
While Learning 

Starting the day you enroll, I send you Extra 
Money Job Sheets. They show you how to do 
Radio repair jobs that you can cash in on 
quickly — give you plans and ideas that havo'- 
niade good spare time money — from $200 to 
$500 a year — for hundreds of fellows. 'I send 
you Radio equipment to conduct experiments 
and give you practical Radio experience. 



Money Bock Agreement Protects Toa 
Save Mone.v — Learn at Home 
I am so sure that I con train you -successfully that 
I agree in writing U> refund every penny you pay 
me If you are not satisfied with my Lessons and 
Instruction Service when you finish. I’ll send you 
a copy of this agreement with my Free Book. 

Get My Lesson and 64-Page Book 
FB££. Mail Coupon 

In addition to my Sample Lesson. I will' send you 
my 64-pagc book. "Rich Rewards In Radio,” 
FREE to anyone over 18 years old. My book 
describes Radio's spare lime and full time oppor- 
tunities and those coming In television; describc.'i 
my TrainlDg in Radio and Television ; shows you 
actual letters from men I have trained, toiling 
what they are doing and earning ; t ells about loy 
Money Back Agreement. MAIL' THE COUPON in 
' an envelope, or paste It on a penny postcard. 

J. R. SMITH, President 
NatiODal Radio Institute 
Dept. 7F09 Washington, D. C. 



Name. . 
Address 



City 






J. E. SMITH. President National Radio institute. 

Dept, 7F09, Washington. C. 

Dear Mr. Smith: 

Wltliout obligation, send me the Sample Lesson and 
your free book about tho spare time and full time Radio 
opportunities, and how I can train for them at home in 
spare time, (Please write plainly.) 



State 2FR 





Jmmy Mem WmmSed Me- — bull 
Few ®/ Them 
Me Their Lewe! 




^II'SHE most garish entertainment which 
Broa'dway has to offer to pleasure 

Ji. seekers is the burlesque show. 

When I graduated from Miss Willis’ 
dancing school back home, I certainly had' 
no thought of eventually landing in a bur- 
lesque show. And at that time I had never 
heard of a strip-tease girl, the main attrac- 
tion of these shows. 

I was seventeen at the time, and knew 
that I was as lovely as most of the girls’ 
whose photographs were displayed before 
the theatres on Broadway. Surely, I 
thf'”"’- ' there would be something for me 



to do. 

So, full of ambition and hope, I went the 
endless rounds of the theatrical offices 
along the Great White Way. I was not dis- 
couraged when the first couple of weeks 



failed to turn up a job. It was not until 
the little hoard of money that was mine 
dwindled to ten dollars that I began to 
worry. 

Today, no one knows of those early 
struggles of mine. I finally made the feature 
spot in a big-time Broadway show. But I 
got there via the burlesque show— a strip- 
tease girl graduated from Zimsky’s to 
Ziegfeld’s. 

Maybe it was because I was, at heart, 
a dancer that I came out of the runway 
chorus of burlesque and on to a sensational 
success as one of Broadway’s highest paid 
stars. 

Many things happened in my life from 
the time I stood before Dave Herman, 
stage manager for Zimsky’s burlesque 
houses, trembling as his bold, black eyes 



Continue This Startling Personal Revelation in the JUNE Issue of^ 




A NEW MAGAZINE OF TRUE STORIES FROM LIFE 



© 



Many Stories And Features 



Now On Sale At All Stands 






TT 



Z3 




T©sa IM@wf 



’'(^TTRELT; this conid nerer happen to jm," you say — 
"that I should be sitting at the same desk — be doing 
the same work — /or ten straigM years!" 

But trait a minute— 

Exactly that same thing has happened to thousands 
upon thousands of men. It has probably happened to 
men right In the company you now are working for. And 
I — unless you fit yourself for a belter job — there is a very 
good chance that it may happen to you! 

Unthinkable? That’s what J. N. Dixon of Columbus; 
Ohio, said to himself. Yet lack of training kept Him 
slaying away at low wages for a.long time. 

TRIPLES mCOME 

Here is Mr. Dixon's own story — “Just after I returned 
from the war, one of your representatives found me 

S lugging away at a bookkeeper’s job in Marietta, Ohio. 

le performed a real service and explained to me the need 
of further training, and induced me to take the LaSallo 
training in Higher Accountancy. After a few months of 
study, I secured a position with the Trust Department 
of a National Bank. This was the stepping stone I needed 
to various responsible positions including handling of 
receiverships and other important duties. That quickly 
boosted my income several hundred percent." 

ANOTHER AMAZING SUCCESS STORY 

If you think Mr. Dixon’s success story unusual, please 
■read what J. H. Krouse of Memphis, Tennessee, says. 
>*When I decided to take your training in Higher Accoun- 



tancy, I was a clerk. Today I am Chief Consultant Ac- 
countant for the U. S. Engineer's Office in Memphis, 
Tenn. 'Whatever success or recognition I have had, I 
owe to your training. I have had no other specialized 
training along this line. Your method of teaching is not 
only instructive but hi^y engaging. I have observed 
other courses, but firmly believe LaSalle baa the best 
to be had anywhere.” 

Another bit of proof is Mr. R. P. Barthalow's experi- 
ence. Mr. Barthalow is Chief of the Sales Tax Section 
of the Tax Oommission of Ohio. A department which 
handles over 850,000,000 a year. Mr. Barthalow attrib- 
utes much of his success to LaSalle training. 

SEND FOR These Two Books <md 
Sloil Toward Bigger Success 

Need yon bear more before you investigate the oppor- 
tunities in Accountancy? 

Or will you face the problem of your fhture NO'Vf — ' 
and send to laSaUe and get further facts and particulars! 

Without cost or obligation, the coupon will bring you. 
two interesting books — one a 64-page book entitled, 
"Accountancy, the Profession that Fays”; the other 
“Ten Years’ Promotion in One.” 

How about those next ten years — ^wUl you wait or will 
you START TODAY to realize the tremendous oppor- 
tunities that Ue ahead of you through sound and practical 
homo-study business training? 

Measure your grit and ambition by what you do wltk 
this coupon — ^NOW. 



LaBalla 



•Tnnr~^ ‘— ** n— ti— n — H— iraKag u I I— mF-ii~ir— isgprtCTEam^sgrwF ^ cgim t— II — lrnr-|i — ii— ir~> 



LASALLE EXTENSION UNIVERSITY, Dept. 6329-HR CHICAGO 

Opportunities to Accountancy — Check below and we wUl send you a copy of **Accotmtancy, the Frofeadon 
that Fays,*' also copy of *'Ten Years* Fromotlon In One,’* sU wltbout obllgacioo. 

m U}s«Uis«s LcsdlBg to posltloD 3B AudltoF, Comptxoller, Certtflefl Public Accountant. 

\\ Higher Accountancy • cost Accountant, etc. 

Other LaSalle Opportunities: II more Interested In one ol Uie other flelda ol bUBlxiS8& indicated below. Chech that. 



□ Business Management 

□ expert Bookkeeping 

□ C. P. A.-Cooching 

□ Modem Salesmanship 
□Traffic Manneement 



□ Law: Degree of LL. B. 

□ Industrial Management 

□ Personnel Management 

□ Modern Business Correspondence 



□ Stenotypy 

O Business English 

□ Commercial Law 

□ Effectlre Speaking 



Naim 




patent Position. 



.Address, 





I T is interesting to study the reactions of 
a group of science fiction authors to 
different plot stimuli. One newspaper 
clipping pertaining to some technical dis- 
covery may influence several writers in turn- 
ing out stories based on the same general 
theme, yet it is pretty certain that all the 
resulting stories will be different in scope 
and treatment. Why? Mainly because the 
idea gleaned from the newspaper excerpt in 
each case served as a prod to the authors’ 
imaginations, made them unleash on paper 
a group of individual ideas and observations 
they had been subconsciously accumulating 
for perhaps many months. 

And so it is with our featured stories this 
month. Different stories, inspired in a va- 
riety of fashions. Here’s the lowdown on 
the yarns in this issue-^but make certain 
you’ve read them all before consulting this 
department ! 

SUPER-TELEPATHY 

T he chessboard of mars, by 

EANDO BINDER, carries one of the 
most fascinatingly original ideas we have 
seen in a long while.' 

Here’s how the versatile author explains 
the origin of his plot: 

CHESSBOARD OF MARS was inspired, so 
to speak, by an article in Scientific Ameri- 
can some years back which tabulated the re- 
sults of ten-year observations on mental phe- 
nomena at Columbia University. These tests, 
conducted on a strictly scientific basis and 
running into innumerable attempts at extra- 
sensory transmission of thought, gave rather 
clear indication that more than just the law 
of averages was- working. In fact, it was 
flatly stated that there must be a direct 
transference of thought from mind to mind. 
The percentage was small, but undeniably 
there. 

This concession by a comparatively staid 
popular science journal to the previously ridi- 
culed idea of telepathy was, to me, a distinct 
score of imagination versus skepticism or 
materialism. A sort of Jules Vernian victory 
for pseudo-science, which has long taken te- 
lepathy for granted. Therefore, a telepathy 
story was in order. 

That was the genesis of the inspiration. 
The . plot-idea came about more gradually. 
I needed a new angle on telepathy, a new 
series of causes and effects involving that 
mysterious transference of thought radia- 
tions, whatever they are, which accounts per- 
haps for so much of the unexplainable in 
hurpan life. And human history. History — 
telepathy*. Somehow they seemed to tag. 
Who knows how many of the events in his- 
tory have been a result of mental phenomena, 
not only those of demented kings but of 
psycho-sensitive keystone figures. 

But here, I was getting away from science 
fiction into philosophical rambling. It needed 
an injection of fantasy. History — telepathy — 
and what more? Alien control. They were as 
incommensurable at first as a square and a 
circle, with a tesseract thrown in. Yet even- 
tually it worked out. To what degree of co- 
herence, though, only you readers can say. 



THE VEIL OF TIME 

A rthur L. ZAGAT uncovers the veil of 
the future centuries in his time-traveling 
novdette, LOST IN TIME. Here’s what 
he has to say atpout it: 

Sometimes a story tells itself to the writer, 
as though he were an automatic transmitter 
of a message from Beyond the Veil, and in 
no measure the creator. 

That is exactly what happened with DOST 
IN TIME. I had no more idea of what .was 
going to happen to Jim Dunning, when he 
leaped to the wheel of his yawl In a frantic 
effort to escape the threat of the flaming pil- 
lar that spewed out of the calm Pacific than 
you had when you started reading the manu- 
script. And every incident after that wrote 
itself fresh on the paper in front of me with- 
out forming first in my brain. 

Believe it or not, that is the *‘Story Behind 
the 'Story'’ of LOST IN TIME. I don't know 
whether ' it means nothing, or whether it 
means that somewhere, some time, its inci- 
dents have happened or will happen; that I 
have been the involuntary, unknowing me- 
dium of some incredible clairvoyance. 



THE SPACE-TIME CONTINUUM 

T ^HE black vortex, by FRANK B. 

LONG, JR., is an unusual tale of cosmic 
phenomena that contains a double idea. 
How the story materialized frpm idle specu- 
lation into cold print makes interesting read- 
ing: 

In the BLACK VORTEX I have tried to 
clothe in garments of imaginative prose the 
stripped bones of two ideas which have fasci- 
nated me for some time. Previous speculation 
has encumbered the mysterious character of 
the space-time continuum and the immense 
uncertainty which veils the future of man’s 
life on Earth with trimmings which have left 
the basic, skeletal framework obscured. 
Some of these speculations are enthralling 
and I arh grateful for them. But before writ- 
ing my story I was compelled to strip them 
away, leaving the bones exposed, but not dry. 
Bones so fascinating must always drip with 
wonder, I do not claim that my garments fit 
this bright and wonderful skeleton with cos- 
mic precision. It probably looks a bit 
cramped in them — ^s it does In the garments 
of all of my predecessors. But at least It is 
a new suit, a new set of trimmings and pe- 
culiarly my own. Jeans and Eddington could 
make a more scholarly job of it, but the sub- 
ject is fascinating and glorious enough to 
challenge the ingenuity of a thousand thou- 
sand more obscure and less learned tailors, 
and If this little imaginative excursion of 
mine — into which I have put a great deal of 
reverent reflection and mental elbovv grease 
— seriously turns the thoughts of even a few 
readers toward what is unquestionably the 
sublimest mystery of the Universe, I shall 
rest content. 



ALIEN LIFE 

N othing is so popular these days as 
the science fiction story which intro- 
duces new and alien forms of life. ARTHUR 
(Concluded on Page 12) 



10 






0 ifiaitt jyau 

f&iifu 'B!Qjt> 6 L 

IN RADIOano 

TELEVISION 



I 



EARN AT HOME 
mim SPARE TIME 






I OMHU *1 



I opcrm 

EGB. • CBS 

Hon. 4ad olao boT» • 
■ptn U&w oerTieo Job ot 
Setr* Roobuck vhlch neu no 
1100.00 ■ mcnlb inor*. Thonlpi^op 
125 to |M 1 tnontli od baIo of tubaj «na 
pwtB. Lloyd Nltch^ Eicond(do.C«llf. 



wtth, I found work In two weckt. t am 
B^lo^d at_HMiio^taUon-WOOO‘‘aiul 

Chaa. A. CaldvaU, Graad Raplda, Mich. 

At preaont, t hava aliolTonof Joba, rang* 
Ing from IS0.OO per month to t^O.OO. 

Noll Andoraoiv ElUnweod, Eana. 



lo atartlBf in on a ahlft aftoi 
day. thanka to FNT training. 

3 . B. Caaay, Abilcse, Tazaa 

Gra«yn««froin EGRY In SeottablulT, 
Nebraakk 1 am omplojad boro aa an 
operator. 

Earacat Neath. Seoltabluff, Nehr. 

I have aacured omployiDent aa Radio 
Engtaeor for Lynchburg Polka 
Station and during apare time 
I are at the local hroadcaat' 
lag atalloD WLVA. 

iaa. W. Johneon. 



W 



Lynchburg, Virginia 



Radio offers tremendous opportunities for qualified men. 

What’8 morCjCommercial television will quickly be demanding thou-. 

sands of Trained men. Men who Learn Now will have a chance at the big jobs. 

TELEVISION BROADCASTS DAILY 

Television Station W9XAL, Kansas City, which we have owned aiui operated 
since 1932, broadcasts television programs every day of the year, The advanced 
discoveries and Copyrighted information fresh from this Television Station, 

' from our commercial station KXBY, as well as from our celebrated experimental 
laboratories form an important part of our regular study courses. No wonder 
First National Television training puts you way ahead of others and assures 
quicker success. FYs Atiou; because we are doing all the things we teach you. 

Full Time and Part Time Jobe—Broadcasting Stations need more operators 
and technical experts as business increases. Many new stations are being built 
—and licensed operators make up to $5000 per year. Spare time earnings up 
to $10 and $20 weekly. We show you how to earn while learning. 

LEARN FROM EXPERTS IN RADIO-TELEVISION 

iMy.celebrated home study course embodies the knowledge of experts^in the big 
fleid of Radio and Televiaion. Men who have pioneered and spent years in research and 
development work. My course brings you the newest and exclusive practical information 
available only through our active engineers of our Commercial Radio and Experimental 
Television Stations. 

Simplified Modem Tralning<»Eoey to Loam. Over 60 simplified, practical, highly 
illustrated assignments complete this intensely interesting home study plan-^wrltten by 
men who know, And that’s not all— we teach you not only theory but by actual practice. 

Gonoroue Laboratory and Experimental Equipment — I have made it possible 
for you to have elaborate experiments and expensive equipment including' Cathode 
Ray Tubes, photo electric cells. 6-tube high fidelity receivers (with both ear phones end 
loud speaker)... important and necessary equipment for carrying on your practical 
experiments ... all yours tp keep Without Obligation or Added Cost to You. 
Qualify for U. 6. GovOrnmenk License. Here's the ticket that opens the door of 
opportunity for you. A U. S. Government radio^tclephone operator license p^hkh quali- 
fies you for the mg joh^ Get it the First National way. 

Don’t mims thio chance at SUCCESSl ACT NOWIl Get all the facts about 
my great Radio*Television Study Course. You can eaim_while_yo_u Jearnl 



Write 
This Is 



today and I will send you absolutely free, my new book entitled "VISION”, 
your opportunity. Don't delay— Mail coupon now. NOEL, PreaUeni 

FIRST NATIONAL TELEVISION, INC., 

S. Q. NOEL, President 
First National Television, Inc. 

Dept. 1X6, Power & Light Bldg., Kansas City, Mo. 

Rush me a copy of your new book "Vision" outlining the 
opportunities in Radio-Television and how 1 can earn while 
1 learn at home. 



NAME. 



.AGE. 



STREET. 

TOWN 



.STATE. 






THE STORY BEHIND 
THE STORY 

(Concluded from Page 10) 

K. BARNES' story of Venusian environ- 
ment, GREEN HELL, initiates the reader 
into a world of biological wonders. The 
strange chloro-men, the darting whiz-bang 
flies, and the freakish bat-men — Mr. Barnes 
has managed to combine them all into a top- 
notch interplanetary adventure yarn. And 
it was plenty hard work! At least, that's 
what we gather from the following letter; 

GREEN HELL was simply a natural out- 
growth of that age-old and inevitable specu- 
lation that always develops when you bring 
two scientifiction fans face to face, wind ’em 
up, and set ’em going — namely, the possi- 
bility of life on planets of the Solar System 
other than our own. 

Venus has always been a favorite of mine, 
with its similarity to Earthly conditions and 
its eternal veil of mystery. Yet after a pe- 
rusal of most of the recorded observational 
and speculative data concerning Venus, I was 
struck very 'forcibly by the contradictory na- 
ture of the evidence. Scarcely three or four 
writers seem to agree on more than a few- 
points. 'Well, more for curiosity than any- 
thing else, I set down the scant agreed-upon 
facts in one column, and the many guesses in 
another, and let the old imagination roam. 
Given such-and-such surface conditions, what 
life-forms might we expect' to develop on 
Venus? I imagine two readers out of every 
three have at one time or another indulged 
themselves in this fascinating pastime. Per- 
haps they've even reasoned better than I; if 
so, I'd appreciate hearing from them. At any 
rate, I figured out what I thought would be 
a pretty reasonable Venusian flora (the 
fauna I’m saving for another yarn) when it 
dawned on me that I had the groundwork for 
a story. 

By the process of putting two characters 
into that situation, making them combat the 
problems facing them by science predicated 
on contemporary ' ‘“"'lopments, and seeing 
what they would do .. .eft by themselves, I 
had the story. The plot — adventure on an- 
other planet — is far from new, but that type 
of yarn will live as long as science fiction, 
and will always justify itself either by good 
writing, or by well-thought-out sketches of 
probable life developments, or by vigorous 
action. I prefer the second justification my- 
self, and so, I believe, do many readers. 

I daresay the inimitable Weinbaum has 
outdone me in this sort of thing, but the field 
is so vast that there’s plenty of room for 
your humble servant to stumble around with- 
out treading on the robes of the former king 
of scientiflctlbn. 



WORLDS WITHIN WORLDS 

J OHN RUSSELL FEARN’S^ engrossing 
story of intra-atomic life, MENACE 
FROM THE MICROCOSM, presents much 
food for thought. Here's how the highlights 
of this theme were conceived by Mr. Fearn: 

It seemed to me before I plotted out MEN- 
ACE FROM THE MICROCOSM that the con- 
ception of Intra-atomic worlds, though by no 
means novel, had not so far been explored in 
all its possibilities. I got to thinking of the 
far future, when man will, we hope, have 
conquered space as well as the planet he lives 
on. At this period might it not be possible 
that, with space travel accomplished, the 
intra-atomic will also have been probed to 
its limits? I decided therefore to cast my 
story in this far future mould when intra- 



atomic travel la as an accomplished fact as 
world air flight Is today. 

What uses', though, would the micrbcos- 
mic. beings make of this easy journeyipg to 
and fro? The undying love of conquest la 
as surely reflected in the little beings as in 
the larger ones, hence the idea that the nov- 
elty of the accomplishment might be turned 
to really grim purpose. What, purpose? Ob- 
viously as a method for sending spies, in- 
finitely reduced in size, to the world of the 
Big, whereupon with their super-mentalities 
they could overthrow not one world but sev- 
eral. So, came the Idea of the savage, con- 
quering "Qkiaris, turning smallness and hyp- 
notic power to the best possible use in the 
hope of ultimate victory, only to be defeated 
by an accident. 

There is, of course, an inconsistency in the 
story in regard to Time. As we know it at 
present it is assumed that nearly one thou- 
sand million years passed on an electron while 
but a millionth of a second passes on Earth. 
It is assumed, therefore, in this future age, 
that man has found ways and means of 
bridging the gap, or else has found the truth, 
dimly hinted at by mathematicians of today, 
that Time does not really exist. 

In either event there Is not the slightest 
reason to suppose but what microscopic be- 
ings might take advantage of the conquest 
of size in the manner I have depicted.. It 
gave me great pleasure to. debate the possi- 
bilities while I wrote it; I hope that some 
of you at least will have an equal pleasure 
In reading it. 



ASTRONOMICAL DOOM 

A cosmic collision is a familiar science. 

fiction situation, all right. But- along 
comes ANTHONY RUD with his breath- 
taking story, THE MOLTEN BULLET, 
and the result is one of the most dramatic 
tales we have ever seen. Read this story 
first — then this letter; 

Astronomy inspired my yarn. Just within the 
past" few years several hair-raising phenom- 
ena of the heavens have been suspected and 
fairly well proved by astronomers. The great 
black spaces of Void, for Instance, are not 
vacanti^ but now have been shown in many 




cases to hold sinister black stars and planr 
ets, bubbling and surging with terriffle in- 
ternal heat — but heat which produces only 
black (infra-red) light, which cannot be de- 
tected by human eyes! 

Astronomers are revising everything. These 
great bodies of the skies perhaps explain 
some of the wild eccentricities of other 
heavenly bodies. They may cause collisions, 
great readjustments of many solar systems 
^ — Including our own. They explain why com- 
ets and asteroids sometimes fail to appear 
on time, or even why some disappear forever. 
They are drawn into collision and utterly de- 
molished, with the unfortunate targets they 
strike ! 

This thought, plus a knowledge of scien- 
tists: — ;Who are men with a passion for their 
own work and the rightness of it, which in 
many transcends any fear of death — lay be- 
hind my story. 





Easy as A-B-C 

Look at the notes above — they are: 
F-A-C-E. Could anything be simpler to re- 
member? You have already begun to learn 
to read music. And it's just as easy to play, 
for a remarkable invention, the “Not^ 
Finder,” tells you just where each note is 
located on the piano. 

Look at Pictures and Play 

Just imagine! Instead of spending tedious 
hours in study, instead of puzzling over 
obscure points, you look at clean-cut pic- 
tures that make every step as clear as day. 
Even children not yet in their teens soon 
learn to play by this fascinating print-and- 
picture method. 



TSu thinkyou ea/^y learn Music ? 



Which liestrumenf do you want to play? 

Her@’s Fr@e Proof you can learn quickly- at home 



T F YOU have ever had any desire to 
^ play a musical instrument — if you 
have ever longed for the good times, 
the popularity and friendships that 
music makes possible, then here is 
amazing proof that you GAN learn 
to play — easily, quickly, in spare 
time at home. \\niat'5 more, in just 
a short time from today, you can 
actually be PLAYING. Yes, playing 
the piano, the violin, or whichever 
instrument' you please. Playing all 
the latest popular songs, the old-time 
favorites, even classical music. 

No Knowledge of Music 
Required 

Forget all you have ever heard about 
music being hard to learn. Dismiss 
your fears of tedious study and prac- 
tice. Never mind if you do not know 
a single note of music. 

ThU modern way to learn music 



will open your eyes ! It*s easier than 
you ever thought possible — and it's 
FUN. No old-fashioned drudgery, tio 
tiresome drills and exercises. Instead, 
you start playing real tunes by note 
almost at once. You are thrilled to 
discover that you can actually create 
music! Soon you are experiencing 
the joys of musical self-expression. 
Soon you arc winning popularity ; 
you are being showered with compli- 
ments and applause. 

Make Money, too! 
Perhaps you have never thought of 
making money with music. But you 
may be pleasantiy sui^rised to And 
how many opportunities it brings! 
Others have quickly started turning 
spare hours into cash and not a few 
have been launched on brilliant mu- 
sical careers. 

Does it all seem ”too good to be 



true ?” Then send for the Free Proof. 
Mail the coupon for the fascinating 
illustrated booklet that tells all about 
this wonderful way to learn music 
at home — in just a few minutes a 
day — without a private teacher, with- 
out any special talent or previous 
training. With the booklet you'll also 
receive a free Demonstration Lesson 
that shows exactly how it is done.' 

FREE — Just Mail 'Coupon 

Over 700.000 others have already 
been convinced. Surely, if you earn- 
estly want to learn to play, you owe 
it to yourself to examine the proof. 
There is no cost or obligation in 
writing. Just mention the instru- 
ment that interests you. If you do 
not already own one, we can arrange 
to supply it on easy terms. U. S. 
School of Music, 2946 Brunswick 
Building, New York, N. Y. 




/■ 
f OEI 



SEND FOR FREE 
DEMONSTRATION LESSON 



PICK 


YOUR 


FAVORITE 


Plano 


Mandolin 


Organ 


Violin 


Ukuida 


Drums and 


Guitar 


Cornet 


Traps 


Accordion 


Trumpet 


Harmony 


Saxoptione 


Harp 


and 


Cello 


Clarinet 


Compositkl 


Hawaiian 


Trombone 


Voice and 


Guitar 


Flute 


Speech 


Banjo 


Piccolo 


Culture 



Name.. 



City 



17. 6. School of Music, 
2946 Brunswich Bldg., 
New York, N. T. 

/ Gentlemen : Please send me Frt 
♦ Proof that I can learn to play tt 

/ Including your Illustrate 

/ booklet and Demonstration Lcsaoi 

Have you 

Instr. ? 



Address....... 



.State. 



I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 

I 




Within five minutes the atomic freighter merged from tininess to its complete size. 



WSl^-fciDin) Woirldi 




Author of "Brain of Venus,” "Mathematica Plus,” etc. 



CHAPTER I 
Men of Uk 

K erry justin, pilot lv- 2 of 

the Interatomic Corporation, 
looked in puzzlement at his 
route-checkers. Up to now everything 
had been proceeding smoothly. He, his 
partner, and the machine itself had de- 



creased steadily downward from Earth, 
had crossed the electronic gulf of space, 
had conformed exactly to all the usual 
influences of the Dunsite plates. Theje 
had been the same odd sickness and 
paralysis occasioned by the reduc- 
tion. But now the small freight ma- 
chine, carrying merchandise from 
Earth to Micropolis, was being drawn 



14 




aside relentlessly by an immensely su- 
perior gravitational field. 

Justin’s gaze swung to his observa- 
tion screens; his lips tightened as he 
beheld the cloudy, yellow world of Uk 
ahead of him. Planet of menace, bear- 
ing on its drably unpleasant surface the 
sworn enemies of Kraj.^ 

“Say, Kerry, what do you make of 
it?” 

It was Lance Albridge who spoke, 
the massive co-pilot of the machine and 
Kerry’s closest friend. His pugnacious 
face was strained with sudden alarm; 
hairy fists were clamped on the 



switches of the propulsion engines. 

“Damned if I know!” Justin stil 
stared perplexedly into the screens 
“This is the first time we’ve been de 
toured while heading for Micropolis 
Normally there’s little gravitational ef 
feet from Uk; this time we’re beinj 
swung aside. The whole thing is ob 
viously scientifically arranged. I don’ 
like it, Lance 1 The Ukians are abso 
lute devils according to all accounts 
But why they want us heaven aloni 
knows. Try your left-sector propulsioi 
plates and see what happens. We migh 
pull away.” 



H^inniiKniDty h llmp(grikd by Atemk 



16 








16 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



“O. K.” Albridge’s hands threw in 
the switches, then grasped the heavy 
steering mechanism. It moved easily 
enough; the meters revealed the surg- 
ing of power— but otherwise nothing 
happened. 

“Hell!” he gasped out. “Whatever 
it is that’s dragging us has got our pro- 
pulsor system licked to blazes! The 
limit of our power makes no impres- 
sion at all.” 

Justin frowned. 

“Better close your switches and cut 
the power out. No use .wasting it. 
These Ukians are trapping us for some 
reason ; perhaps they think they can get 
sorrie ' information from us about the 
Krajians. If so, they’ve got another 
think coming.” 

With that he turned actively aside 
to the machine’s defensive equipment, 
fingered the deadly molecular gun, ma- 
jor weapon of destruction, lovingly. If 
it was fight the Ukians wanted they’d 
get it! 

Albridge cut off the power, then 
joined his friend by the observation 
screens. His blue eyes glanced at the 
deadly gun. 

“Going to pepper ’em?” 

Justin nodded grimly. 

“If I get the chance,, yes.” Then he 
became silent again. 

The machine, pursuing now a per- 
fectly normal space flight, was travel- 
ing with ever increasing velocity 
tpward the yellow planet. Far away 
to the right lay Kraj itself, a dark blue 
ball in the infinity, receding as the 
distance from it increased toward Uk. 

The two men stood silent, waiting 
tensely, staring into the observation 
screens. As yet it .was impossible to 
use their weapons ; the dense clouds of 
Uk shielded the planet’s surface com- 
pletely. Within twelve more minutes 
they were cutting through them. They 
stood, set-faced, waiting for the appar- 
ently inevitable crash — then to their in- 
finite relief the ship suddenly slackened 
in its onward rush, lost speed rapidly, 
and finally dropped as lightly as a 
feather from the clouds to the atomic 
planet itself. A jerk, and then the ma- 
chine was still. 

Albridge glanced at the exterior in- 
struments and took their readings. 

“Atmosphere and density same as 



Kraj,” he reported. “You stay here and 
use the mol-gun ; I’m using my own 
weapons.” He jumped over to the air- 
lock and swung the massive-hinged op- 
erculum inward, gazing out on the 
landscape. Then he took down his mag- 
netic gun from its holster and sur- 
veyed the scenery from the safety of 
the ship. Justin swung his gun around 
and opened up a firing sector in the 
wall, leaving free passage for the dead- 
ly radiations the moment firing became 
necessary. 

Then a voice spoke, in a pidgin form 
of the Krajian language. 

“Stand exactly where you are! Take 
your hands from your guns !” 

Justin obeyed, turned to face the 
commander. Albridge’s gun dropped 
with a crash. In silence the two stared, 
for the first time, at the men of Uk. 

They were not unlike the Krajians — 
bulbous-headed, blue-skinned, and pos- 
sessed of four arms. There were the 
same flapping gashes of niouths, the 
same absence of nose and hair. One 
large, faceted eye reposed in the center 
of the unearthly faces. 

I N all there were six men present, at- 
tired in one-piece scarlet tunics, 
with bright belts loaded with sci- 
entific weapons and instruments about 
their waists. In each of their four hands 
they held deadly weapons of their own 
science, unlike anything the puzzled 
Earthmen had ever seen before, even 
on Kraj. 

“What the devil is the meaning of 
this?” Kerry Justin demanded curtly, 
after a while, using the language of 
Kraj. “You have no right to waylay 
an Earth-Micropolis trading vessel!” 
“It is not a question of right when 
the men of Uk desire something,” the 
leader answered coldly. “My name is 
Kanos. You may know of me from our 
enemies bn Kraj?” Justin nodded 
grimly. 

“I know of you all right. They call 
you the celestial butcher!” 

“Do they really? On that case you 
will be aware of the fact that our sci- 
ence is completely merciless, devoted 
only to achievement and ultimate de- 
struction of the accursed men of Kraj. 
We waylaid you both for a very defi- 
nite purpose — not because it happened 



MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



17 



to be you in particular, but because you 
were the first to appear on the scene 
within the range of our magnetic plates. 
That was how we snared you here — 
artificial gravitation, or magnetism. We 
watched your progress, of course, by 
the very ancient method of spatial tele- 
vision. However, we have use for you 
both.” 

“By all the planets, if I could only — ” 
Albridge began wrathfully. 

“Silence! You are not dealing with 
brute force, but with science of a very 
high degree. One false move and you 
will be subjected to anesthesia — not 
death, because you are needed. Come 
here, both of you. The fourth dimen- 
sional machine which gave us entry to 
this vessel is about ready to reverse ac- 
tion and return us to the city. Stand 
here — instantly !” 

With compressed lips the two 



obeyed. They knew better than to ar- 
gue with the men of Uk. Hardly had 
they stood in position than the fourth 
dimensional machine reversed its influ- 
ence and the two found themselves 
suflering sensations akin to those in 
a rapidly descending elevator. An 
opaque fog, vaguely luminous, writhed 
about them and their captors. When 
at last it cleared away they were within 
the central scientific laboratory' of 
these strange and determined people. 
Towering above them was the shining 
mass of the fourth dimensional ma- 
chine itself. 

In silence they regarded the incom- 
prehensible machinery, tried vainly to 
figure things out. A jab from the lead- 
er’s weapon sent them moving forward. 
They paused at last in the center of the 
enormous edifice at a sharp command. 
Others of the race, as expressionless 



IT WAS in 2742 that Professor Dunstan discovered the secret of interatomic travel. 

His metal, Dunsite, was the product of nearly fifty-five years of sustained research 
and, when subjected to various electrical fields, was found to be capable of reducing 
its electronic orbits to absolute minimum, bringing about a state of near coincidence 
between electron and proton. If necessary, this i ^ ~ould be continued indefinitely, 
beyond the annihilation of electron and proton into energy and into the next stage 
of electrons within electrons, a new-found condition of ultimate matter, existing 
within the released energy itselfr' 

Everytl'mg within the influence of Dunsite decreased in proportion as the metal 
itself decreased, both organic and inorganic. Humans found themselves capable of 
sinl^g within a machine of Dunsite to a point far less than that of an electron — 
finding that electron to be a planet — by the process of the electrons of their own 
bodies merging, upon annihilation, into the second stage of electronic smallness. 
Beyond a brief period of unconsciousness there were apparently no ill-effects. Only 
weight was lost steadily as the size decreased, but since at the journey’s end every- 
thing was found to be relative, there was little cognizance of this. 

In 2750 the first interatomic trip was made from Earth. An immense unit, com- 
prized within its massively shielded core, of an infinitesimal piece of potassium was 
used, and the first machine descended into its mysteries — to find a solar system of 
nine worlds, corresponding with the nine electrons of potassium, wherein the protonic 
nucleus became a sun. 

Seven of the worlds were barren. The eighth, and principal one, was found to 
be known as Kraj, populated by a scientific race about equal with Earth, while the 
iwth planet — and nearest neighbor — ^known as Uk, was populated entirely by one- 
time denizens of Kraj, colonists, turned now to bitter enemies of their mother planet 
by the persistent influence of scientific achievement and desire for conquest. 

So, between Kraj and Earth there sprang up trade and steady communication. 
The potassium unit was guarded with infinite care. Within the metal’s confines were 
several molecular universes, but of them all, though they teemed with worlds, only 
Kraj and Uk appeared to hold life. 

The Interatomic Travel Corporation came into being, possessing— on Earth — one 
Raymond Price as its chief engineer. The Corporation owned a large fleet of Dunsite 
machines, varying from passenger liners to scouts and freighters, all of them pos- 
sessed of the necessary apparatus to sink into unknown smallness, in the state beyond 
electronic electrons even, should the occasion ever arise — which, so far, it had not. 

Interatomic travel to Micropolis — as Earthlings called the chief city of Kraj 

finally became as popular as old time world tours. Even the conquest of space, an 
accepted fact now for more than three hundred years, paled into insignificance. The 
interstellar spaces were known; but the microcosmic were not. 



18 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



and hideous as their fellows, came from 
the remoter reaches of the colossal 
place as Kanos curtly summoned them. 

HE two Earthmen waited tensely* 
flsts clenched, as the beings gath- 
ered about them. 

“If ideas for an attempted escape are 
forming in your minds you may as well 
dispense with them,” Kanos remarked 
grimly, lowering his weapon. “You 
are being held to the gijbund by mag- 
netic devices, similar, on a smaller scale 
to the ones which trapped your space 
machine. I believe you are aware that 
the Krajians are our sworn .enemies? 
That they have so far beaten every ef- 
fort we have made to subdue them?” 
“Go on!” Justin snapped. “Get it 
over with, can’t you?” 

“We realize the impossibility of try- 
in to beat the Krajians by ordinary 
methods. The only way is to learn all 
their plans by secret methods. To that 
end we have studied the manner by 
which your ships cross from the big to 
the small and have succeeded, by dupli- 
cating the system in living beings — 
ourselves, in narrowing down our own 
bodies to infinitesimal proportions. 
Further, our bodies, when treated by 
various antitoxins, can live in human 
blood-^which, of course, is a mixture of 
water, fibrine, albumen, phosphates and 
so forth. Our size can be decreased so 
that we become smaller than blood cor- 
puscles themselves. You will realize 
thereby how many of us could be en- 
compassed within two human beings 
the size, say, of you two I” 

“Good God, you don’t mean — ” Al- 
bridge began hoarsely, 

“I mean that you two will be used 
to carry some fifty thousand of our race 
back to earth in your bodies! Your 
normal blood will be drained off and a 
substitute supplied, in which our mi- 
croscopic race will live. Your bodies 
will live long enough t,b take you back 
home, but your minds will be dead to 
your normal will. Therefore, hypnotic 
orders will be impressed on your brains 
before you leave. When you arrive 
back on Earth your bodies will burst 
asunder, mainly because the artificial 
blood you will be supplied with will at 
that period, become highly oxygenated 



and thereby explode, releasing our fel- 
lows. They will escape, unseen, each 
in possession of their own normal will- 
power.” 

“But your purpose behind this 
ghastly idea?” Justin demanded 
thickly. ' 

“Our purpose? Simple enough. 
Thousands of people travel every 
Earthly month between Micropolis 
and Earth. These people will have one 
of our number inside, all unaware of 
the fact, commanding their brains 
what to do. They will quarrel with the 
Krajians and precipitate, no doubt, a 
war. On Earth we shall set men and 
women against each other by the same 
method and make them exterminate 
each other. Ultimately, when the hu- 
man .race is wiped out, we shall take 
over control, thereby gaining both Kraj 
and Earth. Other Earthmen will be 
snared down here as you have been to 
take still further supplies of our fellows 
to continue the work on Earth ; • still 
other Earthmen will be captured as 
you were and used for vivisectional 
purposes. That is highly necessary, so 
that we can study earthly organisms 
and learn how to convert ourselves 
when the time comes for us to control 
Earth as well as Kraj. You under- 
stand?” 

“You can’t do it!” Albridge shouted 
desperately. “It’s massacre — hypnotic 
massacre!” He struggled desperately 
and futilely to break free of the mag- 
netic radiation pinioning him. “You 
can’t, I tell you!” 

“The operation will proceed,” Kanos 
announced implacably, and made a mo- 
tion to his assembled men. 

The magnetism was released and the 
two Earthmen promptly seized. They 
gave a brief but futile account of them- 
selves, then they were whirled help- 
lessly toward the opposite end of the 
laboratory. 

Without pause they were taken to 
two of a series of operating tables and 
there strapped immovably upon them. 
They shouted, they cursed, they 
strained muscles and thews to the ut- 
termost, all to no avail. Then anesthet- 
ic cones were clapped over their faces 
and their senses reeled into uncon- 
sciousness. 




MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



19 



With the same ordered precision, 
Kanos directing the proceedings, the 
surgeons moved to an immense trans- 
parent bowl filled with blue fluid, and 
rapidly connected to it a series of im- 
maculately clean pipes, all leading to 
one main nozzle of glitteringly bright 
metal. Within the bowl, reduced to 
infinite smallness, alive and healthy 
within the elements of human blood — 
blue only because of the highly oxygen- 
ated content — reposed the - fifty thou- 
sand Ukians. 

“Proceed!” Kanos ordered impas- 
sively, and immediately his assistants 
prepared for action^ laid their gleaming 
scientific instruments on the tables. 

D raining tubes were placed into 
position, surgically spotless 
drains were opened in the floor. Then 
the operation began, proceeded with 
steady, skilful speed that betokened 
the supreme knowledge of these master 
surgeons. First the hearts of the two 
Earthmen were removed and trans- 
ferred to a machine filled with solution, 
in the depths of which they continued 
to beat steadily, supplied by artificial 
arteries. 

Once this was done every drop of 
blood in the two men’s bodies was 
drained off through the tubes and down 
the grids, afterward being replaced by 
seventy-five percent synthetic blue 
fluid from an enormous nearby tank, 
and the remaining fifteen percent made 
up from the contents of the bowl. Then 
the hearts were replaced, skilfully re- 
connected, and set beating. The in- 
cisions instantly healed under powerful 
solutions. After being treated with 
strong stimulants Justin and Albridge 
began to stir slowly out of unconscious- 
ness. 

Presently their bleary eyes swung to 
Kanos, but in their respective gazes 
there was no trace of recollection. They 
were hardly even conscious of the fact 
that they were alive ; their minds were 
completely in the grip of the master 
of Uk. 

“Understand, Earthmen, that you 
are merely motivated machines — flesh 
and blood instruments of our pur- 
poses,” he said implacably. “Within 
each of your bodies are twenty-five 



thousands of our race. You will drive 
them to Earth. That is all. Release 
theml” 

The straps were unbuckled. Dazedly, 
heavily, the two got to their feet and 
stood momentarily passive, then they 
turned and walked mechanically from 
the laboratory, walked steadily through 
the various corridors and at last into 
the open. Straight as dies, eyes fixed 
in front of them, they moved toward 
the spot where the freighter atomic 
machine lay in the yellow grass of this 
strange and terrible world. 

Still with the motions of automatons 
they passed within the machine 
through the open air-lock, closed it, 
then moved to the control board. 
Within a few minutes the ship was 
hurtling upwards towards the yellow 
clouds, passed through them, and on- 
wards into the intra-atomic space, 
driving steadily back toward Earth 
with the queerest menace that had ever 
arisen from the realms of the infinite 
small. 



CHAPTER II 
Murder Lust 



R aymond price, the young en- 
gineer-in-chief of the Interatomic 
Corporation, looked up sharply as the 
warning arrival gong suddenly rang 
stridently. 

It was the signal for his sub-en- 
gineers to get busy immediately and 
obey his orders. He turned to the 
microphone connecting him with the 
instruction loudspeakers dotted in 
various parts of the mighty terminal 
building — perhaps one of the most 
strangely designed buildings on Earth, 
and gave brief, pointed orders. 

The terminal's dimensions were stag- 
geringly large, seeming more so by 
reason of the emptiness of the place. 
Price’s position, within a small raised 
building not unlike a railway signal 
box, commanded a view of the entire 
place in all directions. 

Running on either side of the vast 
sunken pit from which the atomic ma- 
chines departed and arrived, were the 



20 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



platforms, while in the center of the 
pit, automatically controlled, lay the 
priceless potassium imit containing 
multi-atomic universes, wherein lay 
the worlds of Uk and Kraj. 

The arrival gong, actuated by elec- 
trical repercussion when a vessel was 
on the borderline of departure or ar- 
rival, was the signal for the unit cas- 
ings to be slowly sunken into the metal 
floor. As they sank a blurry, misty 
speck came into being, gradually tak- 
ing form, appearing from microscopic 
size to full dimensions, until, within 
five minutes of the gong’s -ringing the 
atomic freighter merged from tininess 
to its complete size. Price frowned as 
he surveyed the machine, then turned 
to his nearest assistant. 

“Say, what in hell is 45-Z doing back 
so soon? Should be tomorrow.” 

“Right enough.” The assistant sur- 
veyed the schedule sheet. “Fourteen 
hours forty tomorrow.” 

Price said no more. He left the con- 
trolling office at a run and hurried 
along the platform. The door of the 
ship was already opening and Kerry 
and Albridge came staggering out. 
Price stopped dead; the workers about 
him shouted in horror. 

“Kerry I” Price gasped hoarsely, 
staring at the glassy-eyed wreck who 
had so jovially departed not fifty hours 
before. “Kerry 1 Lance! What on 
earth has happened to you?” 

Neither of the two answered. Instead 
they seemed to grow larger! An ex- 
pression of misery, the dumb, speech- 
less misery of a tortured animal, was 
on their faces. 

Price gripped Justin’s wrist, then fell 
back astounded. It was no solid flesh 
he touched ; instead a bloated mass like 
an inflated bladder. He stared unbe- 
lieving, — then stepped back in sheer 
horror. The two men were still en- 
larging, and — suddenly and amazingly 
both of them ripped asunder! 

Their flesh tore like rotten rubber, 
stripped to the bone. The purple fluid 
that had taken the place of normal 
blood gushed out in a flood, poured 
along the platform and into the unit- 
pit. Albridge’s mighty form staggered, 
collapsed limply. Not a second after- 
ward Justin followed suit. His body, 
a mere bag of bones draped with crin- 



kled, deflated flesh sagged heavily over 
the platform edge and vanished in the 
pit itself. 

“God !” Price breathed, sickened and 
nauseated. He looked about him help- 
lessly, then down at the spreading pool 
at his feet. With a sudden terrific ef- 
fort he took possession of himself. 
“Quickly!” he ordered. “Express am- 
bulance! Send orders for the Atomic 
Patrol to make immediate investiga- 
tion of all atomic ways leading to 
Micropolis! Something is devilishly 
wrong.” 

Activity swept into the startled 
group, Price himself in the midst of it. 

He hardly remembered how he got 
through the remainder of the day. The 
horror of his friends’ deaths and the 
mystery behind them was still dinning 
through his brain. 

The purple fluid was cleared away 
after investigation ; it revealed nothing. 
The remains of the two men were 
rayed out of existence, and the Atomic 
Patrol set off to investigate. But it 
was too late then. The fifty thousand 
invaders were already abroad, released 
from their incredible transport, putting 
into action their subtle, unseen plans 
for the conquest of two worlds. 

T he Atomic Patrol never returned. 

What fate it encountered in the un- 
known spaces of the small could not be 
imagined, and indeed Price had little 
time to conjecture. Something was al- 
ready strangely amiss in the usually 
perfectly running methods of New 
York. In three days a change had come 
about. 

From every quarter of the city came 
news of inexplicable happenings, of 
genius changing to insanity, of love 
turning to hate, of men and women do- 
ing things they normally would have 
shuddered at. Some malevolent and 
unknown disease was infecting the 
heads of industry and power and yet, 
so far, mysteriously missing the 
masses. Always it started in the same 
way, by a peculiar cut occasioned some- 
how on the flesh, followed by a strange 
mental metamorphosis wherein the vic- 
tim lost all touch with himself and in- 
stead became guided, apparently, by an 
infinitely stronger will than his own. 
In consequence of these vast and ter- 



MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



21 



rible changes ordered routine and 
method began to crumble at the foun- 
dations. Price in particular found him- 
self totally unable to keep track of his 
schedules, or of the departure and ar- 
rival of vessels. Everything, it seemed, 
had gone abruptly mad. People were 
leaving New York by the thousands, 
nearly every hour of the day and night. 
Some came back and burst in the same 
horrible fashion as had the two pilots. 
Others never came back. Pilots refused 
to take orders; they were clearly im- 
movably mesmerized. Price tried to in- 
terfere and narrowly escaped violent 
death. Desperate, he appealed to the 
Government, with no result. The 
rulers of the country were as criminally 
insane in their methods as all other 
controlling bodies. 

Business came to a standstill; crime 
flourished as never before. Time and 
time again Price tried to figure the rid- 
dle out, sent messenger scouts to Mi- 
cropolis, demanding to know the 
reason for it all, but the messengers 
never returned. 

Then the strange malady spread to 
England and that indeed started dis- 
aster in real earnest. For no reason 
whatever, apart from the sheer desire 
for murder and death, the British de- 
cided to war with America, so there 
began the most fiendish battle of exter- 
mination in Earthly history. The 
masses themselves, unaffected in the 
main by the disease, as yet, were all 
against it, but the iron control of their 
blood-mad leaders forced them into the 
war before they could realize what was 
happening. And, after a day of two, 
Europe added her forces to the strug- 
gle. 

In less than a week after Justin’s and 
Albridge’s mysterious arrival from the 
atomic universe the world was madly 
at war; the masses were now infected 
with a craving for slaughter and battle. 

Finally, forced out by brute control. 
Price gave up the task of trying to gov- 
ern the destinies of the Interatomic 
Corporation, but he did wonder why 
nobody, for all their insanity, endeav- 
ored to attack the potassium unit. This 
always remained untouched. His mood 
was bitter, resentful. On the following 
day he had to join up and add his small 
share to the unreasoning chaos. 



“The thing’s so — so sudden!’’ he de- 
clared feelingly to Irene Edwards, his 
fiancee, while having cocktails with 
her at her modernistic apartment in the 
sriiart quarter of the city. “Something 
has happened out in intra-atomic space 
to cause all this, but I’m damned if I 
know what. I’ve seriously thought of 
taking one of the emergency ships and 
finding out for myself. So far nobody 
seems to know about those, and I’m 
the only one with the lock combina- 
tion.” 

“And why don’t you?” the girl asked, 
her steady dark eyes upon him. 

“Because I realize I wouldn’t stand 
a chance,” he replied moodily. “If the 
whole Atomic Patrol has failed what 
good could I do? Alone? Besides, 
what would be the use? War is here! 
Before I could learn anything and get 
back the world would be destroyed !’’ 

S RENE said nothing, but her dark 
head inclined in acquiescence. 
“There’s so many things I can’t un- 
derstand,” Price went on worriedly. 
“The way tlie machine pilots behave, 
for instance. They’ve been smitten 
with this disease, too, yet it hasn’t 
changed them into criminals like the 
rest. Instead they simply go on as be- 
fore. The only difference is that they 
won’t obey orders and tirelessly go on 
driving machines to the atomic uni- 
verse and back again, presumably to 
reach Micropolis. Thousands of people 
will be gone by the end of a month — 
if there is any humanity left by then. 
But what is it all for?” 

“Are you sure it is Micropolis that’s 
behind all this?” the girl asked quietly. 
“What else can it be?” 

“But it’s against their interests to 
quarrel with Earthmen. 'What about 
the rest of their system? Uk, for in- 
stance?” 

“I’ve thought of that. It’s the only 
other planet populated — but they’d 
never attack us in this fashion. They 
want to overthrow Kraj, yes — ^but not 
us.” 

“Suppose, though, that they’ve some- 
how overwhelmed Micropolis and are 
striking at us with a view to future 
conquest, or something of that sort?” 
Price shook his head slowly. . 




22 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



“No, that doesn’t fit in somehow. 
The people of Kraj are far ahead of 
those of Uk in any case. You know 
that as well as I do.’’ He stopped and 
shrugged. “I guess there’s nothing we 
can do, Irene. I’m on the verge of join- 
ing up, and you’re to be in the women’s 
section the day afterward. It’s the part- 
ing of the ways. And to think we reck- 
oned we’d outlawed war for all time!’’ 

T hat same night, just after eleven 
o’clock, war came into the heart of 
New York. 

Although the populace had to some 
extent been expecting it, they were cer- 
tainly not prepared for such a terrific 
display of military power. Overhead 
fleets rained bombs on the metropolis; 
below, invaders were surging in a mad, 
murder-driven multitude through the 
streets. The air was hideous with the 
din of heavy artillery, the roars of mo- 
tors, explosions and disintegrators, and 
the yelling of human voices. 

Even more incredible was the fact 
that this insane tide was not sharply 
defined into attackers and defenders. 
Both were mixed up together, each 
fighting the other. Americans were 
slaying Americans, and British, British- 
ers. The thing was mad, an all-con- 
suming lust for slaughter without sense 
or reason. 

Price, who had left Irene’s apart- 
ment not an hour before the major 
drive, was packing his clothes for the 
next day’s departure to the war when 
the sounds of battle reached him. The 
girl was the first concern that flew to 
his mind. He must find her — rescue 
her from the insane mob before they 
tore her limb from limb. 

He swung away from the window, 
then staggered slightly at a sudden 
wave of intense giddiness. Almost sub- 
consciously he looked down at his 
hand ; it was smarting sharply. Funny ! 
He hadn’t remembered scratching it 
like that. The blood was oozing gently 
from a long incision on his thumb. Sub- 
consciously he knew that he had been 
stricken down by the mysterious dis- 
ease, but so rapidly was his mentality 
being overcome by the force of the min- 
ute creature that had entered his body, 
he was losing a grip oh his normal will. 



In the space of fifteen minutes he was 
no longer the normal Raymond Price, 
but a murder-mad fiend like the , rest 
of the swarming hordes. He still real- 
ized he must find Irene — but not in the 
same fashion as before. He must find 
her, yes — and exterminate her. Not 
only her, but everybody who got in his 
way! 

'This was the only thought in his 
mind as he left his apartment and went 
through the main streets toward her 
home. Furiously he battled his way 
through the hordes of people surging 
in the roadway outside, people armed 
with knives and all the dangerous im- 
plements they could lay hands on. 
Twice he barely missed destruction, 
then he reached the vicinity of Irene’s 
apartment. About the place surged 
swarms of yelling, armed men and, in 
the midst of them, along with many 
other hapless men and women, Irene 
herself, held in an iron grip. 

Her clothing was torn and rumpled, 
her dark hair disordered. Her expres- 
sion of utter terror changed when she 
caught sight of Price’s blood-streaked 
figure before her. Her eyes - lighted 
with sudden hope. 

“Ray !’’ she shouted hoarsely, striving 
vainly to tear free from the merciless 
grip on her arms. “Ray! Save me! 
They’re taking me away — to Micropo- 
lis! I must — Oh, Ray — ’’ She fell 
forward, jerking and straining. 

Price grinned ghoulishly at her, 
leaped toward her. Whatever it was 
that was in his mind — and probably 
it was murder — never materialized. 
Something struck him violently on the 
head and he pitched helplessly into 
darkness. 



CHAPTER III 
Yuk 



P RICE came to with an aching 
head, ’ looked about him in the 
damp darkness of early morning. 

The yelling hordes, the massacre of 
the previous night, had ended — or else 
passed further westward. The sky was 
free of planes; the bombardment had 
ceased. In the waxing light he beheld 



MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



23 



the corpses of slain men and women, 
shattered buildings, gaping craters in 
the road.. As fie got weakly to his feet 
it came to him that his escape had ob- 
viously been because he had been be- 
lieved dead and not merely stunned. 

His hand went to his still slightly 
bleeding head; he winced painfully. 
Then suddenly, like a pouring tide, fie 
remembered what had happened — his 
insanity — Irene’s desperate pleas — the 
blood-mad devils who had captured 
her. Micropolis ! 

“God!” he breathed huskily. “Irene! 
Taken by those butchers !” 

He did not hesitate another moment. 
He turned and sped through the 
corpse- and debris-ridden streets to- 
ward his own apartment house. He 
found it had escaped the bombardment 
but was empty of people. 

With pounding feet he went up the 
staircase to his room, and entered. A 
decisive plan was in his mind. He 
would bathe his woimd, dress in fresh 
clothes, then head for Micropolis in one 
of the fast emergency machines, grant- 
ing they hadn’t already been discovered 
in their private hangar adjoining the 
terminal building 

Hastily he began to bathe his wound 
in cold water, wincing at the pain. 
Then as he wrung out the rag into the 
bowl he stared in astonishment. The 
rising sun played directly upon it and 
revealed, amidst the water and crimson 
blood streaks, an inconceivably tiny ob- 
ject making desperate efforts to gain 
the bowl side. For a moment he mis- 
took it for an insect, then as he looked 
closer the rag dropped from his hand 
in utter amazement. It was not an in- 
sect but an incredibly small four-armed 
being, obviously washed from the 
wound on his head. 

Immediately the scientist in him 
came uppermost. He jumped across 
to a case of instruments and brought 
out a microscope. With infinite care 
he scooped the object up and laid it on 
a slide, then peered at it amazedly. Un- 
der the power of the lenses it was now 
clearly visible — it was a still living 
creature, not unlike the Krajian race, 
and obviously on the verge of death. 
It was manifestly severely wounded, 
evidently had been hurt by the vibra- 
tion of the blow that fiad cleaved 



Price’s own skull. At that instant it 
had been in his blood stream almost 
upon the spot where the wound had 
been inflicted. Then, washed into the 
bowl, the shock of the water had 
brought it back to momentary life 
again. 

“Not a Krajian, but an Ukian!” 
Price muttered, his eyes narrowing. 
“I’d know one anywhere.” 

Viciously he squeezed the luckless 
creature into extinction beneath finger 
and thumb, then gave himself up to 
brief thought. Slowly, gradually, the 
immense purpose behind this strange 
invasion began to filter into his mind. 
Piece by piece, as the moments slid by, 
it all became clear to him. 

Every person that had been afflicted 
by the strange disease must, then, have 
had one of these devilish Ukians inside 
him! That explained the mysterious 
cuts just before the disease started — 
obviously they^ had been caused by the 
Ukians themselves, no doubt with tiny 
instruments. It also explained the nau- 
seating body-burstings. 

“Am I lucky !” Price breathed at last, 
straightening up. “I’d never have 
found it but for that blow last night. 
Obviously when the little devil was 
half killed his influence over my brain 
failed, otherwise heaven knows fiow far 
I might have gone. Of all the dam- 
nable ways to win a war ! But what’s 
it all for?” 

He couldn’t fathom that point. His 
mind swung back to Irene. Grimly he 
resumed his interrupted bathing, then 
changed and made for the emergency 
hangars. 

As he had hoped the emergency 
hangars were untouched. The massive 
doors were closed as securely as they 
had always been. Rapidly fie swung 
the dials to the required combination 
numbers, then flung the doors wide. 
Without a pause he headed for the fore- 
most machine, entered, and closed the 
air-locks. 



^I'^HE engines started up reassur- 
Ja. ingly enough under his touch at 
the controls. Quickly he drove the 
machine forward on its land wheels 
and soon covered the brief distance in- 
to the main terminal building. An in- 
tense fear was in his heart that perhaps 




24 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



the priceless potassium unit would 
have been destroyed in the air raid of 
the night before, but to his infinite re- 
lief he found it still there, sunken deep 
into the pit. Evidently the guiding 
minds behind the onslaught had taken 
care to prevent anything happening to 
the one spot wherein lay their universe. 

Price paused only long enough to 
make the necessary calculations on 
how far away he would be from Kraj 
when he had descended into the infini- 
tesimal — for he was starting this time 
from a point some ten yards away from 
the potassium unit, which in the aggre- 
gate would total up to millions of spa- 
tial miles. He debated too, whether he 
ought to visit Kraj or Uk, then remem- 
bering Irene’s words about Micropolis 
he decided on the former, though he 
had a distinct feeling that the Ukians 
alone were to blame. 

Satisfied at last he threw in the main 
switches and watched the mighty 
building grow incredibly vast about 
him. 

He was seething with impatience as 
he drove steadily downward. Every 
second of the trip, which usually occu- 
pied eight hours, seemed to him an in- 
finity. The only relief he obtained was 
when the unconsciousness of transit to 
the ultra-small claimed him for a brief 
period. Then he was alert again, ex- 
pecting danger, expecting every mo- 
ment to be wiped out of being as had 
those of the Atomic Patrol. But grad- 
ually, as the time for the journey’s end 
drew near and nothing unexpected 
happened he began to realize why it 
was so. He was not taking the normal 
route to Micropolis ! 

He was pursuing a track some eighty 
thousand miles away from it, which 
was due entirely to his different start- 
ing point. Whatever it had been that 
had presumably destroyed the Atomic 
Patrol fleet had evidently been set di- 
rectly in the normal route, and he, by 
means of his deviation, was missing it. 
Convinced this was the case he made 
an even wider detour to gain Kraj, 
reaching it finally from the north cos- 
mic point instead of the south. And at 
last he dropped gently on the main 
landing ground of Micropolis itself. 

To Ids astonishment, upon alighting 



from the machine, he beheld a veritable 
sea of atomic fliers waiting as though 
for a given signal. Silvery, snub-nosed 
vessels gleaming under the blue-white 
effulgence of the sun, actually the nu- 
cleus of the potassium. For a while he 
stood looking at them in puzzlement, 
noting the busy figures of Krajians 
teeming about them, then, after a 
glance upward at the cloudy yellow 
world of Uk, some 200,000 miles dis- 
tant, he made his way rapidly to the 
main administrative building. 

Yuk, ruler of Kraj and master of Mi- 
cropolis, was just descending the broad 
steps of the building in company with 
his immediate advisers as Price pre- 
pared to mount them. They met half- 
way up. 

W ITHOUT hesitation Yuk made 
a quick signal to his men and 
Price was' firmly seized. 

“So, ihy friend, whoever you may be, 
you Earthmen have turned traitors?” 
Yuk inquired bitterly, his single eye 
glowing malevolently. “You send us 
cargoes of Earthmen who try to learn 
our innermost secrets and attempt to 
destroy us! We thought better of 
Earthmen than that! You see those 
machines assembled there? We are 
ready to launch our attack to. exter- 
minate every living being on Earth. 
Normally we are not a warlike race, 
but this time it is different. It is 
clearly them— or us!” 

“But — but you don’t understand!” 
Price gasped hoarsely. “Listen — I beg 
of you! We on Earth have nearly all 
been slain by warfare! Only a few 
hours ago I discovered that it was 
caused by a microscopic being — an 
Ukian, controlling our minds by living 
in our blood streams. Thousands up- 
on thousands of them have reached 
Earth recently. The whole thing 
started with Kerry Justin and his part- 
ner Albridge. You remember them? 
The pilots of Freighter LV-z.” 

Y UK’S immense eye revealed that 
he was thinking. He made a mo- 
tion and Price was released. 

“Tell me more !” he ordered. 

Quickly and concisely Price went 
through the whole story, and when he 



MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



25 



had finished Yuk’s eye was filled with 
a devouring hate. 

“I see it all now,” he muttered. 
“This is clearly the work of those ac- 
cursed Ukians — a clever attempt to de- 
stroy not only us but Earthmen as well 
— to gain control over both worlds. On 
your world they set Earthmen at each 
other's throats. Others they send os- 
tensibly to here, but waylay them on 
the journey. During the waylaying 
process they place one of their damned 
spies in human bodiesi then the 
humans continue their journey here, 
finding out all they can by the dictates, 
of the miniature beings inside them. 
By this they accomplish the dual move 
of learning our secrets, for naturally 
the Ukians waylay them on the return 
journey — and also they have excited 
our hatred against Earthmen for we, 
finding out, have believed Earthmen to 
be at fault.” 

“That’s exactly it,” Price nodded in 
relief. “There’s one other thing, 
though. Earthmen don’t return to 
Earth once they’ve left it, or if they do 
it is only to burst and release more of 
these microscopic spies. It can only 
mean that those who don’t return are 
incarcerated on Uk, or else something 
decidedly worse. I’m seeking Irene, 
my betrothed. I understood she’d been 
brought here. Evidently she was un- 
der a misapprehension, or else had been 
deliberately led to believe the wrong 




“Goodbye, Sir” . . . “Thank you, Sir,” 
says the head waiter fervently, as the 
little party of four leaves the club. And 
why shouldn’t he — ^for a $10.00 tip ?. 

Think that’s unusual ? Not a bit of it. 
Young men are making lots of money 
— and spending plenty — these daya 
Young men full of health, full of snap 
and power. And you can bet your bot- 
tom dollar that these men watch their 
health like a hawk — that they see to it 
that their bowels move regularly. For 
no man can feel right and do his best 
if be is held back by the curse of 
constipation. 

So if you want to step up your energy, 
if you want a quick mind and a vlgor- 



thing. She must be on Uk, and if I 
tear the whole infernal planet in pieces 
I mean to find herl Granting, that is, 
that I’m not too late. If I am — ” 
Yuk’s immense head slowly nodded. 
“I understand. Your coming here 
has cleared up many things we did not 
fathom; why we could not get any 
news from Earth, for one^ thing. We 
shall now change our attack from 
Earth to Uk. We leave immediately!” 
Price nodded eagerly. 

“I’m with you, Yuk. I’ll use my own 
machine. You lead and I’ll follow.” 



CHAPTER IV 
Avengers of Kraj 



W ITHIN ten minutes Price was 
back again in his machine, wait- 
ing tensely at the controls, watching 
as the immense Krajian fleet rose in 
orderly formation into the air and 
streaked rapidly toward the sparse 
clouds. When at last they had all gone, 
a vast and avenging armada, he shot 
upward in their wake, hung closely to 
the tail ^f Ine rearmost machir' 

Uk, yellow world of peril, was clear- 
ly visible the instant the atmosphere 
of Kraj had' been left behind. Already 
the trifling 200,000 miles distance was 
decreasing. The Krajian fleet broke up 



[Turn Page] 




ous body, remember this one thing and 
never forget it — see that your bowels 
move regularly it 

But the way you move yoiur bowels 
is important. Instead of taking a laxa- 
tive that disturbs your S 3 ^tem and up- 
sets your stomach, take gentle Ex-Lax. 

Ex-Lax limits its action entirely to 
the intestines, where the actual consti- 
pation exists. It gives the intestines a 
gentle nudge, emptying the bowels thor- 
oughly — ^but easily and comfortably. 
Ex-Lax works in such a simple, com- 
mon-^nse way. And it is such a pleas- 
ure to take. Ex-Lax tastes just like de- 
licious chocolate. At all dimg stores — 
10c and 25c. iln Canada — ^15c and 35c.)J 



26 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



into sectors, linked together by spatial 
radio. Only one machine remained in 
the forefront — an empty machine, con- 
trolled remotely by Yuk himself-^the 
point ship of the armada. It was as 
well the ruler’s foresight had led him 
to adopt this method, for suddenly and 
mysteriously, when the halfway line 
between Uk and Kraj had been gained, 
the machine jolted violently and re- 
bounded back into space, gradually dis- 
solving into molten metal. 

“To the left!” thundered Yuk’s 
voice, clearly , audible in Price’s own 
loudspeaker. “Electric barrier! Bear 
left and bring on neutralizer rays — fre- 
quency nineteen. Only way to get 
through. Prepare for recoil.” 

Price smiled grimly to himself. 

“So that’s where the Atomic Patrol 
went to!” he rnuttered. “Electric bar- 
rier that shatters the construction of 
a ship and changes it into energy. I 
guessed at something like that. Only 
removed when necessary, I suppose.” 

True to orders the fleet turned aside, 
but only for a while, then space was 
alive with emerald green rays, hurling 
their stupendous power — technically 
known to the Krajians as frequency 19 
— at the invisible barrier. So far as 
Price could figure out the rays were 
duplicating the same power as the bar- 
rier itself, working on the principle of 
like repulsing like. Whatever it was, 
beams stabbing the infinite, the ma- 
chines swept through the invisible wall 
and went streaking onward toward the 
yellow planet. Price, himself, having no 
such rays, slid through under the ray 
protection of the last ship. 

Evidently, however, the smashing of 
the barrier had warned the Ukians what 
to expect, or else they had already seen 
the invaders through their high-pow- 
ered telescope and had rnachines ready 
for action. The fact remained that from 
Uk’s yellow surface there suddenly be- 
gan to spew a fleet of gleaming space 
machines, villainous energy-rays faint- 
ly visible against the ebon dark of in- 
finity. 

Price set his lips as he clenched his 
controls. He wished he had an assist- 
ant to aid him. The machine was 
equipped with deadly weapons enough, 
all controllable from his main switch- 



board, but none the less he realized he 
would have all his work cut out to 
carve a way through the horde and give 
battle at the same time. 

Tensely he watched the opening at- 
tack, saw Krajian and Ukian ships 
swarm into conflict. Infinity blazed 
with , light as two machines can- 
noned into each other, to sink back into 
dripping debris gravitating about the 
whole ruptured mass. The combatants 
were pretty nearly equal, but the sci- 
entific power was on the side of the 
merciless Ukians. Time and time again 
their disruptive radiations stabbed out 
into space, flicking pieces off the Kra- 
jian machines and, more rarely, anni- 
hilating them altogether. 




For quite ten minutes the swirling 
chaos continued, then Price found his 
attention forced away from the observ- 
ation screens as one of the machines 
suddenly made a direct dive toward 
him. Instantly he dived downward, 
held his breath, and shot beneath the 
very belly of the hurtling monster. An 
energy ray peeled the top plates off his 
vessel like skin from an orange. His 
eyes narrowed as he clutched the 
molecular gun, most deadly weapon in 
Earthly science. 

He swung around again, circled war- 
ily, and dodged another attack of rays. 
Then he maneuvered until he had the 
invading machine dead across the sight 
of the gun. The Ukian vessel, by far 
the clumsier, struggled mightily to 



MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



27 



swing to one side, and indeed had half 
succeeded when Price, eyes shining like 
steel across the sights, pressed the fir- 
ing button. 

^"NSTANTLY the terrible weapon 
-iia. shot back on its powerful springs 
with the recoil. The opposing machine, 
being on one side, half vaporized — 
belched outward in a tumbling mass of 
rendihg, dripping metal, the molecules 
of its formation utterly blasted into a 
gaseous state. But the remaining sec- 
tion, a conical hulk, floated lazily away, 
those in its interior only saved from 
instant death in space by the automatic 
compartment doors. 

Price swung his gun again to finish 
his task, then paused. Within that hulk 
there would undoubtedly be some men 
left. They might know where Irene 
was! Hardly had the thought passed 
through his mind than he switched on 
the twin space anchors, hooked the 
derelict to his own ship, and set oil for 
Uk at top speed. 

His journey took him around the 
edge of the battle, the most desperate 
journey he had ever known. Time and 
time again pieces of his machine were 
torn away; once the vessel was hit so 
hard he thought it would crumble in 
pieces, then he realized it had only been 
a reflected beam and not a direct one. 

So, little by little, edging his way 
around, only sparing himself time 
enough to note that Yuk was slowly 
and resolutely gaining the upper hand, 
mainly because of the swifter nature of 
his machine, he circuited the space 
battle and ultimately gained the dense 
clouds of the Ukian atmosphere. Then 
only did he slow down, switch his grav- 
itators to full strength, and draw the 
hulk into contact with his own ma- 
chine. 

Grimly he flicked on the radio trans- 
mitting equipment. 

“Ukians!” he snapped into the mic- 
rophone, using the Krajian language. 
“Do you hear me?” 

A pause followed, then an Ukian’s 
halting voice answered. 

“We hear!” 

“Good! Now listen to me! You will 
answer a question. If you do that I 
will spare the lot of you; if you don’t 



I’ll blast you clean to hell. I’m seeking 
the Earthmen who were snared to your 
planet — one in particular, a woman by 
the name of Irene Edwards. Tell me 
where she is and you will come to no 
harm.” x 

There was a long pause, then the 
voice resumed. 

“We don’t know the particular 
Elarthling you name, but we do know 
where they all are. It is the plan of 
Kanos, our master, to examine their 
various organs, to find how best to con- 
vert ourselves when we take over 
Earth—” 

Price became desperate with sudden 
fear. 

“Where are they? Blast you to hell, 
where?” he snarled. 

“In the prison adjoining the surgical 
laboratories.” 

“O.K. We’ll head for the place and 
you’ll direct me as I drag you along. 
I’ll let you go when I’m sure you’ve 
told the truth. 

Savagely he turned aside and flung 
in his switches once more, dropped 
through the clouds at a dizzying rate. 
Then the tremendous city of the Uk- 
ians burst into view. The voice of the 
Ukian within the derelict spoke at in- 
tervals, directing the course, until at 
last Price beheld the enormous prison 
and laboratories stretched in a two 
mile enormity below him, apart from 
the main city’s curious, straddling 
reaches. 

“Right!” he snapped. “Now we’ll see 
if you’re telling the truth.” 

He dropped down within three hun- 
dred feet of the crystalline roof. Star- 
ing through the floor observation 
plates he distinctly beheld below him 
the vast hall of science and, more dim- 
ly beyond, close banked masses that he 
assumed were Earthmen ! Evidently 
the Ukian had spoken the truth. 

Satisfied, he swung away, swept five 
miles southward with devastating 
speed, and there dropped the derelict. 
With a grim smile he switched on his 
molecular gun and cut a two hundred 
foot deep chasm all the way around 
the wreck, -marooning the Ukians com- 
pletely as they suddenly poured from 
the hulk in an effort at escape. Then, 
cutting the power down, he half melted 




28 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



the derelict and left it there, satisfied 
that the beings could not give any 
warnings, either by radio or personal 
touch. 

S HE flew close to the laboratories 
again. Price put his pre-devised 
plans into action. Quickly he moved 
his minimizing switches, waited while 
he and the ship contracted to the utter- 
most limits, shrank down to the elec- 
tron within an electron state. As the . 
process proceeded he lowered the ves- 
sel slowly, waiting until at last it was 
tiny enough to pass through the enor- 
mous tunnel which actually comprised 
the airlet hole of a roof ventilator. 

Gently he eased the machine through, 
then stopped the decreasement. He 
burst at last into the stupendous im- 
mensity of the laboratory, unseen and 
silent, no larger than a wasp. Grimly 
he looked about him. 

On every hand were giants, colossal 
Ukians as they appeared, proceeding 
with their vivisection operations, so 
intent on their tasks they never, even' 
glimpsed the tiny cylindrical flyer 
zooming swiftly over their heads. 

Price shuddered at the things he be- 
held. Twenty-four operating tables 
were in action, and upon them lay 
Earthmen in various stages of vivisec- 
tion — some dead, others mere butch- 
ered mounds of flesh craving for the ex- 
tinction that was mercilessly withheld. 

Hopefully Price searched the area 
wherein further Earthmen were wait- 
ing for experiment— colossal men and 
women they seemed, jammed tightly 
together within the monstrous cage of 
a prison. Price went high above them, 
peered down on their enormous, ter- 
ror-stricken faces, but he failed to be- 
hold the features of Irene. The thought 
that she was perhaps already dead or 
torn in pieces by these inhuman fiends 
sickened and stupefied him for a mo- 
ment; then he went on again, cease- 
lessly, desperately, following the line 
of operating tables. 

Abruptly his breath . caught ; he 
stared fix^ly into his observation re- 
flector, trained on the seventh table. 
There was the girl herself, conscious, 
utterly overcome with fear, strapped 
down by a massive leather harness. 



About her, arranging their instruments 
for action, were the Ukian surgeons. 

“Irene!” he shouted hoarsely, only 
to realize she couldn’t possibly hear 
him. 

Fiercely he swung the miniature ma- 
chine down, swept over the hill that 
comprised the girl’s supine body, 
dropped, then maneuvered around to 
face the chief operating surgeon — Ka- 
nos himself, had he but known it. With 
rapid movements Price focused his 
molecular gun and pressed the button. 
Being reduced in size its area of effi- 
ciency was likewise shortened, but 
none the less its power was just as dev- 
astating on a small scale. The beam, 
no thicker than a lead pencil, stabbed 
into the enormous face of the ruler of 
Uk, drove clean into his single eye and 
through it into the depths of his fien- 
dish brain. 

He dropped without a sound, stone 
dead. 

Irene twisted her head about; her 
eyes seemed the size of lakes as Price 
shot over her face like an angry wasp. 
The surgeons turned, astounded, tried 
to locate the hovering, darting terror — 
but on account of its small size they 
were utterly unable to catch it with 
their flailing arms. Time and time 
again its vicious molecular gun stabbed 
out, tore pieces out of the men, blinded 
them, killed them. 

No larger than an insect, and yet it 
wreaked death and havoc everywhere 
it touched. 

Pandemonium spread over the lab- 
oratory. The surgeons raced up and 
down desperately, tried everything 
they could to wipe the machine out. 
They realized now what it really was. 
Price went on grimly, waited until he 
had at last forced all the Ukians into 
a corner of the immense place; then he 
gradually enlarged the size of the ves- 
sel to normal. It grew steadily, filling 
all the space, spreading outward, 
smashing down instruments, finally 
reaching up to the ceiling. 

“Listen, Ukians!” Price thundered, 
connecting the external loudspeaker. 
“I’ve got the lot of you in a corner and 
you can’t get out. One move and I’ll 
blast the lot of you.” 




MENACE FROM THE MICROCOSM 



29 



CHAPTER V 
Return to Earth' 



T he trapped surgeons said nothing, 
could only look futilely at the 
enormity of curved, shining wall hem- 
ming them in. They realized clearly 
that the Earthman would carry out his 
threat without hesitation if necessary, 
so they waited in sullen silence. 

Price exited the machine by the op- 
posite door and raced across to the pin- 
ioned girl. In an instant he had her 
free, gathered her to him tenderly. 

“Ray! Oh — Ray — ” Her voice broke 
huskily; then from sheer reaction she 
fainted dead away. Quick as a flash 
Price swept her up in his arms, laid 
her carefully on the ship’s wall bunk^ 
then returned to the cage. In a mo- 
ment he had the clamps unfastened and 
released the Earthmen in a shouting, 
joyous flood. 

“Any others?’’ he asked curtly, and 
a tall, bald-headed man stopped to an- 
swer him. 

“Butchered,” he said hoarsely. 
“We’re all that’s left. Thank God you 
came.” 

“Never mind that,” Price inter- 
rupted. “I had a personal reason. 
We’ll have to release these others and 
give those poor butchered devils over 
there a quick dose of lethal gas. They’re 
beyond hope. We’ll need a fleet of 
ships, too, to get all of you back to 
Earth.” 

He paused grimly and edged back 
toward the vessel as the surgery doors 
suddenly crashed open. Tensely he 
waited, then relaxed. It was Yuk and 
his men — a victorious mob. The Kra- 
jian- paused at last as he beheld Price. 

“So you succeeded too I” he exclaim- 
ed in obvious delight. “Splendid, 
Elarthman! We finally overcame the 
Ukiah space-fliers — their ships were 
too clumsy. We have the city guarded 
at every point; twenty space machines 
are hovering with disintegrator rays 
ready for action. I left this building 
untouched when I discovered its na- 
ture — realized you would rather have 



it that way. The victory is ours, my 
friend.” He paused and looked about 
him. “The surgeons?” he asked in sur- 
prise. “What has become of them all?” 
Briefly Price told him. 

“They are prisoners,” Yuk an- 
nounced grimly. “Bring them forward. 
We will attend to them.” 

“First I want something from 
them,” Price answered quietly. “I want 
an antidote by which I can kill their 
miniature spies within human beings 
without harming human beings them- 
selves. There must be something.” 
With that he turned aside, entered 
the ship, and threw open the opposite 
air-lock. Covering the surgeons with 
his ray-gun he forced them through to 
the surgery. 

“We heard your request, Earthman,” 
one of them remarked. “You want an 
antidote. If we provide it will you al- 
low us freedom? Freedom to visit 
other worlds and leave Uk behind?” 

“It is not in my power to give you 
that,” Price returned. “I want an anti- 
dote and I mean to have it. You are 
Yuk’s prisoners, not mine. It’s up to 
him.” 

“Your request is granted,” the Kra- 
jian ruler said calmly. “Give the Earth- 
man what he desires.” 

The surgeon turned aside and ex- 
tracted a metal sheet from a compli- 
cated filing cabinet. In silence he 
handed it to Price. 

“That is a method we invented in 
case we had need of it,” he said after 
a while. “What we have done we can 
also undo. Follow out those instruc- 
tions, build the required generators, 
and you will be able to disseminate an 
electrical field which will apparently 
paralyze human beings for a brief pe- 
riod. What really happens is that mild 
electric currents pass through their 
bodies. On account of their size they 
can stand it, but to the infinitely small- 
er Ukians imprisoned within them it 
will be the equivalent of extreme high 
tension voltage.” 

“Right,” Price said crisply, turned 
aside, and put the sheet carefully away. 

“That leaves little more here,” Yuk 
commented, and tugged out his own 
ray-gun. Before the surgeons had the 



30 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



least chance to move away the ray had 
swept the length of the line. They fell 
like so many ninepins, killed instantly. 

Price gazed blankly. “But — but, 
Yuk, you promised them — ” 

“I made a promise I had no inten- 
tion of keeping,” Yuk answered im- 
placably. “ITiese Ukians have no hon- 
or, no soul. They give a formula that 
means the destruction Of their ' fellow 
spies on Earth without a qualm, purely 
to save their own skins. So — extermi- 
nation is the best policy. A Krajian 
never makes conditions. All or noth- 
ing!” 

RICE shrugged. 

“The law of Kraj is ruthlessly 
efficient, anyhow,” he remarked. “Per- 
haps you’ll give me a hand to attend 
to these other unfortunate ones?” 
“Willingly. You will require ma- 
chines to return to Earth. You have 
my permission to use my space ships 
for the time being; we will be staying 
here for a while.” 

An hour later Price was heading a 
dozen ships back from the infinitely 



small to his own beloved Earth. Be- 
side him sat Irene. She dwelt but little 
on the horrors she had undergone, only 
upon the peace and security that lay in 
the future. 

And peace and security it proved to 
be. The electrical system was duly put 
into operation at the earliest moment. 
For two days paralysis spread over the 
still war-mongering hordes of Earth, 
but when they awoke those strange and 
belligerent urges had gone. They were 
normal again, shaken human beings, 
but prepared to take up the threads of 
their war-shattered lives once more. 

So, ultimately, the balance was re- 
stored. The wreckage was cleared 
away; rebuilding took place; journey- 
ings between Micropolis and Uk be- 
came even more frequent now that the 
beaten planet was annexed by the Kra- 
jians. In five years it was- hard to tell 
that there had ever been an invasion 
from the microcosm ; indeed only a few 
seemed to remember it. But Raymond 
Price, the new chief of Interatomic 
Corporation, and his lovely young wife, 
never forgot it. 




9 

IN THE NEXT ISSUE 

• 

A Baffling Alien Form of Life Is Discovered in 

THE DOUBLE MINDS 

A Novelette of Science Secrets 

By JOHN W CAMPBELL. JR. 






He Was the World’s Greatest Astronomer — Yet When 
He Warned Earth of the Impending Impact of a 
Giant Meteor, They Laughed at Him I 




Each lime he repealed his observations he obtained the same results^ 



MOLTEN BULLET 

By ANTHONY RUD 

Author of "The Cain Brand" “The Griffin" etc. 



T his is the last of my long series 
of studies of the folk of the Lost 
Planet, fellow Ski^geours. Or, 
fellow Martians, as we have agreed to 
call ourselves, the name being so much 
more pleasing to the electric ear. 

I feel a warmth and a sympathy for 
those Earthmen, so far ahead of us in 
many ways, yet totally unable to help 
themselves in that last dreadful calam- 
ity. 



Since we have adopted their spoken 
and written word, in place of our thou- 
sands of clashing dialects different 
along each two canals, and so many of 
their incredible mechanisms, it is only 
natural that we should have devoted 
time to their individuals. 

In passing let me say that my deep- 
est regret has been the inability of my- 
self and other Martian scientists, in 
spite of our monster selectoscope which 



31 






32 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



allowed me to pick up their ether 
waves, their speech, and even to follow 
the movements of any single Earthian 
with understanding, to get together 
with their great scientific men in any 
sort of talk. 

We could hear and see and under- 
stand almost everything; but we could 
not fathom the manner in which those 
ether waves they called radio, were 
flung from place to place, and even out 
to us here in the center of the Universe. 

They, on the other hand, were ap- 
parently several time cycles behind dis- 
covering anything similar to the Lo- 
amm selectoscope, which would have 
enabled them really to study us! 

As I have reiterated, both physically 
and mentally they resembled us so 
closely — allowing for the differences in 
climate and our other natural advan- 
tages, of course — that it is almost cer- 
tain we sprang from the same stock.. 

Either the Creator developed life on 
both planets in almost identical fash- 
ion, or at some past time and greater 
epoch of civilization we must have con- 
quered the difficulties of interplanetary 
travel, and sent a space ship to colonize 
Earth. 

I favor that theory. Though of course 
it might have been a landing party 
from Earth which started us! 

HAD great hopes for Albert Ein- 
stein Ammerton. He was more 
like a Martian than any of the other 
scores of Earthmen I had studied. If 
any man on Earth ever could have in- 
vented our selectoscope, or its equiva- 
lent, Ammerton would have been the 
maitj 

According to their time reckoning, 
which I have explained earlier, Am- 
merton was born in their year 1937, 
A.D. Though we might have regarded 
him notably backward, arid odd in some 
respects, from his very ,earliest years 
he was far ahead of his fellow Earth- 
ians. He was a mathematical genius. 

At the age of eleven he had grad- 
uated from Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology and already was in a fair 
way to becoming recognized as the 
greatest Earthian authority on math- 
ematical variants. When he was fif- 
teen, and acting as third assistant at 



the great Sandraes Observatory, he 
worked out a correction to the parallax 
of Neptune — an error which had gone 
undiscovered for more than a century. 

Development of this kind, usual with 
us on Mars, was something more than 
phenomenal on Earth. Ammerton was 
called a prodigy. Like our great as- 
tronomer and calculator, Ebii Loamm, 
who had conquered the binomial the- 
orem at the age of forty months, Am- 
merton was a trifle narrow in after life. 
He did not become insane, however, 
(You will recall that Loamm, after in- 
ventirig the selectoscope, went vio- 
lently mad at the age of two hundred, 
in the very prime of his young Mar- 
tian manhood.) 

Ammerton’s greatest interest lay in 
the far stretches of the Universe. He 
was human enough, in' his odd rno- 
ments though, to court and marry a 
beautiful young woman, one Elspeth 
Sandraes, daughter of the multi-mil- 
lionaire Earthman who had given this 
observatory its great 300-inch mirror 
telescope. 

So no one was greatly surprised 
when in 1963, at the death of the, ob- 
servatory chief, Albert E. Ammerton 
was promoted over the head of the then 
assistant chief, one Hans Becker, zmd 
given supreme authority in the San- 
draes Observatory. 

Note that name, Hans Becker. He 
was much like many Martians you and 
I know — iselfish devils, consumed by 
inner furies, men who believe that all 
that they desire should be handed to 
them, irrespective of their real desserts. 

With the selectoscope I followed 
Becker and Ammerton, and flatter my- 
self I understood them from bones to 
brains. It is too bad they were not 
radio engineers, for if so it is certain 
we would know now the one great 
Earthian secret which escaped us., 

(Even now, after one of our Martian 
centuries' — equal to 178 Earth years — 
I often puzzle over what those early 
radio broadcasters were trying to tell 
us, when they kept repeating over and 
over again that statement about the 
music going round and around. It did, 
and so did their words, of course, but 
as far as giving us the hint we sought, 
it seemed irrelevant!) 





THE MOLTEN BULLET 



33 



Hans Becker was about forty years 
of age, haughty and arrogant of man- 
ner. He was a competent astronomer, 
of course, painstaking and methodical, 
until a pair of things happened to up- 
set him greatly. 

IRST, the beautiful heiress, El- 
speth Sandraes, married Becker’s 
young rival, Ammerton. Second, Am- 
merton received the coveted - post as 
head of the observatory. As the chief 
assistant, Becker believed that he 
should have received the appointment. 
And it is probable that he did love the 
girl. A good many men of assorted 
ages did. 

How Becker did rage! I was fas- 
cinated by him, and followed him on 
the long walks he took over the coun- 
tryside. He walked fast in spurts, 
sometimes raising his right leg stiffly 
in a sort of wooden-soldier march, 
sometimes stopping short to lift his 
fists to the uncompromising stars, and 
shout curses which ought to have 
turned green the face of the moon. , 

Becker’s own white face would grow 
red, then purple, while his thinning 
thatch of yellow hair bristled with the 
electricity generated by his venom. 

All that first year Ammerton, happy 
with his new wife and the great cam- 
era-telescope, was unaware of the ha- 
tred and jealousy seething in Becker’s 
heart. In fact Ammerton was ex- 
tremely blind, never finding out about 
this personal grudge until at last it was 
almost too late to do anything about it. 

In all their relations at the observ- 
atory, Becker was courteous, suave and 
obedient to his new chief, bending often 
from the waist in that stiff, rather jerky 
bow which was characteristic of him. 
But his inner thoughts must have been 
black and slimy enough. He vowed 
aloud in a shout to the distant stars — 
and to my selectoscope — that he would 
devote the remainder of his life to ven- 
geance. 

It was Ammerton’s career as Earth’s 
foremost astronomer, which Hans 
Becker ruined — and ruined so insid- 
iously, after a long period of seeming 
harmony with his chief, that the plot- 
ter achieved his object in full before 
Ammerton as much as suspected that 



he was the victim of a conspiracy. 

Becker came of a German family of 
clockmakers, and himself had served an 
early apprenticeship in that trade. So 
he was deft with delicate machinery, 
intricate little affairs of springs, pawls 
and ratchets. He studied the finer ad- 
justment mechanisms of the awesome 
camera-telescope, and then busied him- 
self for weeks in a secret workshop in 
the cellar of his home. 

Then during one afternoon, when 
honest astronomers sleep, Becker 
brought his devilish little gadget to the 
observatory and fitted it to the great 
telescope. It concerned tiny fractions 
of a degree in setting, and was so small 
itself and placed so well out of the way 
that no one could suspect its presence, 
save possibly the subordinate in charge 
of cleaning, oiling and care of the ex- 
pensive instrument. And that subordi- 
nate was Hans Becker himself! 

A tiny electric switch in the adjoin- 
ing office had to be thrown, in order to 
affect the telescope. When the switch 
was not in contact, the instrument was 
perfect as usual. But Becker, by merely 
moving that switch arm back and forth, 
could make one observation faulty, 
while another taken the next minute, 
would be accurate! 

The error there on Earth was per- 
haps three one-hundred-thousandths of 
an inch. Two and one-half billion miles 
away on Neptune, for instance — a 
planet much nearer than any star — that 
tiny discrepancy had magnified itself so 
greatly that an astronomer could break 
his heart endeavoring to understand it. 

R, he could believe that stars and 
planets suddenly and irresponsi- 
bly had left their prescribed orbits, like 
so many off -center- weighted golf balls 
in flight, and were slicing and hooking 
themselves into the heavenly rough. 

Becker was far too wise in his plot- 
ting to allow anything like this, un- 
controlled tmd incredible, to happen. 
What did seem to occur was calmly 
regulated and consistent, even though 
startling. You see, astronomy was so 
exact a science that when even a tiny 
error showed its head, it created a sen- 
sation throughout the world. It is 
quite as if in a high school geometry 





34 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



class a young sophomore went to the 
blackboard and demonstrated to the 
astounded teacher that in a certain 
right-angle triangle he had discovered, 
,the sum of the squares of the two other 
sides did not equal the square of the hy- 
pothenuse ! 

Becker waited until his chief launched 
-a series of observations. These had to 
do with the earth’s present orbit, and 
inferentially with the eccentricity of 
that orbit from one million years B.C. 
until the present day. Ammerton lit- 
tle realized that he was going to find 
anything more wrong than might be 
accounted for by the difference in mod- 
ern and old-time instruments. Croll, 
Leverrier and Stone, working out these 
calculations first, had been handicapped 
by telescopes outdated by more than a 
century. 

But Ammerton’s results certainly did 
begin to come out differently ! At first 
he was inclined to doubt, to think that 
possibly the great instrument itself 
must be in error. But tireless checks 
over all the great coordinates of the 
heavens, finally convinced him that he 
was on the right track, and that those 
old figures, believed in the way lamas 
believe in Buddha, were in gross error ! 

Becker stayed right with his chief all 
night long every night for months, 
helping take the photos, tabulating re- 
sults, and making intricate calcula- 
tions. 

When not in the observatory, Am- 
merton was walking around wide-eyed 
and preoccupied. His wife scarcely 
knew him. He muttered long strings 
of figures to himself. The thing he had 
come upon was stupendous, unbeliev- 
able! 

Yet everything checked. Each time 
he repeated his observations he ob- 
tained the same amazing results. Of 
course it had been difficult indeed for 
those poor fellows with their primitive 
apparatus, back in the nineteenth cen- 
tury. But even so, it was hard to con- 
ceive that they had been this far wrong. 

At last Ammerton’s final doubts were 
satisfied, though. He sat down to write 
the epoch-making article for the Jour- 
nal of Astronomy, which would give 
these new results to a wondering world. 

Heretical statements such as this 



were the meat of the new exposition, 
which would make savants gasp; 

It must not be supposed that the eccen- 
tricity, in obedience to the laws, relating to 
planetary eccentricities, oscillates between 
the absolute maximum and the absolute 
minimum, the perihelion shifting continu- 
ously forward. On the contrary, the suc- 
cessive maxima and minima are very unr 
equal, and are attained after very unequal 
intervals. 

Becker looked startled and shocked 
when he read. He stammered around, 
and then suggested fearfully that it 
might be wiser to break the news 
somewhat more gently. Would not 
Herr Ammerton consider sending out 
a few hints first, and postpone the 
actual publication of his revolution- 
ary article until sorhe future time? 

HIS got the scientist’s back up — 
as it was intended to do. 

“By the cosine of Caraneus, no!” 
cried Ammerton, banging his clenched 
fist on the table in passionate empha- 
sis. “I’ll never quibble or qualify! 
When I’m right, I’m right — and every- 
one must know and understand !’’ 

“Of course you know best, chief,’’ 
murmured the hypocritical Becker, 
bowing stiffly from the hips. “And 
what a poke in the eye is coming to 
you, you handsome sap !’’ he gritted un- 
der his breath, concealing jubilance un- 
der the usual mask of grave suavity. 

It was during those days, following 
the mailing of his treacherously de- 
luded article, that my fullest Martian 
sympathy went out to poor Ammerton. 
Not only had he been betrayed in his 
lifework, but all the natural and unna- 
tural misfortunes men are heir to, 
started ganging up on him. He fell ill 
with influenza. His wife died in child- 
birth, and the baby with her. And then 
vvhen at long last Ammerton managed 
to stagger to his feet, facing every dis- 
aster like a strong man should, resolved 
to bury his sorrows in work, he found 
even that chance for forgetfulness slip- 
ping away from him! 

The friendly editor of the Journal of 
Astronomy had sent him a message, 
hinting that after having read the cos- 
mic surprise in the long article, he won- 
dered if Ammerton were not poking out 
his neck a bit too rashly. He suggested 




THE MOLTEN BULLET 



35 



a careful recheck of results. 

Anamerton, out of himself with grief 
and physical illness at the time, an- 
swered this with curt savagery, quite 
unlike his usual manner. So in due 
course the article appeared. The mag- 
azine editor realized it would boom cir- 
culation, even though it did ruin Am- 
merton. And then, of course, there was 
the slight possibility that the man was 
right. He had a worldwide reputation 
for care and thoroughness in his work. 

The sensation was all that anyone 
expected. Then for a few weeks — si- 
lence. Finally, when other observers 
had gone over the ground, there came 
the frigid, stern word that Ammerton 
must be (Juite mad. This came from 
Professor Emmanuel Liebling, of 
Prague. 

An Associated Press interview with 
another noted astronomer. Dr. Wilfred 
Graham of Lick Observatory, appeared 
in many of the chief newspapers. Dr. 
Graham said flatly that his learned con- 
temporary was mistaken. 

Less dignified savants all over the 
earth jeered loudly. Why, any eighteen- 
year-old freshman in college astron- 
omy could take a twenty-foot ’scope 
and show how ridiculous these findings 
were! 

The Judas plot of Hans Becker had 
worked to perfection. 

Now he added the master touch. 
Spurred out of his grief, indignant 
beyond wc^ Js, Ammerton plunged into 
a complete recheck of his work. And 
his second batch of results was identical 
with the first, to a dozen decimal 
places I 

He called in Becker to see. But now, 
appalling though it was, results were 
totally different! (Becker, of course, 
had thrown off the switch.) 

Sweating even in that chill mountain 
observatory, shaking with a palsy of 
sudden horror, Ammerton suddenly 
broke. He yelled insanely, flung his 
fists aloft, and ran from the observa- 
tory gibbering in morhentary madness. 

If Hans Becker right then and there 
had dismantled his secret apparatus- 
Of-error, he would never have been dis- 
covered. Like many another criminal, 
however, he could not keep from over- 
doing it. He saw that his chief’s great 

1 



brain was practically unhinged now. 
One more shock, one more senseless 
happening which reason could not ex- 
plain, and the mental ruin of the young 
scientist would be complete. That, 
and nothing less, was Becker’s goal. 

ACK now into the observatory 
rushed the wild-appearing Am- 
merton. One can realize just how far 
from his usual mental moorings he had 
drifted, by what he did then. He ac- 
tually cleaned the lenses of a ponderous 
eyepiece, unused since the first days of 
testing the giant camera-telescope, 
and looked through this eyepiece into 
the heavens! 

Becker waited. Thi' opportunity for 
his final coup would a . rive, he thought, 
but this was not it. 

Ammerton was sweeping the night 
sky, his own mind chaotic. He chanced 
to cross the orbit of Polyphemus. This 
gigantic asteroid-comet, which for 
many centuries had come near — dan- 
gerously near — the Solar System, once 
each eighty-three years, now was out 
of sight from any save the very largest 
modern telescopes on Earl!-, ^t may 
have been causing the jitters just then, 
to the ice-blooded inhabitarn-c far- 
away Uranus, if any. 

Ammerton’s keen observer’s brain, 
still not addled as were his emotions, 
caught and fastened to a strange thing. 
There was something peculiar and dis- 
turbing about the asteroid-comet, 
showing out there against the blue- 
black of interstellar space as a faint 
streak of orange fire. 

Polyphemus had a kink in his tail! 

In plain words, his tail should have 
been slightly curved, if he were pur- 
suing his ordinary course. Instead, 
there wras a wide bend in it! That 
meant trouble. 

.Ammerton instantly realized the pos- 
sibilities. They were so monstrous 
that the thought acted like an ice-pack 
on his fevered head. The distortion of 
the tail meant that somehow and some- 
time the asteroid-comet had abruptly 
changed course ! 

As a possible result, he might hit and 
explode one of the planet members. 
Or another catastrophe, thought Am- 
merton with horror, might lose Earth 





36 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



its sun — ^letting all inhabitants of that 
planet freeze to death in a few hours. 
Or it might even head Earth straight 
into the sun, to be swallowed up in 
boiling, molten oblivion ! 

There were other terrible possibili- 
ties as we on Mars know; but those 
were enough for Ammerton at that 
time. He started new observations, 
making photos of Polyphemus every 
half hour, and calculations from them. 

During the following day, unable to 
sleep, the scientist studied all avail- 
able data on Polyphemus. He made 
painstaking calculations, and at ten 
that evening carefully swung the giant 
telescope to a certain position of right 
ascension. Careening along through 
space at its terrific pace, the comet- 
asteroid should have reached this ex- 
act point at 10 P. M. sharp, Greenwich 
Observatory time. Again Anjnierton 
looked through the eyepiece of the tel; 
escope before getting ready to take the 
photograph. 

An awed exclamation burst from his 
throat. Polyphemus was not there! 

(I hasten to make plain that this was 
not Becker’s fault. That scoundrel 
was lying low and waiting for a good 
opportunity, which he did not suspect 
had arrived. Ammerton had told him 
nothing of -the blood-chilling discov- 
ery.) 

With the big telescope sweeping 
back to the comet-asteroid’s, position of 
the previous night preliminary to 
some sleuthing of the star spaces, Am- 
merton was shocked to discover Poly- 
phemus almost exactly where it had 
been the night before ! 

Realize what that meant! The tail 
had grown appreciably shorter. Poly- 
phemus had changed direction sharply, 
and now was headed directly toward 
Earth, at an approximate speed of 3300 
miles a minute ! 

O F course, whatever it was that had 
shooed it from its normal orbit, 
might have slowed it somewhat, or 
vastly increased this usual speed. Time 
alone could tell. But Ammerton was 
never to know, nor anyone else on 
Earth, why Polyphemus had changed 
its course so amazingly. No one could 
suspect that it was because the aster- 



oid-comet was a mass of highly mag- 
netic iron, attracted to Earth’s > iron 
core ! 

However, unless something inter- 
vened, or the speed of Earth was suffi- 
cient to outstrip Polyphemus, this un- 
holy game of celestial tag was bound 
to end in blazing catastrophe ! 

The mass of Polyphemus, which was 
indeed a super-comet, was approxi- 
mately seven times greater than that 
of Earth’s moon — or about one-twelfth 
the mass of Earth itself! When and if 
these two bodies collided, it would 
create such intense heat that both 
would be utterly consumed, and the re- 
sultant gases blown away into furthest 
space ! 

Naturally there could be no surviv- 
ors on Earth, unless some of them came 
forward with a space ship at the last 
minute, and succeeded in navigating 
away to some other planet. If that 
happened, of course, the refugees 
would have been most welcome among 
us on Mars. 

Chances, however, of any group 
of Earthmen inventing and actually 
building such a ship in the short space 
of a few weeks— the time which would 
intervene before a collision — were na- 
turally very small. 

However, on the fourth rnorning, 
after three nights of intensive study, 
Albert Einstein Ammerton announced 
to the reporters of a large daily news- 
paper that Polyphemus had gone wild, 
left its recognized orbit, and now was 
running amok to collide with Earth! 

The scientist, though knowing now 
well enough what would be said of him 
in astronomical circles, thought it his 
sacred duty to warn the world. He 
himself had ceased to matter. 

The reporters spread themselves, 
and their city editor cooperated. Am- 
merton’s story was rendered with all 
due solemnity — if you were not capa- 
ble of reading between the lines. It 
was a derisive masterpiece. While 
seeming to kowtow as usual to the sage 
of Sandraes, it really said in substance. 
This Guy Is A Nut, And Here Is 
Proof ! 

Other astronomers, boiling over with 
indignation at Ammerton’s previous 
mistake, did not even wait until their 



THE MOLTEN BULLET 



37 



smaller telescopes could pick up Poly- 
phemus. They howled. They jeered. 
They demanded that alienists be called 
to consider Ammerton’s case, and that 
immediately Sandraes himself and the 
trustees of the observatory, get togeth- 
er and discharge the crazy man. 

Through it all for nearly a week, a 
pale-faced man with set jaw, glued his 
eye to the telescope and watched the 
onrushing doom. He had every calcu- 
lation made. He knew the day, hour 
and second when Polyphemus would 
reach the outer limits of Earth’s at- 
mosphere — and then the fractional sec- 
ond later which would be the time of 
actual impact. Gripped by gravity, the 
speed of Polyphemus would increase 
terrifically, along at the last. It would 
probably reach the awesome velocity 
of 5000 miles a second! 

Earth had twenty-nine more days to 
live, according to Ammerton. 

All of a sudden the derisive clacking 
of onyx upon porphyry, the braying of 
human asses, and the skirl of jeering 
bagpipes come to an end. A few of the 
learned doctors tired of their fun, and 
turned to peer through their own little 
lensed barrels. Might just as well see 
what might have caused poor Ammer- 
ton’s delusion. 

Then came a brief, appalling mes- 
sage out of Europe : 

Dr. Luigi Genetti of the Cisalpine Ob- 
servatory says Ammerton may be right I 
Polyphemus headed straight for Earth! 

In Sydney they saw it. In Moscow. 
At Cape Town. At Buenos Aires. At 
Edmonton. In the course of five or six 
more days they all could make out 
Polyphemus. Give them another week, 
and they would be able to discern a 
small, glowing sun all by itself in a 
blank portion of the heavens, using only 
their naked eyes ! 

Y the time that week was out in- 
creasing crowds were gathering 
to stay up all night and stare at Po- 
lyphemus. There was an undercur- 
rent of mild excitement. Fear? Not 
a bit! Too many bearded wiseacres 
clad in nightgowns had climbed to the 
tops of neighboring hills, and there 
waited for the end of the world. The 
great Earth public was enjoying a new 



kind of show, but it was not in the least 
disturbed. Not yet, that is — 

The days and, nights passed. Of 
course long ago the comet-asteroid had 
completely tucked in his fiery shirt- 
tail; or rather, because of the sun’s 
position directly beyond Earth, it was 
streaming directly behind him, and 
therefore could not be seen from Earth. 
Dr. Graham of Lick Observatory now 
calculated that his speed had increased 
to 13,700 miles a minute! 

It was when he read this frightened 
report that Hans Becker realized the 
truth, A few hasty observations of^his 
own convinced him that destruction of 
the earth, with everything upon it, 
loomed. And Becker, like many 
another treacherous scoundrel and 
egomaniac, feared hurt and death to 
himself with an intensity of wild, shud- 
dering horror. It could not be! It 
could not! It — 

He had to catch a grip on himself, for 
just then a surging horde of reporters 
came rushing to him, demanding his 
views on the all-important thing. Did 
Earth have any chance to escape? 

Controlling his shivering, Becker 
pooh-poohed the idea of world destruc- 
tion. Certainly Polyphemus was com- 
ing. But after all, what was the usual 
fate of a meteor (he knew, of course, 
this was no meteor !) which rushed into 
the rim of Earth’s atmosphere? 

In practically all cases, the friction 
set up caused it to be consumed utterly ! 
In this case it just might be that a frag- 
ment would succeed in reaching Earth’s 
surface; enough, let us say, to cause a 
perceptible jar. Or perhaps it would 
go unnoted, like that big meteor which 
fell in Arizona a few thousand years 
ago. 

But Hans Becker, try as he did, 
could not believe his own words of as- 
surance. For untold centuries the 
comet-asteroid Polyphemus had been 
a flaming bulk of molten metal and 
gases, careening through space. Why 
should it be consumed in the few sec- 
onds — or split part of a second — it 
would take to traverse the atmosphere 
of the earth? 

Answer: it wouldn’tl 

In his palsied fright, Becker forgot 
all about the throw-switch on his desk, 




38 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



and its effect upon the big telescope. 
What a little matter this thing, and 
Ammerton’s disgrace, seemed now! 
Ransacking his desk, gathering items 
he meant to take with him to a deep 
cellar or vault somewhere, Becker ac- 
cidentally upset one of his desk tele- 
phones, and did not bother to put it 
back on its cradle. 

The speaker-transmitter bumped 
against the throw-switch, and closed 
the circuit. Becker went in haste, not 
knowing and not caring. 

Ammerton came into the observatory 
a half hour later, and went to the tele- 
scope. No longer was it possible to get 
anything save boiling, seething chaos 
by training the big instrument upon 
Polyphemus; but the astronomer had 
some by-product observations and cal- 
culations he wished to make. When, 
however, he attempted to train the 
telescope, he found it cock-eyed ! 

From that to a discovery of Becker’s 
apparatus and the subordinate’s treach- 
ery, was a short matter. Ammerton 
traced the wires to the switch on the 
desk, and found out exactly how the 
thing had been worked to make him 
go haywire on those first calculations 
published before the scorn and de- 
rision of the entire scientific world. 

O — he had been wrong after all — 
and it had been his trusted helper 
who had betrayed him! From that mo- 
ment Ammerton, deprived of every- 
thing, he had loved and valued in the 
world of men and women, forgot the 
impending cataclysm, except insofar as 
it limited his time now to a few days; 
Before, that space of life was ended, he 
meant to find Becker, who had gone 
from the observatory, and even from 
the secluded hamlet at the foot of the 
mountain. Becker had taken the train 
for New York City. Ammerton did 
the same. He was out to wreak venge- 
ance upon the scheming rat. 

Then those last four days of fiery 
terror. That is, from dawn to dusk 
the sky was practically as usual, save 
for a gathering heat haze. Polyphemus 
came always in the direction of the 
night side of the earth, as far as North 
Americ^L was concerned. 

At night, however — if you could call 



it night — a full third of the sky was 
filled by the glowing, rushing monster ! 
It gave far more light than ten suns. 
And perhaps' the most horrible part of 
it all was that, employing plain smoked 
glasses, any inhabitant of the world 
could watch Polyphemus actually roil- 
ing and boiling and growing in size! 

With a loaded pistol in his pocket, 
Ammerton was on the trail of his 
quarry. Haste was important' now; 
and in these days of mounting horror, 
few people paid attention to others. 
Each man was searching his own soul 
for hope, and most were finding only 
the rusted tin cans, worn-out auto 
tires, and empty bottles of past ex- 
cesses. Ammerton managed, as time 
grew terribly short, to learn that 
Becker for some reason had left New 
York City, (it was his fear of the fall- 
ing skyscrapers) and had gone out to 
a place called Port Washington on the 
shore of Long Island. 

But even finding one man in that 
large a place, was a hard task. Am- 
merton started a systematic search, 
since it appeared that Becker was un- 
known to the crowds running panic- 
stricken about the streets. No one 
could give any information, or cared to 
try. Most thinking men had pro- 
visioned deep cellars, hoping against 
hope that disintegration of the comet- 
asteroid would occur, and that some- 
how Earth would survive — with per- 
haps only a few days of excessive heat. 

Beclfer certainly had sought one of 
these holes. Ammerton grimly made 
the rounds, hoping he could be in time. 

Mounting terror reached its icy, con- 
stricting fingers to clutch the hearts 
and brains of all careless mankind. 
Business stopped. Ships put into port 
and were immediately deserted. Trains, 
city subways, airplanes — everything 
quit. 'Power was turned off. Gas 
plants ceased operations, and storage 
tanks of gasoline, oil and other inflam- 
mables, were emptied. 

Frenzied throngs rushed about the 
streets of cities, like ants caught upon 
a hot plate. The arrogant New York 
multi-millionaire, Augustus Blick, who 
manufactured motor cars, was caught, 
crushed bnd trampled to death by the 
maddened mob besieging the largest 




THE MOLTEN BULLET 



39 



cathedral in New York, attempting to 
get inside and repent their sins. 

In all the world only a few real saints 
and Ammerton went about uncaring. 
And Ammerton really did care, not for 
catastrophe, but for completing one 
private affair before it came. Even 
Polyphemus paled before the -star of 
his destiny. If he found Becker now, 
what did it matter that the end of the 
world arrived ten minutes later? 

T hat final night the entire heaven 
was sealed from horizon to horizon 
by the glaring, molten bulk of the mon- 
ster of doom. Heat outdoors became 
too intense for humans. The ground 
began to smoke. Pitchy trees in the 
forests suddenly burst into flames. 
Buildings of^frame construction began 
to scorch and blister. Everywhere men 
took their families into cellars and 
holes in the ground, into mines. 

Then by word of mouth the dreadful 
last-minute news was passed: Two 
more hours, and Polyphemus hits the 
outer rim of the Earth’s atmosphere! 
Then we will know! 

Ammerton, making a final dash 
across the street of liquefied asphalt 
paving, realized that when he had 
searched this block of buildings, in 
which a bank was situated, he was 
through. Even with every protection, 
he could not venture outdoors in the 
remaining moments — if any did remain 
— without shriveling up and burning to 
a cinder. 

“Just let me see him! Just let me 
see him once!’’ he repeated over and 
over in half imprecation, half prayer. 

One hour, fifty-nine minutes and 
fifty-one seconds of the period of grace 



had sped, when Ammerton at last suc- 
ceeded in bribing his way into 'the 
crowded subterranean bank vault. The 
place was jammed with sweating hu- 
manity, lighted only by a few candles, 
and filled with the fearful din of fren- 
zied sinners on their knees. 

Becker was there. He was on his 
knees, arms wildly waving. 

But that moment he saw Ammerton 
pushing through the crowd, advancing, 
his face a mask of grim vengeance, to 
level an automatic pistol. 

“Don’t !’’ shrieked the Judas. 

“You betrayed me, and made me the 
scorn of the world!” said Ammerton, 
calm and implacable now. “So, the 
world’s vengeance — ” 

His words were lost in the sudden, 
screaming awfulness high above. The 
heat of the earth’s surface, as its atmos- 
phere was consumed like a flimsy cur- 
tain, suddenly mounted to millions of 
degrees! The bank building, like all 
other excrescences on Earth’s surface, 
suddenly became molten over their 
heads. The surface too — even before 
the actual impact — 

But just as he himself dissolved into 
'Va wisp of smoke and nothingness, Am- 
merton squeezed the trigger of his pis- 
tol. Flame spurted, meeting greater 
flame in mid-air. 

The bullet never reached its mark, 
for the mark had gone. The vault, 
along with the planet Earth, melted, 
became gas, exploded — all in a trice. 
The cupro-nickel slug from the gun 
melted in flight and disappeared. 

But Ammerton, dissolving into fires 
hotter even than the imagined hell of 
his forefathers, believed in dying that 
he had avenged the wrong. 




@ You’re missing fbO shav- 
ing comfort if you’re not 
using Star Blades! Made since 
1880 by the inventors of the 
original safety razor, every Star 
Single-edge Blade has a keen, true, 
long-life edge 1 00 %. uniform. Star Blade Di v., Bklyn., 

EVER-^EADY 




A Warp in Space-Time Catapults Jim Dunning into 
Another Age Four Centuries Hence! 



% AiTMOK LE@ ZAOAT 

Author of "The Lanson Screen," "The Land Where’ Time Stood Still,” etc. 



CHAPTER I 

The Stratocar 

J IM DUNNING gasped in the 
surge of terrific he'at. A vast 
roaring deafened him. He 
leaped to the lashed wheel of the 
Ulysses. In a single motion h6 loosed 




Thalma wheeled back to the screen. 



the fastenings and threw all the power 
of his knotted muscles into a desperate 
twirling of the polished spokes. The 
deck slanted. The yawl shot about in 
a foaming half circle and fied like some 
live, terrified thing from the whirling. 



topless column of fire that had leaped 
out of the sea. 

Dunning stared, over his shoulder, 
across the lurid waters that a moment 
before had been a glassy plain, silvery 
under the moon of a windless Pacific 
night. The crimson pillar soared stu- 
pendously, the speed of its whirling 
whipping the ocean into long, blurred 
spirals of fire. 

The tremendous blare of sound 
leaped suddenly higher in pitch, became 
a shriek. Something sprang into view 
at the base of the fiery colinnn, some- 
thing huge and black and round. On 
the moment the sea heaved and climbed 
heavenward till the flame was lashing 
from within a huge liquid crater. The 
dark wall of water expanded. A tower- 
ing wave rushed toward Dunning with 
incredible speed. 

Dunning crouched over the wheel as 
if to add the naked force of his will to 
the frantic putt-putt of the Ulysses’ 
motor. The little vessel darted away 
like a thoroughbred under the lash. But 
the towering wave caught up with her, 
loomed appallingly above her. A briny 
avalanche crashed down on the doomed 
craft. 

Jim Dunning fought for his life in 
a seething welter of waters. A hatch- 
cover, torn from its hinges, thudded 
against him. With a last, instinctive 
effort he hauled himself across the 
cleated plank, clung to it desperately 
as consciousness left him. 

A reckless bet with some of his club 
members had sent Jim Dunning out 



A Novelette of 




•ecrets 







^42 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



from ’Frisco, six weeks before, on his 
disasterous attempt to cross the Pacific, 
single-handed, in a thirty-foot, auxil- 
iary-engined yawl. And now in the 
greying dawn, his still shape floated on 
the tiny raft amidst a mass of wreck- 
age. About him the vast circle of the 
horizon enclosed a waste of heaving 
waters, vacant of any life. Only a light 
breeze ruffled the sea’s surface, calm 
again after the sudden disturbance of 
the night. 

Eventually his eyes opened. Hope- 
lessly, he raised his head. A curious 
object that looked like a large spherical 
buoy, floating half submerged, met his 
■gaze. But what was a buoy doing here, 
a thousand miles from the nearest land, 
in water a half mile deep? 

Dunning kicked off his shoes and 
swam strongly through the cool brine. 
The great ball hung above him as he 
floated, its exterior glass-smooth. He 
swam slowly around it, searching for 
some projection that would enable him 
to get to its summit. Inches above the 
water a threadlike crack showed. It 
made a rectangle three feet wide by 
five. Was it an entrance to the interior 
of the ball whose floating showed it to 
be hollow? There was no handle, no 
means of opening it. 

Dunning trod water and with the 
flat of his hand he pushed against the 
unyielding sector, inward, then side- 
ward, with no result. In sudden ex^ 
asperation he drove his fist against the 
polished surface and yelled : “Open, 
damn you, open up and let a fellow in!’’ 

A mazingly, the metal moved! 

Dunning stared as the curved 
panel jogged inward for an inch, then 
slid smoothly aside. 

“It’s like the Arabian Nights,” he 
muttered. “I yelled ‘open sesame’ and 
it opened.” A prickle along his spine 
did deference to the uncanny happen- 
ing. Then, oddly enough, he chuckled. 

“That’s it! An electric robot. Noth- 
ing to be scared of.” 

Only a week before Dunning’s de- 
parture Tom Barton had demonstrated 
to him this latest ingenuity of the elec- 
trical wizards. It was installed in 
Barton’s garage, a phon-electrfc cell so 
adjusted that at the coded honking of 



a horn it would set a motor in motion 
to open the doors. Barton had picked 
up the idea at the airport, where the 
same device turned on the floodlights 
in response to a siren signal from an 
approaching airplane. 

“If honking horns and howling sirens 
can open doors, vrhy not the human 
voice? Well, let’s take a look at the 
Forty Thieves.” 

Gripping the' opening’s lower edge 
Dunning leaped out of the water and 
through the aperture. He was in a con- 
fined chamber, its walls and ceiling the 
vaulted curve of the sphere itself. 

Sprawled across the flat floor was a 
girl, unmoving. Dunning caught his 
breath at the white beauty framed by 
long black hair that cascaded along her 
slim length. 

“No!” he groaned. She can’t be 
dead!” 

Dunning bent over the gkl and lifted 
one limp hand, feeling for a pulse. 
There was a slow throb. A long whistle 
of relief escaped him. She was breath- 
ing, shallowly but steadily, and her 
dark lashes quivered a bit where they 
lay softly against the curve of her pale 
cheeks. 

There was a couch just beyond the 
girl. He lifted her to it, laid her down. 
Gently he straightened her robe of 
some unfamiliar, shimmering material 
— and whirled to some inimical pres- 
ence glimpsed from the corner of his 
eye. 

He crouched, his spine tingling with \ 
ancestral fear, his brawny arms half 
curved, his great fists clenched. But 
the man did not stir. Seated at a desk- 
like object just beyond the opening, he 
stared straight before him. It was his 
uncanny rigidity, the fish-white pallor 
of his face, that were so menacing. He 
was dead. 

Dunning moved cautiously across 
the floor toward the seated corpse. It 
toppled as he reached it, thumped sog- 
gily to the floor. 

The acrid odor of burned flesh stung 
Dunning’s nostrils. There was a huge 
cavity in the cadaver’s chest, its gap- 
ing surface blackened and charred by 
some searing flame! 

Dunning swung his back to the wall, 
and his glance darted about the room. 



LOST IN TIME 



43 



The dead man and the unconscious girl 
were the only other occupants of the 
hemisphere. Had someone killed the 
man, struck the girl down, and 
escaped? But how had he managed it? 
There was no room for an attacker be- 
tween the body and the contrivance 
before which it had been seated. 

That strange object was of some un- 
familiar, iridescent metal. It had some- 
what the size and contour of an old- 
fashioned roll-top desk, minus the 
side wings. Across the center of the 
erect portion, where the pigeon-holes 
should be, stretched a long panel of 
what appeared to be milky-white glass, 
divided into two portions by a vertical 
metal strip. Above and below, tangent 
to the edge of the long panel at the 
ends of the metal strip, were two round 
plates of the same clouded glass. In 
spaces to left and right of these disks 
were arrayed a number of dial-faces; 
gauges or indicators of some kind. 

On a waist-high, flat ledge were lit- 
tle colored levers, projecting through 
slitted grooves. From the forward 
edge of this a metal flap dipped down 
some four inches. Through this metal 
flap a hole gaped, its curled edges 
melted smpoth by a flame, by the flame 
that had killed the man at his feet! 

OMETHING hard thrust into his 
back. 

“Don’t move,! Twitch a muscle and 
you die !” 

Dunning froze rigid at the crisp com- 
mand. That voice from behind, vibrant 
with threat, was yet unmistakably 
feminine. 

Dunning obeyed. A vague strange- 
ness in the words bothered him. They 
were oddly accented. The low-timbred, 
contralto voice was speaking English, 
but an English queerly changed, glori- 
fied in sound, lambent with indefinable 
majesty. 

A hand passed over his body. 

“You seem to be unarmed now — 
turn around, slowly.” 

The girl was standing a yard away, 
pointing a black tube steadily at , him. 
Her lips were scarlet against the dead 
white of her skin. Her eyes were di- 
lated. Rage — and fear — stared forth 
from their grey depths. 



“What have you done to Ran? Why 
have you killed him?” 

“Nothing. I — ” 

“You lie!” she blazed at him. “You 
lie! You’re one of Marnota’s helots — 
sent to murder me! But how did he 
dare — open assassination? There is 
still law in the land — in spite of him.” 

“I don’t know what you’re talking 
about, sister,” Dunning drawled. “My 
yawl was wrecked last night. When I 
came to, I saw your — this thing, what- 
ever it is, and swam to it. The hatch- 
way opened, you were on the floor, 
dead to the world. I lifted you to the 
couch, looked around, and found — 
this. I know less than you do how 
Ran was killed;” 

A flicker of doubt crossed the girl’s 
face. There was an almost impercepti- 
ble relaxation of her tenseness. 

“Your voice is so strange, you speak 
so queerly. Where do you come from? 
What are you?” 

“I am an American.” 

Suspicion flared again, and hate. 
Dunning waited what seemed ages for 
a flash from the cylinder of death. 

“But — somehow — you don’t seem a 
murderer,” she said. “You have not 
the brutish appearance of Marnota’s 
mercenaries. There is something 
strange here, something I don’t under- 
stand.” The tube wavered, dropped a 
bit. 

Dunning saw his chance. His hand 
flicked out, closed on the uncanny 
weapon; wrenched it away. The girl 
gasped. She was white, congealed 
flame. 

“Go ahead,” she whispered defiantly. 
“Finish your task. Press the button 
and kill me.” 

“I haven’t any desire to kill you, or 
to harm you,” Dunning chuckled. “I 
only want to know what this is all 
about. I’m Jim Dunning. What’s your 
name?” 

“I am Thalma, Thalma of the house 
of Adams,” she proclaimed proudly. 

“Sorry, Miss Adams. The name 
means nothing to me.” 

Amazement showed in her mobile 
features. 

“You do not know me!” she ex- 
claimed, wonderingly. “And you say 
you are an American?” 




44 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



“I left San Francisco six weeks ago. 
Have you become famous since then?” 

She shook her head, still bewildered. 
Dunning continued.' 

“Up to then I’m sure I knew what 
was going on. I read the papers. New 
York had just won the World Series. 
Franklin Roosevelt was President of 
the United States^ — ” 

A startled exclamation came from 
Thalma. Her weapon dropped from a 
hand flung up as if to ward off a blow. 

“Rooseveit — President! Why — 
that’s ancient history. What year was 
that?” 

“What year? This year, of course, 
1937.” 

“Nineteen-thirty-sevan! What are 
you talking about? This is 2312 A. D.” 



CHAPTER II 
No Way Back 



J IM DUNNING was staggered. 

Twenty-three, twelve! She was 
era — No, she wasn’t. There was no 
madness in her wide eyes, only dawn- 
ing comprehension — and fa^omless 
terror. 

“Marnota!” Thalma said fiercely. 
“What has he done to me?” 

“What — ” Dunning forced past the 
constriction in his own throat. “What 
do you mean?” 

“He — Marnota — somehow he’s 
thrown me back in time., Four hundred 
years back in time!” 

The statement thudded against his 
ears, and, incredible as it was, he knew 
it for truth. There was something 
about the girl, about this queer sphere 
and its contents, about the very cloth- 
ing of the girl and her murdered com- 
panion, that cpnvinced'him, against all 
reason. 

“What shall I do?” Thalma’s whim- 
per was the frightened cry of a small 
child, alone with the dark and with 
blind, overvyrhelming fear. 

Dunning took two steps to her side. 
His arm went around her shoulder, 
protectingly. 

“You just trust your Uncle Jim! 
Everything’s going to be all right, sure 
as God made little apples. Just sit 



down over here, and powder your nose, 
or whatever they do in your time. Then 
you can tell me all about it.” They 
moved toward the couch. 

But they never reached it. The 
globe lurched and sent them reeling 
tdizzily to the wall. They were buried 
beneath a crushing weight of bitter wa- 
ter. They were caught in a storm. The 
floor careened again, and they were 
sliding toward the open hatchway 
through which the invading wave 
soughed out. Mountainous waves 
were piled high against a slanting, 
jagged horizon. Dunning’s feet struck 
the sill. Braced against it, he saw the 
girl’s white form plunge past him. He 
snatched at her, just managed to 
clutch her foot and wrest her from the 
grip of the out-swirling wave. 

Just above him was the door-slide. 
He surged to his feet and thrust the 
panel home.’ 

The sphere’s interior was aglow with 
a soft light that came from everywhere 
and 5 nowhere. The imprisoned rem- 
nant of the wave rushed crazily across 
the lurching floor. Dunning steadied 
himself against the wall. 

From somewhere above^ him he 
heard the girl’s voice, shrill through 
the clamor of the storm ; 

“Wait! I’ll get us out of this in an 
instant.” 

He looked up. Thalma was pulling 
herself along the wall, up the steep 
slope. The floor’s slant reversed itself, 
and she was flung against the desklike 
object where Ran had met his death. 
She caught at it, swung around to its 
front, was leaning over the panel 
through which a hole had been melted 
as if by a flame. One arm reached for- 
ward to the levers, 

“Stop!” Dunning bellowed from a 
suddenly dry throat. “Don’t touch that 
thing !” He hurled himself through 
space, threw the girl headlong from the 
board. “You fool! You little fool!” 

She beat at him with her puny fists 
as the sphere lurched again, and 
whirled dizzily. 

“What are you doing? We must get 
up and out of this storm ! The stratocar 
will be wrecked !” 

Dunning thrust her away, threw him- 
self to the floor, rolled on his back. 



LOST IN TIME 



45 



jerked his head and shoulders within 
the space beneath the level desk that 
held the colored handles. He reached 
in and wrenched at something, then 
slid out again. 

“Look at this !” he growled. 

He held up a black cylinder to 
Thalma. It was the counterpart of 
that with which she had threatened 
him except that the trigger-button was 
missing, and that two fine wires dan- 
gled from the place where it had been. 
He struggled to his feet. 

“That,” he said grimly, “is what did 
for your friend Ran.” 

HALMA paled. 

“And would have blasted me had 
I touched the levers ! You have saved 
my life. How did you know it was 
there?” 

“Had to be. The shot that finished 
him must have come through that hole 
in the panel. I had just figured that out 
when you jumped me. When I looked, 
just now, I could see these wires didn’t 
belong there, that they were spliced 
crudely. And this was exactly like 
yoxor weapon.” 

For a moment the tempest had lulled, 
but now it gripped the ball again. The 
orb whirled, tossed insanely. 

“You said something about getting 
us out of this.” Dunning had to shout 
to make himself heard. “Better do it, 
now, if you can, or we’re done for.” 

He braced Thalma against the board. 
She pushed a red-tipped lever. Dun- 
ning felt the floor thrust against his 
feet. The sphere steadied, and the si- 
lence was startling after the tumult. 
The girl returned the lever to its orig- 
inal position and pressed a button at 
the comer of the board. The milky- 
white panels on the upright cleared. 

Dunning was gazing through what 
seemed like open windows at a vast 
panorama. In the lower disc, black 
clouds billowed. Mountains of vapor 
thrust up from the rolling mass, were 
illumined by the sun’s brilliant rays. In 
the halves of the long, rectangular 
panel he looked far over the storm 
clouds, to where a green, untroubled 
sea rose and fell. In the left-hand sec- 
tion the sun itself rode dazzling in a 
clear sky, a sky whose deep blue was 



repeated in the upper disc. Against the 
wUteness of a cloud to the right Dun- 
ning saw a round black blotch that he 
realized with a shock was the shadow 
of the sphere in which he rode. 

“Why,” he exclaimed, “those screens 
show everything outside — all around, 
above and below!” 

“Of course ! How else could the 
stratocar be navigated?” Thalma 
seemed astonished at his surprise. “I 
forget. The visoscope was invented 
late in the twenty-second century. 
You couldn’t know an5rthing about it.” 
Dunning looked at the girl ruefully. 
“I must seem like a child to you. It’s 
hard to recall that you are four hun- 
dred years ahead of me. Do I under- 
stand rightly, that this ‘stratocar’ is 
some kind of flyer, like our airplanes?” 
“Certainly! But it is far more effi- 
cient. It can navigate the stratosphere 
at speeds that to you would be unthink- 
able. It utilizes the terrestrial lines of 
force and stored solar energy. The 
power coils are all housed in the lower 
half of the ball. They are tremendously 
complex, but the navigation is very 
simple. Look here!” 

Thalma turned to the control board. 
“Move any of these levers away from 
you, and the stratocar responds. Re- 
turn the handle to its original position 
and motion in the direction indicated 
stops. The red lever is to ascend, the 
green to descend. White is straight 
ahead.” 

Her slim fingers touched each small 
handle lightly as she talked. 

“Black is to — ” Suddenly her voice 
dropped, her brow wrinkled puzzledly 
as her hand fluttered to two levers that 
were imcolored. “I’ve never seen these 
before. I wonder what they’re for. 
Could they be — ” Before Dunning 
could stop her she had pushed one. 

A cross the visoscope a flame shot, 
crimson, whirling. The strato- 
car’s interior was a timeless, spaceless 
place, where there was no up, no down ; 
no sound, no sight; nothing but a vast 
heatless glare through which the pin- 
point that was his consciousness fell 
endlessly, rose endlessly, and endlessly 
was motionless. He had no body, al- 
most no mind. 




46 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



He was an atom at the center of a 
tiny vortex, he was vast, gigantic as 
the Universe itself. Then— was it after 
eternities or in the next instant? — he 
was himself again, and the stratocar 
was around him, and Thalma was 
there at his side ! The two looked 
dazedly at each other. The girl reeled, 
would have fallen if he had not caught 
her. 

“What on earth did you do that for?” 
he asked excitedly. 

She didn’t hear him. 

“That,” she said slowly, “that was 
how I felt before, and then everything 
went black, and the next thing I saw 
you at the control board, and Ran was 
lying dead on the floor. I remember 
now, he had just said something about 
dipping to the thousand foot level.” 

“There must have been two trick 
connections to the descending control ; 
one to the ray-gun, the other to one of 
these two levers. That’s how you were 
thrown back to 1937 the same moment 
Ran was killed. But that’s neither here 
nor there. Do you realize what you’ve 
done? You’ve sent us chasing .through 
time. God alone knows whether we’ve 
gone forward, or back, or to what age. 
We knew where, or rather when, we 
were before you did that. We might 
have figured out how to get you back. 
But now — ” He threw his arms wide. 

“Then — then we’re lost in time!” 
Her eyes were big and round, her lips 
trembled. "We’re lost in time!” 



CHAPTER III 
Murder Without a Clue 



T he phrase echoed and re-echoed, 
beat its terrifying meaning into 
Jim Dunning’s brain. “Lost in time!” 
The vast reaches of eternity seemed to 
stretch before him, eons upon eons 
through which he and the girl were 
doomed to flee, searching desparingly 
for a familiar world. In the visoscope 
nothing showed but a cloudless sky 
and a vast green sea that heaved oilily. 
Had the sphere and its human con- 
tents been thrown back to the very 
dawn of history? Or forward into the 
dim future of a dying world? 



A choked sob broke in on Dunning’s 
thoughts, and a little hand grasped his 
arm. ' 

“What are we going to do now?” 

“Look here, young lady, there’s 
nothing to worry about,” he mollified 
the tearful Thalma. “Why, we’re mak- 
ing progress. We know how to navi- 
gate in time now. All we have to do 
is to find out what year we’re in, and 
then — zip, presto — we’ll have you back 
in 2312.” 

A voluntary smile responded to his 
buoyant tone. 

“I never thought of that. There are 
two strange levers. If one sends us 
one way, the other will do the reverse. 
There must be some way of regulating 
the mechanism.” 

“Of course there is!” No use worry- 
ing her, but that was just the difficulty. 
How control the time-traveling mech- 
anism while one was merely a bodiless 
consciousness? “First thing to do is 
find some land, some people, and locate 
ourselves in time. Do you know which 
of these levers to pull?” 




Thalma seated herself at the control 
board. “Which way?” 

“East. See America first!” 

The girl glanced at a dial on which 
were the familiar compass markings, 
then deftly moved a lever. The sea be- 
gan to glide smoothly toward the bot- 
tom of the lower view-disc. 

Were it not for the evidence of the 
visoscope Dunning would not have rea- 
lized that the stratocar was moving, so 
vibrationless was its progress. The girl 
was still pale, and her hands were 
quivering. He must get her mind off 





LOST IN TIME 



47 



their present plight. 

“I wish you would tell me what all 
this is about. Things have been hap- 
pening so quickly around here that 
there hasn’t been any time to ask ques- 
tions. For instance, who is this Mar- 
nota?” 

“Marnota is America’s greatest ^sci- 
entist, since, my father’s death. He is 
my uncle and my guardian. He and 
father,- together, invented these strato- 
cars and countless other things that 
have revolutionized civilization. 
Through their inventions they gained 
tremendous power. A quarter of the 
population of the United States is em- 
ployed by Adams, Inc. Its factories, 
its transportation lines, its ports and its 
warehouses blanket the Americas. The 
prosperity, the very existence of the 
smallest village in the country depends 
on the company. 

“Why do you think he would wish 
to harm you?’’ 

“I know he would. Although my 
father and Marnota were brothers, they 
differed widely in everything but their 
scientific genius. My father envisaged 
his work as something that would 
make the world a paradise, reduce the 
hours of labor, increase everyone’s op- 
portunity for luxury and culture. He 
wished to donate everything to the 
government, to- reserve a mere liveli- 
hood for himself. But all their inven- 
tions were owned jointly by the 
brothers and Marnota would not per- 
mit this to be done. Money is his god. 

“While father lived simply, and de- 
voted his great wealth to the people’s 
welfare, Marnita built himself great 
palaces, filled them with sycophantic 
degenerates who pandered to his vices. 
He came to my father repeatedly with 
urgings to reduce wages, lengthen 
hours, increase prices. Adams, Inc. 
was all-powerful, he argued. The peo- 
ple might grumble, but would have to 
submit.” 

T HALMA paused for a moment. 

“When I was just fifteen, after a 
particularly virulent argument in 
which my father made it clear once for 
all that he would never agree to Mar- 
nota’s schemes, he was killed by an ex- 
plosion in the laboratory. Strangely 



enough, Marnota, who had been work- 
ing with him on some new problem, 
had been called away not fifteen min- 
utes before the fatal accident. The 
laboratory was completely demolished. 
There was no way of teUing just what 
had happened.” 

“Sounds suspicious, as you tell it. 
But, after all, Marnota was your 
father’s brother. Do you really believe 
that he — ” 

“I’d believe any villainy of Mar- 
nota,” the girl flared. '“He is vile, I 
tell, you, vile!” Thalma was somehow 
less lovely as hate darkened her clean- 
cut features. There was a long pause, 
while her unfocused eyes stared into 
vacancy. The stratocar swam steadily 
eastward. No hint of what age they 
were in showed in the visoscope. 

The girl resumed her story. 

“My father’s will had been made 
shortly after my birth, before my 
uncle’s real character had showed 
itself. Imagine my horror when it was 
revealed that Marnota was to be my 
guardian, trustee of my inheritance till 
I was twenty-one ! A week before my 
twenty-first birthday he presented this 
stratocar to me. A much improved 
model, he said. It could be easily han- 
dled by one person and he wanted me 
to have the first one produced as a 
birthday gift. 

“I was pleased, but not for the reason 
he thought. With this new flyer at my 
disposal I could disappear, hide myself 
somewhere until I came into my own. 
For I was uneasy, frightened. My 
death would mean so much to him. His 
power over Adams, Inc. would become 
absolute if I were removed. That night 
I stole out to the car, planning to flee 
alone. How well Marnota read me! 
But Ran, my faithful servant aiid 
friend, suspected my intention, and in- 
tercepted me. He insisted on going 
with me, and I yielded. 

“We made for Hawaii. We were 
above the Pacific when I heard Ran say 
something about descending a bit. He 
moved the lever. There was a sudden, 
awfvil flare into nothingness — I felt my- 
self thrown from the couch — and — 
well, you know the rest.” 

“That flame I saw, and the wave that 
wrecked the Ulysses, must have been 



48 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



the visible result of the warping of 
space-time as the stratocar shot back 
for centuries! What a devil that uncle 
of yours must be, and how well he 
planned! A murder without a clue — 
the body hidden in another era. But 
see how the man’s scheme had been 
upset by accidents he could not have 
foreseen! If you had been at the con- 
trols, instead of Ran ; if you had been 
over land; if I hadn’t happened to be 
at that point in all the miles of the 
Pacific ; he would be in undisputed con- 
trol of the company, with nothing to 
fear. As it is — ” 

“As it is, I can’t see what difference 
all that makes.” Thalma’s tone was 
flat, hopeless. “I might as well be dead 
as wandering aimlessly — lost in time.” 

Once more that phrase struck a chill 
through Dunning. In the visoscope, 
low on the horizon ahead, a bluish haze 
appeared. |The blueness deepened, 
solidified. A dark fleck appeared in the 
sky. It grew rapidly. It was a tiny 
ball — the sun caught it and it glinted 
coppery. .. 

“Jim! Jim!” The girl’s fingers dug 
into his arm, her yoke was strident, 
hysterical. “It’s a stratocar ! A strato- 
car! Do you hear me? What does 
that mean?” 

“It must mean that by some miracle 
we’re back in your time.” 

“Oh, thank/God! Thank God!” 

“What’S that blue band around the 
center of that flyer, and those black 
discs ? There are nothing like those, on 
this sphere.” 

\Thalma wheeled back to the screen. 
An exclamation of dismay came from 
her. 

“It’s a patrol ship, one of Marnota’s 
police craft!” 

ROM one of the black spots that 
had caught Dunning’s eye a white 
beam shot but. It caught the time- 
traveler. The scene in the visoscope 
dissolved into a dazzling radiance. 

Thalma tugged frantically at the 
levers. There was no response. 

“They’ve got us in the neutralizing 
beam. Our power is gone !” 

A voice sounded in the chamber, 
coldly challenging. 

“What craft is that?” 



The girl faced a circular device, cov- 
ered with a fine metallic mesh, that 
was inserted in the wall beside the 
control board. “This is Thalma of the 
House of Adams.” Her steady tones 
showed nothing of the fear that stared 
.from her eyes. “Shut off your beam 
and permit me' to proceed.” 

The voice laughed, sneeringly. 

“The message received by Marnota 
of the House of Adams purporting to 
announce her return on the eve of her 
majority has been found to be a for- 
gery. My orders are to bring any 
claimants,, should they appear, directly 
to Marnota for identification.” Dun- 
ning and Thalma exchanged startled 
glances. The plotter had provided 
against failure of his plan. 

“I demand to be taken before the 
Federal Court.” Thalma was defiant.. 
“Marnota may appear there, and deny 
my identity if he dare.” 

The voice continued; ignoring the in- 
terruption. 

“You will follow me peaceably, or I 
shall be compelled to ray you.” 

Thalma threw her arms wide, signal- 
ing their helplessness. 

“We follow, helot!” she cried aloud. 
To Dunning she whispered: “One 

flash of their ray-gun and there will 
be nothing left of this stratocar but 
some dust. Marnota would like noth- 
ing better.” 

The view-screen cleared. Close at 
hand they could see the police-car, hov- 
ering. The voice came again. 

“Keep within a hundred feet of us. 
Remember, the slightest swerve from 
that position and I blast.” The blue- 
banded stratocar began to move, and 
with trembling fingers Thalma pressed 
down the levers to follow. 



CHAPTER IV 
Death Behind the Arras 

F aster and faster the tvvo spheres 
cleaved the air, till below there 
was but a tinted blur. The hazy earth 
dropped away, was a great bowl, then 
rounded again into a far-spread con- 
vexity. Dunning peered at the control 
board. 




LOST IN TIME 



49 



“Look here, Thalma. The time-lever 
you pressed returned automatically to 
neutral position. That must mean the 
time mechanism is set to make just 
that one leap of approximately four 
hundred years. That gives me an idea. 
All we have to do is press the other 
handle. We’ll shoot back to my time — 
I’ll see that you’re taken care of there 
for life.” His hands darted to the 
board. 

Thalma thrust it aside. 

"No!” Low-voiced as the exclama- 
tion was, inflexible determination 
sounded in it. “No, Jim, I cannot. I 
must remain in my own time. I must 
meet Marnota face to face and accuse 
him of his crimes. My father’s memory 
cries out for vengeance, and the down- 
trodden people lift their hands to me 
in mute appeal. Something here,” a 
white hand pressed against her heart, 
“tells me that he cannot triumph.” 

Dunning’s hand dropped from the 
levers, and he was silent. He could 
not argue against the burning vision 
in Thalma’s grey eyes, the fire in her 
low voice. 

“But you can easily escape.” The girl 
turned arid pointed. “There, just in 
front of the couch, is a trapdoor to the 
lower hull. Hide below there, among 
the coils, till I am taken away. Then 
you can steaLbut, shift the time lever 
and go back to the twen,tieth century.” 

“No!” Dunning told her firmly. “I’m 
staying here — ^with you.” 

They were slowing now. Below was 
a far-spreading^ white city. Great 
towers reached upward to the dropping 
sphere. The rooftops were landscaped 
gardens. Airy bridges leaped in a 
gossamer network across mile-deep 
chasms. Dunning glimpsed the Hud- 
son, almost hidden beneath many 
bridges. 

In the middle of a watery expanse 
Dunning recognized as New York’s 
Upper Bay a circular building brooded, 
black, ominous. Straight down to its 
flat roof the sphere with the blue band 
drifted, and Thalma followed. The roof 
opened, dividing into many leaves that 
slid one under the other, and a round 
gap showed. The leading stratocar 
dipped within. 

Guards in bright green uniforms 



surrounded them as they emerged from 
the stratocar. Two mercenaries ranged 
themselves on either side of Dunning 
and the girl, seizing their arms at the 
elbows. But just as they started for- 
ward a voice rang out. 

“Sergeant Farston!” 

The leader whirled, and saluted the 
communication disc. “Here, sir,” he 
snapped. 

From somewhere among the half 
dozen private police crowding around 
him Dunning heard a gasped, “Mar- 
nota, himself !” 

“You will bring the prisoners to me, 
at once!” 

“Yes, sir.” 

“Gosh, the chief has listened in on 
damn near everything the last week!” 
someone said, low-voiced. 

Presently they were marched to 
Marnota through a circling corridor 
whose marble walls showed fine vein- 
ings of gold. Then the party was being 
challenged by a sentry before a door- 
way curtained by cloth of gold. 

“Halt ! Who goes there?” 

“Sergeant Farston and prisoners.” 
“You will pass in at once, Sergeant, 
with the prisoners. Orders are to dis- 
miss the rest of your men.” The 
guard drew the curtain aside. A bronze 
portal behind it swung open. 

® UNNING had a confused sense of 

tapestry-hung walls in the room 

they entered, of a floor covered thick 
with glowing rugs. But a tableau at 
the other end of the chamber, fifty feet 
away, caught and held his attention as 
the sergeant halted him just within 
the closing door. 

On a great carved chair of ebony in 
the center of a gold dais, sat a small 
thin man whose black ej^s gleamed 
piercingly out of a shffp-featured, 
hawklike face. Thin lips were twisted 
in a cruel, sardonic srnile. 

Marnota’s stubby hands rested on 
the arms of the thronelike chair, and it 
seemed to Dunning that the short fin- 
gers curled and uncurled like the claws 
of a cat toying with a helpless victim. 

Thalma approached him fearlessly, 
her slight form straijght and defiant. 
The girl’s arm was outstretched, her 
hand pointed at the throned man. 



50 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



“Remember, Marnota,” her clear ac- 
cents rang out, “in the end, you will 
fail, and terrible will be the price you 

pay.” 

Thalma’s arm fell to her side. She 
swayed a bit, then drew herself again 
proudly upright. A rustle of sound 
drew Dunning’s eyes away from her. 
He started. Behind the rich tapestries, 
to the left of the entrance, someone was 
hidden, someone in the green uniform ( 
of Marnota’s helots. He saw a black 
death-cylinder, ominously ready. 

Mamota’s sadistic smile deepened. 
There was amusement in his silky 
tones. 

“Splendid !” he said. “You are a mar- 
velous actress. No wonder you were 
selected to come here with your ab- 
surd claim to be my niece. Unfortun-' 
ately the forger who concocted the note 
that preceded you was not as skillful as 
the surgeon who remodeled your fea- 
tures.” 

He turned toward Dunning and his 
guard. 

“Ah, Sergeant, you arrived a little 
more quickly than I anticipated. But 
I’ll be through soon, very soon. You 
may leave your prisoner here, and go.” 

The sergeant saluted, turned sharp- 
ly, and was gone. 

“I shall be finished directly, young 
.•nan. Just step to one side.” 

Marnota turned back to Thalma. 
“Yes,” he purred. “You are a wonder- 
ful actress. Too bad you have allowed 
yourself to be duped into this impos- 
ture. However, you will not be able 
to deceive the court. You may go.” 

Thalma turned wonderingly toward 
the door. And suddenly Dunning un- 
derstood Marnota’s amazing show of 
leniency. The lurking mercenary was 
posted to flash the girl down as she 
passed. If there were an inquiry, the 
explanation would be simple. Balked 
in her attempted fraud, she had tried to 
escape, had been rayed J>y an over-zeal- 
ous guard. The cylinder would do its 
work well, there would be no chance 
for troublesome identification. He was 
the only witness. He would not be 
alive to testify. 

Thalma came slowly across the floor, 
straight toward the waiting assassin. 
Dunning whirled. His great hands 



spread wide, caught the arras on either 
side of the form behind it. He lunged 
forward, tearing the fabric from its 
fastenings. He toppled, fell heavily, 
with the writhing, heaving bundle in 
his arms. A tearing dart of flame 
seared his shoulder. He located the 
round of a head under the cloth, and 
slugged at it. The wrapped, entangled 
figure slumped beneath him. 

UNNING leaped to his feet — 
glimpsed Marnota, standing on 
the gold dais, blue flashes crackling 
from his ray-gun — saw Thalma, just 
outside the open door, struggling in the 
arms of the outer guard. 

Dunning was a maelstrom of light- 
ning action, the very swiftness of his 
movements foiling Marnota’s darts. He 
sprang through the opening, thrusting 
at the door as he went. The clang of 
its shutting drowned the smack of his 
fist as it splashed into the snarling face 
of the guard. The helot jarred loose 
from Thalma. His hand shot to the 
ray-gun, jerked it from his belt. Before 
he could use it, hard knuckles exploded 
again on his jutting jaw, and the mer- 
cenary crashed to the floor. 

A siren moaned an alarm. Dunning 
twisted to Thalma. She was snatching 
up the guard’s weapon from where it 
had spun as he fell. Its blue ray shot 
out, spattered against the edge of the 
bronze portal. The metal glowed red 
and fused where the heat vibrations 
impinged. 

“The lock,” the girl gasped. “That 
will hold him for a while.” 

The siren’s wailing rose to new fury. 
From around the curve of the corridor 
shouts came and the thunder of many 
rushing feet. 

“They’re coming!” Dunning ex- 
claimed. “We’ve got to get out of- 
here!” He whirled to the right, hesi- 
tated as from that side, too, clamored 
an oncoming rush still hidden by the 
arc of the circling hall. Aside from the 
sealed entrance to Mafnota’s audience 
chamber,' the black marble walls were 
withou/a break. “Finish !” he groaned. 
“We’re trapped !” 

“Not yet,” Thalma snapped, her face 
white but her eyes bright and fearless. 
She was at the wall opposite the bronze 




LOST IN TIME 



51 



door. Her hand reached out to it, her 
fingers pressed the center of an appar- 
ently aimless whorl in the gold tracery. 
A narrow rectangle of stone shot down 
into the floor, revealing a black void 
behind. “Quick! In here!” 

Dunning was on her heels as she 
darted through. Some gesture of the 
girl’s, indistinguishable in the darkness, 
sent the secret panel thudding back 
into place. 

He crouched, listening. Had they 
been swift enough? Had the screen 
closed in time to conceal their retreat 
from Marnota’s men? Or would the 
cracking of heated marble show that 
the ray-guns were at work, seeking out 
the fugitives? 

Muffled noises, the moaning siren, 
guttural calls, an authoritative voice in 
sharp command, came through the 
wall. Behind him, Thalma’s heavy 
breathing gusted and the beat of his 
own pulse hammered in his ears. The 
air was musty, stagnant. Dust, long 
undisturbed, choked him. Fierce agony 
seared his shoulder, sent tendrils of 
pain raying through him. 

A hand tugged at Dunning, 

“Come!” Thalma’s voice was an al- 
most inaudible whisper. “We’ve got to 
get out of here before Marnota frees 
himself and directs his stupid helots in 
their search.” 

The endless passage twisted, pitched 
downward, so narrow that Dunning’s 
arms brushed the walls on either side. 
In the tar-barrel darkness even Thal- 
ma’s white garments were invisible. 
Dunning clung to her icy, trembling 
hand, let it guide him down and down. 

“This is the way I went when I 
thought I was escaping from Marnota, 
as he planned I should think. Jarcka, 
Ban’s father, was in charge of this 
building’s construction, shortly after 
my own father’s death. He must have 
foreseen I should some day need a hid- 
ing place. By a minute adjustment of 
the building machines, he contrived 
this secret passage, with outlets in my 
own quarters, in the corridor from 
which we just came, and in the wall of 
the strato-car hangar. It also connects 
to a secret tunnel under the Bay, into 
the city.” ' 

“Secret ! But thousands of men — ” 



T HALMA answered swiftly. “Only 
Jarcka himself knows of it. He 
used Thorgersen’s Mechanical Mole, 
converting earth and rocks into energy, 
reconverting some of it into a lining for 
the bore, harder and more rigid than 
steel. I— Oh-h!” 

She broke off in a wail of terror. The 
tunnel had flared into a sudden lumi- 
nescence. The walls glowed with a 
cold, infinitely menacing light. 

“What is it?” Dunning gasped, leap- 
ing into new effort after the boimding 
girl. “What—” 

“The search rays. The kappa-light 
that penetrates all inorganic matter. 
Hurry!” 

Far behind ruptured marble crashed, 
and the confined space' echoed with the 
awed snarling of the human hunting- 
hounds. The passage dropped steadily, 
curved dizzily, leveled out. Twisted 
sharply — and ended against a rust- 
red wall ! 

“Hell!” Dunning gasped. “We’re 
cut off.” The clamor of the following 
helots was appallingly nearer. “We’re 
lost.” 

“No,” Thelma cried, springing to a 
stance in front of the apparently im- 
pregnable barrier. “We’re saved.” 
She thrust the captured ray-gun into 
Dunning’s hand, gestured queerly with 
raised arms, as if in invocation to some 
strange god. “It’s the tunnel doorway. 
Eighteen inches of beryllo-steel. Once 
we’re past it, it will defy the rays for 
hours.” I 

Dunning whirled, crouched, his burn- 
ing eyes on the angle that cut off view 
of the passage through which they had 
come. Pounding footfalls, shrill cries 
of the pursuers, made a fearful sound 
about him, and behind him Thalma’s 
voice went on. 

“Its lock is worked by beams of in- 
visible, infra-red light’. Only Jarcka 
and I know the combination.” Thalma 
explained her fantastic actions. She 
was blocking off the guarding beams, 
one by one, with her waving arms. 
When she finished — 

A green uniform hurtled around the 
corner Dunning watched, and toppled 
headlong to the impact of his beam. 
Another, and another, coming too fast 
to save themselves, met the same fate. 



52 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



The narrowness of the passage forced 
the pursuers into single file. The 
bodies of Dunning’s victims jammed 
the way. His position was unassail- 
able — as long as his weapon’s charge 
lasted! 

Behind him he heard a little excla- 
mation of triumph, and the squealing 
of ponderous metal on metal. It told 
him the door was moving. His victims 
were piled across the corridor, a breast- 
high mound of contorted corpses that 
would hold the helots back for minutes. 

“Jim!” There was sudden terror in 
Thalma’s voice. “Jim! The portal is 
jammed. It will not open !” 



CHAPTER V 
The Bomb 



D UNNING’S tone was calm. “Try 
again. It must open.” 

“No use. The electric eye responded 
to,my gestures, and the door started to 
move, but something is in its gears, 
blocking it. I can do nothing.” 

“Well, they’ll know they’ve been in 
a scrap before they get us,” he said 
grimly. “Hey — ” 

An ovid object, black, fist-size, arced 
over the tangled bodies, hit the wall. 
Pounding footfalls sounded. 

Horror struck at Dunning. 

“Down, Thalma!” This thing was 
a bomb, an explosive grenade. He 
leaped to it, snatched it up, hurled it 
over the cadavers, far up the tunnel. 

A tremendous detonation crashed 
about him. Consciousness left him for 
an instant, then flooded back. Every 
bone in his body ached, his head 
whirled, but he was alive. The glow 
induced by the kappa-light search 
beams was gone, and impenetrable 
darkness blanketed sight. “Thalma,” 
Dunning shouted, “Thalma!” 

“Here, Jim,” a weak voice answered 
him. “Are you all right?” 

“Fine as silk. And you, girl?” Dun- 
ning pulled himself to his feet and 
groped in the direction of the voice. 

“I-I’m a bit dazed. But there aren’t 
any bones broken. Will we ever get 
out of here?” Sudden joy replaced the 
doubt in her accents. “Jim! I can 



feel the jamb against which the door 
rested. It’s open, Jim ! The explosion 
must have blown it open. We can go 
on, now. We’re safe!” 

“Great!” Dunning exclaimed. “And 
Marnota thinks we were killed ! Other- 
wise he’d still be using the search- 
rays.” 

“That’s right. He’s sure we’re out 
of his way at last. There’s a surprise 
coming to him. Now I wonder if I 
can get this barrier shut again.” Dun- 
ning heard Thalma moving in the 
darkness. “No. The shock must have 
damaged the photo-electric control. We 
shall have to trust to the debris to hold 
them back. Come on. I shan’t feel 
safe till we are well out of here.” 

The footing rose, abruptly. Thalma’s 
fingers on Dunning’s arm sent an elec- 
tric tingle through him. 

“The end of the tunnel, Jim!” 

He sensed that she was standing be- 
fore some unseen barrier, again was 
going through the fantastic gyrations 
that opened locks in this fantastic 
world of the future. Abruptly there 
was a vertical line of light in front of 
him. It grew rapidly wider, filling the 
tunnel end. The light blinded Dun- 
ning’s eyes, so long used to darkness. 

And then there were vague forms 
about him, many hands seizing him. 
Thalma screamed. Dunning grunted, 
jerked. He couldn’t break the grips 
that held him. He was helpless! 
Caught! After all they had gone 
through they were caught! Marnota 
had outwitted them. He must have 
known all along of this tunnel. 

“Salom !” It was Thalma’s voice, 
strangely joyous., “Jarcka! Let him go. 
He’s my friend. He saved me.” 

The hands dropped. A circle of 
men, stalwart, clad in flowing, pastel- 
hued cloaks, hemmed in the girl and 
himself. 

E ach was armed with a ray-tube 
and the face of each was alight 
with a peculiar exaltation. 

“Salom!” Thalma was speaking to 
one of them, tall grave-countenanced, 
grey-haired, the evident leader. “How 
did you know to come and meet me? 
How did you know I would be here?” 
“We didn’t,” the man replied. “We 



LOST IN TIME 



53 



thought you lost. We were determined 
that Marnota should not live till to- 
morrow to claim your estates. We were 
going through the tunnel to raid his 
lair. To surprise and slay him.” 
“Thalma.” Another spoke, shorter, 
his stern visage seamed with anxiety 
and grief. “Marnota broadcast a re- 
port that you had been killed in an ex- 
plosion of your stratocar. Ran, too, 
has disappeared. Do you know any- 
thing of him?” 

Thalma turned to him, and there was 
compassion, pity, in her eyes. 

“Ran is dead, Jarcka. He gave his 
life for me, when Marnota attempted 
to murder me.” 

Jarcka staggered, as if a physical 
blow had struck him, and then was 
straight, stalwart as before. 

“It is high time to put an end to. 
Marnota’s crimes. Let us proceed, 
Salom.” 

A sigh gusted through the group. 
They started toward the tunnel en- 
trance. Thalma barred their way. 

“Stop ! You cannot go through. The 
tunnel is blocked.” 

“But you have come through it.” 
Thalma told them what had hap- 
pened. When she had finished there 
was silence for a moment. Then Salom 
made a hopeless gesture. 

“It was our last, desperate hope. 
Now America is lost indeed. Tomor- 
row morning Marnota will appear in 
court to demand immediate title to 
your half of the company. Under the 
law it must be given him and — ’’ Again 
his gesture took the place of words. 
“Tomorrow! Where, Salom?” 

“In the Federal Court, before Judge 
Layton. Layton is on our side, but he 
is bound by the law. He will have 
to—” 

“You forgot that I am alive. The law 
is on our side now.” 

“Marnota will defy the law. He will 
not retreat now. He has the power — 
and he will use it.” 

“No!” Thalma’s clear voice rang 
out, and she was living flame in that 
dim chamber, her face aglow with a 
light that was somehow blinding. “He 
has the power. But we have right on 
our side. Salom. Jarcka. Take me to 
a safe hiding place. We have all night 



to think. To plan. We shall find a 
way to defeat him.” 

“Impossible,” someone muttered. 
“He is too powerful.” 

^^^^YEZ, oyez, oyez. The court is 
open!” In ten centmies the 
immemorial formula had not changed. 
On the wall above the long, ornately 
carved bench still was pictured the an- 
cient representation of the blindfolded 
goddess, with her balanced scales. The 
justice, in his high-backed chair, still 
wore Ae ancient black robes. Judge 
Layton was a short, slender man, 
stooped a little under the weight of his 
years and learning. His jaw was grim- 
set as he surveyed the scene below hini. 

The row upon row of chairs that 
filled the courtroom were occupied, 
every one, by hard-visaged men who 
wore the green of Marnota’s cohorts. 
Each held, ready in his hand, the black 
cylinder of his ray-gun, and the eyes 
of each was fastened immovably on the 
countenance of his master. 

Marnota sat at the counsel table, his 
bearing that of a monarch deigning to 
appear before his subjects. There was 
an aura of power, of dominance, about 
him, and in the sharp blackness of his 
eyes there was a glow of triumph. 
Overflowing the seat beside him, the 
flabby, bulging contours of him gross 
and sensual, was Ranta, head of the 
Adams Company’s legal forces. 

At the other end of the- long table 
Salom sat, his face an imperturbable 
mask. Save for the clerk of the court 
at his desk, and a single attendant po- 
'liceman contrasting ludicrously with 
Marnota’s armed display, he was alone. 
He seemed the leader of a forlorn hope, 
checking for the last of innumerable 
times the disposition of the enemy and 
his sparse preparations for battle. 

He glanced at the huge, bronze en- 
trance portal, at the small door behind 
the bench that led to Layton’s cham- 
bers. And finally at two screened open- 
ings in the ceiling, openings that 
Dunning might have identified, had he 
been present, as the voice outlets for 
the communication system of this 
twenty-fourth century world. 

“The matter of the settlement of the 
estate of Thantala of the House of 



54 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



Adams.” Judge Layton’s voice was 
thin and quavering. “Any motions?” 
Ranta rose with a mock bow. 

“Your Honor.’’ His mellow accents 
filled the great chamber. “I appear for 
Marnota of the House of Adams, 
brother of the decedent and his sole 
surviving kin. We move that the title 
to all property of the estate be vested 
in us.” 

Salom was on his feet. “Your Honor, 
I appear to oppose this motion.” ' 
“Representing whom?” , 
“Representing Thalma of the House 
of Adams, daughter of the decedent.” 
A little rustle passed through the 
great room. 

“I object,” Ranta thundered. “Thal- 
ma of the House of Adams is dead. No 
attorney can represent a dead person.” 
Salom’s voice remained calm and 
low. “I submit, your Honor, that the 
death of my client has not been proved 
before the court. The presumption is, 
therefore, that she continues' to live. I 
move that the guardianship of Marnota 
of the House of Adams over the body 
and goods of my client, as set up by the 
decedent’s, will, be declared at an end, 
and that title to the property of the 
estate be vested in my client.” 

Ranta riposted, quickly. 

“We have submitted affidavits from 
several persons who state definitely 
that a stratocar, in which Thalma of 
the House of Adams was known to be, 
was seen by them to explode in the air 
above the Pacific Ocean. We have the 
affiants in court and are ready to pro- 
duce them.” 

MUDGE LAYTON turned again to 
Salom. 

“That seems to settle the matter, 
counsellor. Do you demand that these 
witnesses be placed on the stand?” 
“That will not be necessary, your 
Honor. I can prove the existence of 
rny client to the court’s satisfaction.” 
“I, defy you to,” Ranta roared. “You 
cannot prove what is not true!” 

Salom’s voice never rose. “I can 
prove Thalma of the House of Adams 
to be alive.” 

The lawyer turned, and pointed to 
the massive entrance doors. As if his 
gesture were a signal, they started to 



swing slowly open. Eternity seemed 
to pass as the space between the huge 
bronze leaves widened. Salom’s quiet 
words thudded into a deathly silence. 

“Your Honor, Thalma of the House 
of Adams.” 

A slim figure stood in the aperture. 
The paleness of Thalma’s set face 
matched her white garment. Only her 
eyes were alive, darkly grey, as they 
sought and held Marnota’s gaze. 

The crack of the judge’s gavel cut 
short a rising murmur. “The motion 
of Marnota of the House of Adams is 
denied. I grant — ” 

“Stop !” Mamota’s cry cut short the 
words. He was on his feet. As if at 
an unvoiced command his helots had 
also risen. “I’ve had enough of this 
farce. What you grant or deny is no 
concern of mine.” 

“What do you mean?” 

“You and your law have no power 
over me. My men have surrounded the 
White House, have invested every 
army barracks, every police headquar- 
ters, in the nation.” He raised his right 
arm high above his head. “When my 
arm drops, the signal will be flashed, 
and the government whose law you ad- 
minister will be at an end. From now 
on I am the law!” 

“Marnota!” Thalma’s voice rang 
sharply from the door. “Marnota ! 
You will never give that signal!” 

The bronze doors clanged, shutting 
her out. Swift action exploded in the , 
courtroom. Salom, with agility beyond 
his years, lifted himself over the bar- 
rier, and leaped to the little door be- 
hind the judge’s seat through which 
Layton, the clerk and the lone attend- 
ant had already darted. A roaring 
sound filled the chamber. 

At first like the^ growling of some 
vast impending cataclysm, it shot 
higher and higher in pitch. In seconds 
it was a shrill scream, slashing at the 
nerves of the imprisoned Marnota and 
his helots, invading their quivering 
brains with needling pain. Then there 
was no longer any appreciable sound. 
But Marnota, feeling thin a^ony whip- 
ping through his body, knew that the 
vibrations still kept on, high above the 
upper limit of human hearing. 

At the great bronze door, at the 



LOST IN TIME 



55 



smaller exit through which Salom had 
escaped, frantic knots of green-clad 
men worked with their ray-tubes to 
force an escape. Some, deprived of rea- 
son by the searching torture of the un- 
heard sound, clawed maniacally at the 
unyielding metal. A pandemonium of 
curiously muffled shouts burst out. 

As the myriad cells of tortured bod- 
ies shattered into dissolution under the 
Inexorable, destroying vibrations that 
unceasingly poured out of the com- 
munication discs in the ceiling, cylin- 
ders dropped from palsied hands, legs 
crumpled. The courtroom was a tre- 
mendous shambles of writhing, d5ring 
humanity. 

¥ HE invisible, inaudible, vibration 
of vengeance kept on. Mamota, 
still holding himself erect by the force 
of the tremendous, twisted will that 
had been his undoing ; his face empur- 
pled by the bursting capillaries of his 
skin, his eyes dark pools of torment; 
glared through a blurring haze the 
heaving, dying mass that had been the 
flower of his army. He strove to speak, 
but the cords of his throat refused his 
bidding. Slowly, with a defiance still 
radiant from his pain-wracked form, he 
slid to the floor. The arm that was to 
have given the signal for L >p f’^g 
out, quivering — There was not the 
least stirring of any form in all that 
crowded room. 

Thalma’s eyes held no jubilance, nor 
Dunning’s as they stood in the door- 
way of that courtroom that was a tomb. 
After a while they turned silently 
away. 

“Just what happened, Thalma? I 



know that you arranged with your 
secret adherents to have some kind of 
machinery connected with the com- 
munication system that led into the 
courtroom, and turned on at your cue. 
But I can’t understand how it could 
have done — that.’’ 

The girl’s voice was very very weary. 

“Some time in the twentieth century 
it was discovered that bacteria in milk 
could be killed by using sound waves 
above the upper limit of audibility. 
This process was extended to other 
foods, but when it was attempted to 
cure disease by the method, it was 
found that while the pathogenic bac- 
teria were killed by the vibrations, the 
patient, also, was killed, or injured. 

“What we did was simply to con- 
nect the sound-sterilization machinery 
of the Central Milk Plant with the 
communication system of the court- 
room, and turn the tremendously am- 
plified vibrations into the courtroom.” 

Jim Dunning was silent again for 
long minute. 

“You’re safe now, Thalma, and all 
the great power of the Adams Com- 
pany is yours,” he said finally. “You 
can. carry out all your father’s plans, 
unhindered, and make this country a 
paradise.” 

The girl’s voice was very soft. 

“If it hadn’t been for you that could 
not have come to pass. I should still 
be — lost in time.” Silence, again; and 
at last she spoke. “It’s a great respon- 
sibility, Jim. Will you help me?” 

In the grey eyes that looked into his 
Dunning read something that thrilled 
him. He knew that the world was 
theirs — for always. 







Thl&k of !tl A pint of lather from 
Uttle more than an inch of Listerine 
Shaving Cream. Such laboratory 
data gives you an idea of the won> 
derful quality, the downright econ- 
omy, of this cream which is winning 
men by thousands. 

UMBEBT PHflRUACaL CO.. 8L Logis. 






Alone on a Dead Star an Earthman Faces the Terror oF 
Extinction — but Scientific Strategy Saves Him I 




Twenty bulky figures clad in armor, confronted him. 



DARK SUN 

By RAYMOND Z. GALLUN 

Author of "Saturn’s Ringmaster," "Old Faithful," etc. 



ORBERT PONS did not like to 
be alone here. Always, in the 
gleam of instruments, and in 
the smells and sounds, and other de- 
tails of his environment, there was a 
suggestion of ever -pending menace. 

He would try to relax in his quarters, 
which were quite as comfortably ap- 
pointed as if he were at home on Earth. 
He would try to read or sleep, but soon- 
er or later dread, and the memory of 



his responsibility, would drive him out 
into the halls and chambers where com- 
plex elements were refined, and where 
machines hummed with quiet efficien- 
cy, keeping fearful natural forces at 
bay. ^ 

He would look at the tremendous 
pillars that supported the roof of the 
refining plant; and he would wonder 
what would happen to them, and to 
himself, if something chanced to go 







DARK SUN 



57 



wrong with the gravity-reduction sys- 
tem. 

“Those pillars would break like dry 
twigs!’’ he’d tell himself. “A man 
would flatten out like a rotten fruit that 
a dinosaur had stepped on! A dark 
star is no place for a human being to 
be I Mass makes gravity, and the mass 
of Khoraba is countless millions of 
times greater than that of Earth. Why, 
if the gravity-reducers weren’t busy, 
I’d weigh something over a hundred 
tons!” 

For many minutes at a time, Nor- 
bert Pons would stand at some high- 
placed window of the plant and stare, 
gaunt-faced and haggard-eyed, out 
over the awesome and almost feature^ 
less terrain of Khoraba, where natural 
law itself seemed curiously warped 
and hostile. 

There was starlight here, as at home. 
The Pleiades were all about this mon- 
ster sun that had blazed gloriously dur- 
ing another era of cosmic history. But 
the nearest of those Pleiades was still 
several light years away. They gleamed 
with harsh brilliance in a black sky, 
for there was very little atmosphere 
here. It had not been dissipated by 
molecular leakage into space; rather, 
its own weight had forced it into the 
substance of the dense, black rock of 
Khoraba’s surface. 

Only a tenuous and shallow layer of 
hydrogen, lightest of elements, re- 
mained of a once mighty blanket of 
gas. Clinging close to the ground, it 
glowed with a faint phosphorescence 
induced by electrical emanations com- 
ing up from Khoraba’s still tremen- 
dously heated interior. 

The expanse of the dark star’s sur- 
face was utterly level. No mountain 
or hill could have lifted its crest against 
the drag of the gravity. There was 
little to break the drab monotony of 
that limitless plain except patches of 
glowing, dusky red, which marked the 
positions of hot lava pools. 

S UCH was Khoraba, named after 
some horror of Martian myth. 
On the desolate immensity of its outer 
shell, the refining plantj which had been 
assembled in space ten years ago and 
lowered into position with its gravity- 



reducers functioning, was like a button 
carelessly dropped on the Sahara. 

Norbert Pons wasn’t a coward — at 
least not in most ways. Death had 
threatened him often during the inter- 
planetary war in which Mars and Earth 
had/ defeated the Venus-Ganymede- 
Europa coalition. But those hectic 
moments of struggle seemed child’s 
play to being the only man on Gargan- 
tuan Khoraba. There had been gay 
moments of relief, then, with his com- 
rades, and when death came it was 
swift. Demolition beams dissolved 
matter instantly, no gruesome rem- 
nants remained, and the feeling experi- 
enced by the survivors was more a 
feeling of vague surprise than of hor- 
ror. 

Pons had never seen a man crushed 
in the inconceivable grip of a dark sun, 
yet his fancy could fill in the knowl- 
edge gaps with ghastly vividness. 
There’d be a wide blot, irregular in 
shape like a bloodstain, with maybe a 
white fragment of bone projecting up 
from it here and there. In Khoraba’s 
pull, most organic solids would act like 
liquids. 

It was not a pretty picture to hold 
crystallized in one’s m^ \d, particularly 
when one knew that he nust stay here 
alone for a long time. Old Hans Ep- 
stein, veteran guardian of the refinery, 
had died of a heart-attack. Pons, his 
youthful assistant, but recently intro- 
duced to the mysteries of Khoraba, and 
by no means accustomed to his sur- 
roundings as yet, must carry on until 
another expert was brought from 
Earth. 

Khoraba’s titanic gravity made it the 
source of substances which could not 
have come into being on any sphere^ of 
much smaller mass and density. Only 
the terrifying pressures existing with- 
in Khoraba could have produced ele- 
ments as dense and complex as those 
numbered 205 to 221 of the Periodic 
Table. These heavy, tremendousl}^^^ 
hard and refractory materials were ' 
now vital to the sciences and industries 
of civilization. 

Pons’ position would not have been 
so bad if there had been sufficient work 
to do, or if he had had human compan- 
ionship. But with Hans Epstein dead. 



58 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



both of these things were denied him. 
All the machinery was automatic and 
almost perfect. It needed supervision 
only because no mechanism can quite 
be trusted. 

During the first month after Ep- 
stein’s death, Pons’ existence was one 
of growing tension, that mounted rap- 
idly toward nightmare pitch. His con- 
stant worry about the functioning of 
the gravity-reduction system’s 'power 
units might have done irreparable 
harm to his mind, had not reason told 
him that he must find a way to relieve 
the tension. And so he began to build 
a small remote-control apparatus, op- 
erated by radio. 

This apparatus was not difficult to 
construct. Within a week it was com- 
pleted. It consisted of two small black 
boxes. 

One of jthese was located inconspicu- 
ously in the rear of the switchboard 
that stood in the power chamber of 
the gravity-reducers. It’s operation 
disturbed not at all the normal action 
of the various devices on the switch- 
board. The meters there could still be 
read accurately, and the levers and 
dials could be worked there. Just as be- 
fore. 

HE other box was portable. Pons 
could keep it with him at all times, 
no matter where he was, if he so de- 
sired. Its meters and gauges could 
tell him at a glance just how well every 
part . of the gravity-reduction system 
was operating.' It also had duplicate 
controls with which readjustments 
could be made, just as if he were ac- 
tually in the power chamber. 

Now that he was thus equipped, 
Norbert Pons’ nervous dread was less 
acute. He ate and slept somewhat 
better. Fundamentally, however, Kho- 
raba seemed just as terrible as it had 
before. Grimly, the youth awaited the 
arrival of the freight ships front Earth. 

At last, far out in the star-sprinkled 
void, there was a flicker of rocket- 
tubes. A dozen vessels had crossed 
the transdimensional passage from the 
Solar System. Pons watched their ap- 
proach from a window of his quarters. 
Their repulsion plates glowing incan- 
descent in their tremendous battle with 



the pull of the dark sun, they slanted 
grandly toward the landing stage. The 
atomic energy of many pounds. Earth- 
weight, of uranium, was freed in the 
task of bringing them to rest. 

Norbert Pons was almost choked 
with relief as he rushed through pas- 
sages and rooms, arriving at last be- 
fore the great entrance air-lock. For 
a little while now, he would be able to 
talk with people from home. Clumsy 
with haste, he worked the valves of the 
air-lock. 

“Hello there!” he called cheerily, as 
the inner portal of the lock opened. 

His happy smile of greeting did not 
change for a second. Then, gradually, 
the expression on his face became one 
of idiotic surprise. Twenty bulky fig- 
ures, clad in space armor, confronted 
him. A half dozen demolition tubes 
were pointed menacingly at his breast. 
Pons saw the icy glitter of cruel rep- 
tilian eyes behind the glazed fronts of 
oxygen helmets. He saw the hobgob- 
lin grins of fanged mouths, and the iri- 
descent sheen of reptilian scales that 
reflected the glow of illuminators. 

Norbert Pons recovered quickly 
from his consternation. He knew that 
he faced merciless enemies, but he had 
faced their kind before. Helplessness 
he felt, but the acute danger of these 
animate foes was not as fearsome as 
the constant, brooding threat of Kho- 
raba. 

“Well?” he questioned coldly. 

One of the intruders opened the 
face panel of his armor. Guttural Eng- 
lish, thick and blurred, issued from the 
broad, troll-like mouth. 

“We of Venus are never truly con- 
quered, Earth-scum,” he said. “You 
know why we are here. We shall take 
over the plant. The loot of Khoraba 
shall make us strong. We shall build 
new fleets, and new engines of destruc- 
tion. Our work shall go on until every 
Terrestrial and Martian has ceased to 
be! Now my faithful ones shall con- 
fine you to your lair until I determine 
what end is most appropriate for you!” 

Pons was unarmed, and either pro- 
test or resistance could have had but 
one result — instant death. Presently 
he was a prisoner in the room where he 
slept. A guard stood in the passage 




DARK SUN 



59 



before the door. The latter was locked, 
but it was provided with a small, round 
window through which the guard 
could peer. The place had been care- 
fully searched, for weapons. Escape 
from the thick, metal-strengthened 
windows was definitely impossible. 

Still, Pons should scarcely have been 
helpless. Circumstances had combined 
to give him an opportunity the like of 
which few captives have ever enjoyed. 
Resting on a stout metal table was a 
little black box, whose simple capac- 
ities could now be used to accomplish 
a grim purpose. The Venusians, rec- 
ognizing it as a crude radio device of 
some kind, but not studying it closely 
enough to determine its true purpose, 
had not troubled to rem>ve it. 

\\ 

EYOND the window^^of the room 
were visible the grey, rakish 
forms of the war vessels. ’ The major- 
ity of the Venusians who composed 
their crews were still aboard them, and 
would probably so remain until the 
party of twenty had completed the in- 
vestigation of the plant. By now the 
repulsion plates of the ships, working 
on the same principle as the gravity- 
reducers here, would be completely 
shut off. 

Inevitably and automatical/, Nor- 
bert Pons’ attention was drawn to the 
black box. His personal risk in what 
he contemplated doing, would be 
small. If everything went as it should, 
the reducer plates here would continue 
to work as usual. The gravity-reduc- 
tion system of the entire plant was di- 
vided into twelve sections, each of 
which could be operated separately. 
One of these sections was under the 
floors of Pons’ living quarters alone. 
The activity of the other sections could 
be decreased as much as desired. 

Now the Earthman strode toward 
the box. His hands reached out. 
Then, oddly, his movements were 
checked. A flood of cold horror welled 
up from the deeper recesses of his 
mind. His cheeks whitened, and he 
began to tremble. He could not force 
his fingers into contact with the dial 
that must be turned if the Venus fleet 
was to be destroyed. To shut off any 
portion of the gravity-reduction sys- 



tem seemed more terrible to him now 
than suicide by leaping into a white- 
hot furnace would have been. 

The science of psychiatry records 
many strange and similar cases. Peo- 
ple who live normal lives are seldom 
subject to such quirks. But to a per- 
son living in the malefic environment 
of Khoraba, life is automatically ab- 
normal. 

Brave men, even on Earth, have 
learned to feel terror for things far less 
dangerous than the gravity of a dark; 
star. Reason frequently tells them 
that their fears are magnified, but emo- 
tionally they cannot accept the truth.' 

Norbert Pons had stayed too long| 
on Khoraba, the inconceivable giant of 
the void. By slow stages it had thrown 
its morbid spell over his nervous sys- 
tem. He could not grasp all the causes 
for his fear yet, for those causes thrust 
their roots deep into the shadowy re- 
gions of his mind. Only accident 
might bring him better understanding. 

Roaring, snapping sounds reverber- 
ated thunderously in his thoughts. 
They were /ike the sounds of the col- 
lapse of rigid metal, suddenly too 
heavy to bear its own weight. He pic- 
tured men reduced to bloody slime, and 
the horror of the vision was too un- 
naturally clear for his self-control to' 
master. He who had gone calmly 
through an interplanetary war, moved 
backward away from the box, and 
threw himself, face downward, upon 
his bunk. A dry sob rattled in his 
throat. Norbert Pons’ dread was be- 
yond mere personal danger now. 

For an hour or more he lay cursing 
himself, and fighting his useless inner 
battle. He could still hear the steady 
drone of machinery, and now and then 
guttural Venusian voices, conversing 
in low tones. 

Then a key grated in the lock of the 
door beyond which the guard was sta-, 
tinned. The guard entered, followed 
by the hideous leader, who had ordered 
Pons’ temporary incarceration. 

The Venusian aristocrat spoke hiS; 
thick, blurred English, coming swiftly 
to the point : 

“I have arrived at a decision. Earth-' 
man,” he said. “The gravity of Kho- 
raba offers me an opportunity ' to get 




60 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



rid of you in a ,unique and interesting 
manner. I am going to expose you, 
unprotected, to that gravity. Earth- 
man. I wish that I could do the same 
to your entire race.” 

ORBERT PONS was sitting up 
on the edge of his bunk, now. 
His eyes and face went dazed and 
blank as he listened to the sentence. 
His consciousness heard it and grasped 
it. Yet, curiously, the overwhelming 
wave of litter emotional collapse, 
which logic told him should result at 
once, failed to come. Rather, the sen- 
tence brought to him a curious sense 
of relief. 

Pons was far more than merely puz- 
zled. How could anyone explain his 
strange, paradoxical reaction? It was 
just this sort of death that he was most 
afraid of, wasn’t it? Or was it? 

His knowledge of psychology was 
scant. He did not see at once the dif- 
ference between fear born out of long 
and morbid brooding, and thie fear that 
comes from a sudden and not altogeth- 
er expected danger. The latter can be 
far less damaging. It is not the actual 
clash of battle that does so much to 
ruin morale ; it is the monotony of 
waiting for a catastrophe that can hap- 
pen within the next second or the next 
hour or the next week. 

The young Earthman did not imme- 
diately realize this truth, but after a 
moment the core of his fear arose into 
his conscious mind. 

Uncertainty had become grim fact 
now. There was no reason to suppose 
that the Venusian leader had lied when 
he had pronounced sentence. But it 
was not fact that Norbert Pons had 
dreaded so much, but uncertainty — the 
knowledge that there was danger, and 
the endless suspense of waiting for it 
to strike. Out of this suspense had 
come his morbid visions. 

This uncertainty was over now, and 
so there was a faint spark of relief 
glowing within Norbert Pons. The 
check on his natural courage was re- 
lieved. He looked straight into the 
cruel, reptilian eyes of the commander 
of the Venusians. 

“Mind if I have a cigarette before 
you take me out?” he asked quietly. 



The Venusian bowed with facetious 
grandiloquence. 

“Certainly that is a small favor to 
grant to one so soon to perish,” he re- 
plied. "Ooboh, give the , Earthling a 
cigarette, and light it for him.” 

Ooboh, the guard, responded quickly 
to the commands of his master, but 
took the precaution of keeping his 
demolition tube trained on the captive. 

“Thanks,” Pons murmured. 

For a minute he sat smoking and 
planning. He did not look at the black 
box, which rested out of reach on the 
table, for he did not wish the attention 
of the Venusians to be drawn to it. 

Presently he evolved a simple 
scheme. There was danger in it, but 
he was reasonably sure that at least 
part of it would work — if the awful 
terror that had gripped him before did 
not return. 

When his cigarette was half smoked 
he arose very slowly from the bunk, 
his eyes turned toward the Venusian 
leader who stood close at hand. 

“Well,” he said in a mild tone. 
“Let’s be getting along. I dislike wait- 
mg. 

At his first move, Ooboh, the guard, 
had leaped to the door, his demolition 
tube ready, but Pons seemed not to 
notice. His every act and gesture was 
calculated to check any hint of suspi- 
cion. 

“So be it,” said the Venusian leader. 

With slow, listless, biit precisely 
premeditated steps. Pons walked to- 
ward the door. Beside the stout metal 
table he paused, as if gripped by a mo- 
mentary absent - mindedness,, which, 
under the circumstances, could not 
have seemed odd. Idly his fingers be- 
gan to fumble with the litter on the 
table-top — papers, pencils, books, 
pipes. Many of these things might 
have been the relics of fond memories, 
to which he, a condemned man, might 
now be saying farewell. 

T he Venusian aristocrat behind 
him^ did not hinder, though Pons 
could guess that his cold eyes were 
watching him closely, and that there 
was a demolition tube pointed straight 
at his own back. 

' Gradually the Earthman turned his 




DARK SUN 



61 



attention to the black box. The dozen 
dials on its top were within reach now. 
Each of those dials controlled one^ of 
the twelve sections of the gravity-re- 
duction system. 

Now was the moment to act, if there 
ever was to be such a moment. Pons 
felt keyed up, as with a touch of stage 
fright. There was suspense in this sit- 
uation too, but it was not the product 
of a long period of morbid .brooding, 
which was now ended. It was the sim- 
ple, thrilling suspense of a man, fight- 
ing the enemies of his race. 

Still moving his hand slowly, he 
reached for the number 3 dial, which 
controlled the gravity-reducers under 
the landing stage. As if to do so were 
only a bit of idle fumbling, he twisted 
the dial to the zero point. The landing 
stage was now receiving the full 
weight of Khoraba’s pull. There was 
no audible sign of any result, for what 
atmosphere there was, beyond the 
walls of the plant, was too thin to 
transmit sound. The eyes of the Ve- 
nusian remained fixed on their captive, 
and so they were not warned. 

Pons felt a wave of fierce exultation. 
He had surmounted bis ghastly fear, 
and he had accomplished his main ob- 
jective. But he did not look through 
the windows toward the landing stage 
now, for he did not want to betray 
himself to his watchful captors. 

His fingers moved to dial 1, which 
controlled the reducers directly be- 
neath the floor on which he stood. He 
leaned forward a little, against the 
edge of the table. Then he turned dial 
1 a tiny bit toward zero. 

The result, however, seemed quite 
out of proportion to the minuteness of 
the turn. Norbert Pons,' yanked by 
the sudden magnification of his body- 
weight, pitched forward to the top of 
the sturdy table. He heard a grunt be- 
hind him, and then a clang of metal as 
a demolition tube, weighing many 
times more than it should have, was 
torn from the grasp of the Venusian 
leader and jerked to the floor. 

Both of the Venusians were taken 
completely by surprise. Neither had 
known what was about to happen, as 
Pons had. Ooboh, who stood by the 
door, dropped his weapon a split sec- 



ond after his master had done so. Then 
he crumpled up like a thing of jelly, 
and lay pinned to the floor by a tiny 
fraction of Khoraba’s gravity. A 
heavy thud told Pons that the Venu- 
sian aristocrat behind him had fallen 
too. Now the Earthman heard the 
rasping sighs of labored breathing. 

Pons was sprawled on his stomach 
ort the table-top. His heart and lungs 
were toiling painfully. Blood was be- 
ing literally pulled’ from his brain, 
making his consciousness vague and 
dim. Yet he was surprised that the 
sensations he was experiencing were 
not as terrible as he had once antici- 
pated. 

With ponderous effort he turned his 
eyes toward a window* The shapes of 
the vessels on the landing stage were 
changing slowly as the materials from 
which they were made yielded to the 
full strength of Khoraba’s attraction. 
They were flattening out like lumps of 
soft mud set cm a board. By now, 
every Venusian inside them was dead. 
There had been no time to put the re- 
pulsion plates in operation. 

From beyond the door of tb^ room. 
Pons heard excited mutterings, which 
reminded his hazy consciousness that 
there were things yet to be dpne. He 
gasped for breath. Then his hand, 
which seemed to weigh a hundred 
pounds, groped toward the black box 
a few inches away. He gave each of 
the ten dials which he had not pre- 
viously touched a quarter turn toward 
zero — enough to kill, but not enough 
to damage seriously any machinery. 
There were peculiar, heavy sounds, 
and the excited mutterings ceased. 

tr^HEN, once more, he groped for 
111 the number 1 dial. He turned it a 
very little more, gradually, so that the 
further increase in his weight would 
not overstep the ultimate limit of his 
endurance. At first every fiber of his 
body shrieked a protest of agony, then 
numbness began to set in. Pons’ act 
was dreadful self-torture, but it had a 
purpose. Venusians were accustomed 
to a slightly feebler gravity than 
Eartbmen; hence, logically, a Venu- 
sian’s endurance to the pull of Khora- 
ba should be slightly inferior to that 



62 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



of an Earthpian. 

He waited until he knew that his 
consciousness had almost reached its 
limit. Then, slowly once more, to 
avoid the danger of any sudden 
change, he returned the dial to its nor- 
mal position. Once more his body was 
approximately Earth-weight. , 

After a few moments he was able to 
stand on his feet again, Ooboh and his 
master were inert but still alive. Pons 
left them where they were until he had 
readjusted all the dials. Then he 
dragged them to a small closet, and 
locked them inside. 

Before beginning a tour of inspec- 
tion through the plant, he stood^for a 
minute before one of the windows 
which afforded a view of the landing 
stage and the wreckage upon it, and 



the black plain beyond. His head 
ached furiously, and his flesh was 
damp with sweat, but within him there 
was a strange, refreshing lightniess, 
and a sense of freedom from an elusive 
and terrible burden. 

There was a new and unaccustomed 
friendliness in the aspect of the dark 
star now. Even the thin, glowing at- 
mosphere, and the Pleiades above, 
seemed to smile. The forces of this 
dying colossus of space had yielded to 
his will and had fought in his favor. 
Though they might threaten, he wpuld, 
never fear them again. He knew that 
the wait for the freighters from Earth, 
would not seem so painful now, or so 
long. 

“Khoraba, old girl,” he muttered 
gently, and then he laughed. 



/ 



Nexf Issue: THE IRON WORLD, a Gomple+e Novele+fe of 
Robot Rebellion by OTIS ADELBERT KLINE 












In the dark his face and hands glowed with a phosphorescent luminosity. 





Author of “The Green Doom” “Day of the Brown Horde" etc. 



CANNOT vouch for the truth of 
all that happened on that chill 
J — L January night in 1935. Such an 
incredible experience is all too likely to 
leave one with a doubt as to his sanity 
at the time, especially when months of 
suffering and shock have followed as 
a contingent aftermath. 

But this I can vouch for — a memento 
that will remain with me the rest of 



my days, and even until death reduces 
my flesh to dust — a livid, crescent- 
shaped scar across my breast — a scar 
that burns and festers anew period- 
ically, with a pain so excruciating that 
it seems but yesterday that Darcondra 
marked me with his blighting wrath 
before he vanished, let us hope for- 
ever, from the ken of the race he 
coveted as an envoy of star conquerors. 





64 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



That night I had left my study desk 
early, and after several hours of ab- 
sorbed tinkering with the electrical ex- 
periments which were my hobby, I sat 
down at midnight to relax with the 
customary tall glass of rum toddy. The 
fireplace had never seemed more cheery 
as I lay back, drowsing in the. Morris 
chair. I had just picked up two new and 
remote stations with my short-wave 
set, and my old theory of inevitable 
television was fast materializing. I 
was reviewing the thesis of my next 
article for the Reform World — to de- 
fend the practicability of television — 
when the knock came at my door. 

It was a queer sound, not at all like 
human knuckles would make, but more 
like a tiny hammer-head muffled in a 
leather stall. 

I got up puzzledly. I hadn’t expect- 
ed any callers. My bachelor study and 
hobby lab were remiotely located in 
Walden Park. Even in milder weath- 
er few callers interrupted my volun- 
tary seclusion. And ,with the ther- 
mometer at ten below, it seemed noth- 
ing short of an emergency that had 
brought some one to my door at that 
hour. 

As I turned the lock I noticed a faint 
radiation of warmth, as if the cold snap 
had broken. I opened the door and I 
was momentarily dazed not only by an 
unquestionable wave of inrushing heat 
but by the remarkable aspect of my 
visitor. 

“Good evening,” I said, almost sub- 
consciously. 

“Good evening,” a voice replied — a 
voice hollow and metallic, which, while 
the mouth opened and the lips moved, 
seemed to issue indeterminately from 
somewhere in the chest or abdomen. 

“You are Walter Selds, the science 
writer?” 

“I am,” I affirmed a bit stiffly, look- 
ing my caller up and down in an amaze- 
ment and suspicion which must have 
been obvious in every lineament of my 
face. J 

“You will pardon my boldness, I am 
sure, when I inform you that I bring a 
message of sensational significance to 
Earth science.” 

“Earth science?” I couldn’t help 
emphasizing the planetary qualifica- 



tion, “Why, certainly — ” I hastened — 
“I’m always interested in new discov- 
eries. Come in.” 

I’d had the usual experiences of press 
men and science publicists with quacks 
and monomaniacs and it crossed my 
mind that here was another that had 
to be tactfully disposed of. But the mo- 
ment the door closed behind my visitor 
I knew different. This man had an air 
of dynamic assurance — and. more ; he 
impressed me with a vague, quickening 
dread. 

There was something awesomely un- 
natural about him, an impression jolt- 
ingly fortified by the inexplicable radi- 
ation of heat from his body or from 
something hidden in. his clothes. My 
parlor had been comfortably warm be- 
fore he entered ; it was now uncomfort- 
ably hot — and the heat was remarkably 
like that throtvn off by large quantities 
of rotting vegetation. 

H e didn’t take the overstufFed easy 
chair I offered, but sat down 
stiffly on a hard-bottomed stool beside 
the fireplace. 

“Will you join me in a toddy?” I in- 
vited, while mentally gathering my re- 
sources' for defense against any crim- 
inal violence that might threaten from 
this midnight visitor. 

“Thanks, no,” he cut me off shortly. 
“I have no need of stimulants as you 
may have observed from the tempera- 
ture of my body. We will dispense 
with all subterfuge immediately. My 
mission concerns the future of all 
human life on this planet, and I must 
impress you from the beginning that 
any attempt you may make to thwart 
me will mean the swift destruction not 
only of you and your entire race, but 
every trace of human handiwork on the 
face of your Earth !” 

So astounded was I by this blunt 
ultimatum that I could only stand and 
stare. Under any other circumstances 
I’d have considered myself confronted 
by a lunatic, yet the metallic, tripham- 
mer tones of the voice as it delivered 
its imperious ukase, the emanation of 
alien heat, the subtly alien aspect of 
the man in several particulars, trans- 
fixed me with an awe and misgiving 
that an ignorant savage might experi- 



DARCONDRA 



65 



ence upon confronting one of his idols 
in the flesh. 

“First of all, you must be convinced 
of my identity,” the voice rasped, the 
eyes burning intensely, fiercely com- 
pelling, into mine. “Study me care- 
fully.” 

He arose to oblige me. 

A man of medium height and weight, 
of undistinguished features. At first 
glance he might have answered the de- 
scription of any of a thousand average 
Americans. The overcoat, suit and 
hat were commonplace. There was 
nothing unusual in the form except the 
rigidly erect carriage. The strange- 
ness lay deeper than that — an odd, 
glowing pallor of the skin — an unnat- 
ural brightness of the eyes — and that 
persistent aura of pungent heat given 
off through his clothes. 

“There is certainly nothing usual in 
your — er — personality,” I faltered, 
checking a husk in my throat as I be- 
came more certain than ever of an in- 
credible other-worldliness in the deep- 
er aspects of my visitor. 

I saw his gleaming eyes flash to the 
reading lamp and thought I noticed a 
glimmer of fear or uncertainty as he 
said brusquely : 

“Turn out the light.” 

There seemed nothing to do but 
comply. I heard him mutter some- 
thing under his breath as I pulled the 
switch chain, plunging the room in 
darkness save for the flickering flames 
of the fireplace. Then I was blanching 
at the spectral change in this self-in- 
vited guest who was fast proving him- 
self the master in my ovim house. 

In the dark his face and hands 
glowed with a faint, phosphorescent 
luminosity. And through the fabric of 
his clothes I noticed tiny sparks flying 
off and vanishing like the disintegra- 
tion of radium seen under a powerful 
microscope ! 

“My God!” I cried. “Who— what 
are you?” 

“Turn on — the light.” Again I no- 
ticed a slight hesitancy in his tones, 
some repressed association of uncer- 
tainty with the light. 

A S I snapped on the light feeling 
like a man in a trance, my inquis- 



itor stepped jerkily to the library table 
and picked up the daily paper. 

He pointed to an item on the front 
page. “Read that.” 

I had already read the gruesome 
story. A car found burned at the side 
of a lonely,^ road two days before, its 
owner missing, the body presumably, 
but unaccountably, entirely consumed 
in the flames. The man’s name, dis- 
covered by tracing the motor serial 
number, had been Ralph Bates. 

“My body is that of Ralph Bates !” 
rasped the voice. “But I am a Storla 
of the Cosmos, and my name in your 
language is Darcondra.” 

“Darcondra!” I repeated numbly. 
“You mean to say you are life from out- 
er space?” 

“Exactly!’’ the answer was impa- 
tient. He ripped open the paper to an 
inside page, tapped one finger to a brief 
item concerning the falling of a small 
meteorite in a nearby township. 

“It was not a meteorite that fell that 
night,” he informed me curtly, “What 
they saw was my landing upon Earth 
in my natural state. I am a scout, as 
you call it, for the legions of my kind, 
who are at present swarmed on the 
edible worlds of Alpha Gentauri, your 
nearest star system.” 

“Edible worlds?” I echoed the star- 
tling phrase, which seemed to choke 
me in its utterance. 

“Precisely. Perhaps you know, or 
have theorized, that life is relative, as 
is true of all states of matter and even 
distances in terms of infinity?” 

“Yes,” I stammered, “Herbert Spen- 
cer expounded that theory years ago 
and others have elaborated on it since.” 
“It is, of course, a mere theory with 
you regarding life in the Universe, but 
you have seen, or will see, that it is a 
fact with the Storlas, who have seen 
it demonstrated in a mjnriad other 
forms of life throughout space. We 
Storlas are ionized protoplasm, that is 
as nearly as I can convey a definition 
of our substance in your language with 
its mental limitations. 

“Our sole means of subsistence is the 
energy you C2dl electricity, whose 
source originates in the magnetism of 
a planet body. We live somewhat like 
your storage batteries, and when we 



66 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



exhaust the stored energy of a world 
we migrate to another and other 
worlds. Incidentally, when we leave a 
world, it is in the process of disintegra- 
tion for want of the magnetic preserva- 
tive you call gravitation.” 

I looked in frank horror into the 
hard, brilliant eyes, felt a qualm of 
nausea stealing through me from the 
waves of alien heat that beat incessant- 
ly upon me from this infernal visita- 
tion in human guise. 

“And what have I to do with all 
this?” I, muttered. “You astound me 
with statements of incredible powers, 
yet you come to me as ifT could be of 
service in my feeble earthliness.” Sar- 
casm crept into my tones, a desperate 
sarcasm, for I wavered between a con- 
viction of my own madness and the 
terrible dread that the millennium was 
at hand. “For instance — you might 
demonstrate how you assumed the 
form of this Ralph Bates whom you 
have evidently murdered.” 

HERE was no hint of irony or re- 
sentment, no emotion whatsoever 
in his voice or manner as he replied — 
only impatient baste, and an egotistical 
indifference' to me as a personality or 
even an important factor in his oppo- 
sition. 

“Ionized protoplasm, as we have 
evolved,” he explained swiftly, “may 
take any shape and appearance of sub- 
stance it chooses provided actual con- 
tact can be effected with a model. You 
have a process by which you trans- 
mute metals to a certain degree. In 
the concentration of copper, for in- 
stance, you may immerse a piece of 
scrap iron in a sulphuric or hydro- 
chloric acid bath, and in time the iron 
is replaced by copper. Precipitation, I 
believe you term it, the Douglas-Hunt 
process. It is the . identical principle 
by which I assumed the. physical 
matrix of Ralph Bates. I am not, of 
course, actually mere protoplasmic 
flesh. Note this — ” 

He stepped to the fireplace, plunged 
one hand into the red-hot coals, which 
glowed white immediately, blistering 
the room with heat. For nearly a min- 
ute he held his hand in that miniature 
furnace before he withdrew it and dis- 



played the member uninjured. Before 
I could recover from my amazement, 
he turned to the library table, picked 
up a curved oriental knife that I used 
as a letter opener, and' as I staggered 
back in stupefaction, he calmly passed 
the blade through his neck as if the 
flesh were mere butter. 

Holding the severed head in its 
hands, the headless corpse confronted 
me motionlessly for several minutes 
with no sign of bleeding. Then the 
arms moved mechanically, set the head 
back on the stump of the neck, where it 
fused in place immediately, a tiny band 
of sparks showing briefly where the 
ghastly incision had been made. 

Darcondra’s lips moved again, the 
eyes awakening with supernal life. 

“You observe,” he droned on, “how 
futile would be any effort to oppose me 
in my wishes. Your bullets, explo- 
sives, acids, even your death-rays could 
not destroy me. I neither breathe nor 
eat as you do. You might rend me to 
atoms with your bombs, and I would 
re-coalesce immediately, wreaking a 
frightful vengeance of utter destruc- 
tion upon my would-be assassins. As 
for my destructive powers — if I. ex- 
erted but a fractional degree of the dor- 
mant heat possible for me to generate 
and radiate at will, I would fuse you 
and this house to powdered ash. The 
entire neighborhood would be left a 
charred ruin, where not even plant life 
could ever find root again.” 

My terror knew no bounds now. 
Either I had gone stark mad or I faced 
the most terrible peril that had ever de- 
scended upon mankind and Earth. 
Edible worlds ! Devouring conquerors 
of the cosmos, sweeping from star sys- 
tem to star system; sapping the very 
foundations of life from the matter that 
fostered it ! 

Surely no man had ever visualized 
such a crisis, let alone confronted it in 
cold reality. "I alone knew of this thing. 
One puny, protoplasmic hunian against 
this indestructible demon of stellar 
space — this godless monster who was 
the vanguard of a world-destroying 
horde. 

I panted in the insufferable stench 
of body heat. Sweat bathed my brow 
and palms that was not wholly due to 




DARCONDRA 



67 



temperature. I must carry on — must 
in some way circumvent this Caliban’s 
ghastly designs. 

“But I still can’t understand what I 
can do for one of your infinite powers.” 

I GASPED, hands clenching as I 
steadied my tottering will to think 
and act with some measure of effective- 
ness. 

“You are convinced, then, that I am 
what I have said — that nothing you or 
your race can do can thwart me?” 

“I can’t help believing the testimony 
of my senses,” I confessed, weakly. 

“Then you will cooperate fully if I 
promise mercy to your race?” 

“Mercy!” I cried. "What mercy 
could such monstrosities offer who sap 
the very foundations of a world’s exist- 
ence?” 

Again no smile, no human reaction 
whatever. Like a relentless, intellec- 
tual machine, Darcondra droned on. 

“You have no choice but to accept 
my propositions on my own terms.” 
He snatched up the knife with which 
he had severed his head, clenched it in 
his fist. A blinding, choking wave of 
heat seared my face. Then the knife 
fell leadenly to the floor, a lump of 
cooling, blackened slag which no 
longer retained even its virtue of mal- 
leability. 

“I accept!” I cried. “Tell me what 
you wish, but in the name of universal 
life, let me intercede for the innocents 
of my kind. Anything^ — anything — ” 
He sat down mechanically, and I 
thought I caught a crafty evasion in 
his fishy glare. 

“There is an interference to our mi- 
gration here — a mere trifle” — unmis- 
takably I noticed again that flicker of 
uncertainty — “you have an unprece- 
dentedly crude means of utilizing the 
natural energy which is the Storla’s life 
flame. I refer to your electricity. These 
power systems are offensive to u^ and 
will cause us no end of irritation and 
inconvenience when we come in great 
numbers after my return to Alpha Cen- 
taur! with reports of an edible world in 
this system. You are a well known au- 
thority on science publicity, in a posi- 
tion to communicate effectively with 
the presses, the radio broadcasting 



units and the seats of political power. 
In fact, it was your signature to various 
news features that prompted me to 
trace you through the directory. Under 
my direction you will inform all neces- 
sary authorities that the electrical pow- 
er systems throughout the entire world 
must be completely demolished as soon 
as possible.” 

“But I can’t guarantee — ” I was mo- 
mentarily stunned. 

“Of course they will think you mad,” 
Darcondra interrupted impatiently. “I 
anticipate that. But you will follow up 
the ultimatum with an announcement 
of a demonstration to prove my exist- 
ence, my absolute power. On a set day 
I will destroy utterly any designated 
aggregation of matter. I will permit 
your powers to choose what shall suf- 
fer the test, and at the stated hour I 
will consume it. If other demonstra- 
tions are necessary they shall be pro- 
vided with largess — but without fur- 
ther choice of your powers as to where 
my vengeance shall fall. Sporadic de- 
struction will continue until the powers 
of all Earth nations begin a concerted 
demolition of all electric power con- 
duits, storage and generator plants. 
There must be no vestige of artificial 
electrical generation on Earth when the 
Storlas arrive.” 

“And the mercy you offer human- 
ity?” I implored. “What shall I tell 
them — some hope to hold out for our 
survival as a race?” 

Darcondra did not speak for a mo- 
ment. 

“There are other worlds,” he said 
presently and with obvious indiffer- 
ence. “We may assist you in devising 
transportation to another world in your 
system. Beyond that I can promise 
nothing.” 

I knew then that Darcondra’s offer 
of clemency was but a subterfuge. This 
monster of alien life had no morals, no 
compunction whatever as to honor in 
gaining his ends in the frightful forag- 
ing of his fellow hosts. I did not 
breathe my conviction, but I knew 
from then on that if I served as medi- 
ator for Darcondra I would be an in- 
strument of humanity’s destruction — 
nay, even of Earth’s destruction as a 
habitable planet in space. 



68 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



NE dim ray of hope remained — 
the one hint of weakness I had 
been able to discern in this terrible 
creature’s supernal armaments. Elec- 
tricity ! Our “crude” method of harness- 
ing the invisible power that perme- 
ated the Universe. At every mention of 
electricity in Earth connotation 1 had 
observed a fear — if fear it could be 
called — of our voltage conduits and 
power stores. 

Emotionless though he was, I had 
perceived this dread behind Darcon- 
dra’s subterfuges of “irritation,” “in- 
convenience.” This ghoul of worlds 
would never have trifled with indirect 
negotiations if our electrical develop- 
ments were actually a “mere trifle” in 
the Storlan conquest of Earth. 

“It will require thought — it is a great 
undertaking,” I stalled, desperately. 
One hand, slippery with sweat, fum- 
bled to a box of cigarettes on the table. 
I took one with trembling fingers, 
placed it between my lips. 

“No thought is necessary!” Darcon- 
dra rebuked me impatiently. “Merely 
dictate duplicate telegrams to all the 
departments of power by means of your 
telephone.” 

He was watching my cigarette with 
a curiosity tinged with contempt. He 
didn’t seem to notice my hand move to 
the electric lighter on', the table, wired 
from a plug in the floor. In my flair for 
electrical apparatus, a parlor lighter 
was but one of many a freak extrava- 
gance in such appliances. 

Darcondra’s hand rested along the 
edge of the table as he sat rigidly, star- 
ing at me coldly, compellingly. The 
lighter switch, in the process of open- 
ing and closing, invariably emitted an 
arc of crackling, hot sparks, which 
could induce an unpleasant shock if 
contacting one’s flesh. 

Suddenly, with my heart in my 
mouth, I opened the switch and shoved 
the tiny, sputtering arc at Darcondra’s 
inert hand. I knew I faced probable 
instant death, but I was hardly pre- 
pared for all that ensued. 

Darcondra leaped back, uttering a 
grating screech. His eyes bulged in 
livid terror, fixed in fearful fascination 
on the sizzling tongue of flame from 
the arcing lighter. 



I feigned surprise, abject apology, 
with all the courage I could muster. 
Darcondra’s fear and fury reacted ap- 
parently spontaneously. His clothes 
smoked with a flicker of released heat. 

I saw his pallid, glowing skin redden 
like blown embers before he regained 
full self-control, an instant later. 

As I drew back the lighter, switched 
it off, he was glaring at me as if he 
would read my mind. Those terrible 
eyes were asking, “How much does he 
know? Can he suspect the truth?” 

“I was overwrought — I didn’t rea- 
lize,” I groveled. “It is only a lighter 
for this weed we smoke.” 

“It is nothing,” he said coldly, com- 
pletely recovered, once more a consum- 
mate master of guile. “I am amused 
by this vandal means you employ in 
utilizing the vital forces of the Uni- 
verse. It is a deplorable waste. All such 
devices must be destroyed with their 
sources of generated power. You will 
begin mediation at once.” And he point- 
ed to the telephone on a small table at 
one side the archway between the par- 
lor and my laboratory where the lights 
were turned out. 

M y SENSES swam giddily as I 
got up, the cigarette dangling 
cold and forgotten in my lips. My heart 
hammered lantil it seemed the rush of 
blood would blot out all consciousness. 
In that moment I prayed that I might 
faint. I knew the secret of Darcondra’s 
fear — yet how could I use it? What cer- 
tainty had I that my, first play in a 
tragic drama of trial and error would 
win? 

He followed me closely to the tele- 
phone stand. The stifling heat of his 
nearness, the charred scent of his cloth- 
ing, so nearly aflame a moment before, 
unnerved me. I was no hero for an or- 
deal like this— yet no man, not the veri- 
est craven, could do other than make 
one desperate stand to save his race 
and world from annihilation. If I blun- 
dered I would be destroyed with doubt- 
less thousands of innocents in the vi- 
cinity. And then another would serve 
in my stead. 

“Proceed!” Darcondra’s voice grated 
harshly in my ringing ears. “Procrasti- 
nation can avail you nothing.” 




DARCONDRA 



69 



But my eye had alighted on an empty 
contact socket hanging on its long con- 
nection cord beside the telephone stand 
and just inside the shadowed labora- 
tory. As I sat down to the telephone 
my left knee was within a few inches 
of the terminal of the cord. It was a 
socket I used in experiments requiring 
a build-up of high voltage. 

The step-up transformer on its stand 
against the wall inside the lab was in 
darkness, and I divined that its signifi- 
cance would not be clear to the creature 
even if he did discover it. In that high 
tension socket, near at hand, at least 
several thousand volts were on tap at a 
turn of the switch, for I recalled leav- 
ing the transformer at a high build-up. 

With my right hand I began scrib- 
bling notes and addresses on the pad 
beside the t ele p h o n e. Darcondra 
watched nie alertly on the right. I 
dipped down and up with my left hand, 
testing the socket switch in the move- 
ment to make sure it was open. Again 
my left hand strayed down to the sock- 
et as I took down the receiver with my 
right, called central. 

Talking loudly, excitedly to cover 
my secret maneuvers, I worked franti- 
cally with my fingers, plucking out the 
contact coil in the socket sleeve, until 
it stuck out like a serpent’s tongue. 
Now, with one quick turn of the socket 
switch, I knew that if I touched the 
protruding contact point, I would shriv- 
el to ash in seconds. What it would do 
to Darcondra I could not foresee, nor 
did I care. It was my first and last 
chance to win. 

Darcondra tensed as he seemed to 
notice for the first time the suspicious 
movements of my left hand. He started 
to step behind me, to investigate, when 
I swept up the socket as if I held the 
haft of a knife. One wild yell I sounded 
as I buried the contact point in the 
Storla’s luminous face. 

A hideous screech blended with my 
own mad shout. I felt a withering band 
of flame sear my chest as a satanic hand 
raked me. A blast of weltering heat — 
then a jagged ribbon of blue flame 
hissed and blazed where Darcondra 
stood under the high voltage circuit. 

I saw his clothes wilt and wither in 
a smoking glare, and as I reeled for- 



ward blindly with a despairing cry I 
knew that the monster had vanished in 
the grounding of the circuit in the 
earth beneath the house. 

T he chill of the outer night aroused 
me later. I dimly recall crawling 
on hands and knees along the street, 
the house wrapped in furious flames 
behind me. I do not remember who 
found me or when. I was taken to a 
hospital in delirium, frightfully burned. 

My recovery was tediously slow, 
complicated by a nervous malady allied 
to shell-shock. For months I was hard- 
ly ever rational. The burn on my. 
breast, where Darcondra’s hand had 
raked in the instant before the high 
voltage disintegrated him, was last to 
heal, its condition sorely puzzling the 
doctors. 

It was generally presumed by my as- 
sociates and the press that I was 
burned accidentally during an electri- 
cal experiment which also set fire to 
the house, and that the shock of the 
ordeal affected my mind. In truth, no 
sign of anything unusual was ever 
found in the ashes of my house in Wal- 
den Park. 

And so I have only the scar as cor- 
roboration. Darcondra, scourge of 
eternity, if he was ever as real as my 
memory pictures him, vanished utterly 
in the process of some annihilating fu- 
sion with the high tension circuit. He 
alone could explain the phenomenon, if 
in his evident dread of our power, he 
fully understood it himself. 

Now a haunting dread lives with me 
of what the future may hold for Earth 
and my fellowmen. Can we long hope 
to evade the descent of another envoy 
of the Storlan hordes? And will there 
be one fortunate enough to thwart him 
in his ruthless designs as I did? 

Sometimes I entertain the faint hope 
that Darcondra, being indestructible, 
was not really destroyed — that his 
blasted atoms reformed again in space, 
returning to his kind with a tale of ter- 
ror that will forever absolve Earth 
from ultimate pillage by those scaven- 
gers of the void that somewhere, at this 
hour, are sweeping in meteor masks 
From world to world, leaving immortal 
devastation in their wake. 




A BRAND-NEW, FASCINATING FEATURE 

By J. B. WALTEB 



BOUNCING GLASS! 

A new product has been intro- 
duced recently to the market 
which may quite properly be consid- 
ered a resilient glass. It has all the de- 
sirable qualities associated with glass 




and in addition a number of additional 
properties that have been sought for 
many years in a perfectly transparent 
hard glasslike product. It is a poly- 
mer of methyl methacrylate. It may be 
colored or it may be produced clear as 
crystal, free from the slight tinges of 
green or yellow found in ordinary 
glass. 

It is non-shatter able, and can be 
drilled by an ordinary drill or cut with 
a regulation saw. A tumbler made 
from this product will weigh but half 
as much as one made of ordinary glass. 
If dropped on a hard floor, instead of 
breaking into fragments, it will bounce 
from the surface and remain intact. 

WE SEE BETTER THAN FLIES 

T he eyes of man are three hundred 
thousand times as efficient as the 
eight hundred eyes of the housefly. 
The eye of the housefly is compounded 
of four hundred non-focusing eyes 
called “Ommatidia” which, lead direct- 
ly to the brain. The eye of the dragon- 
fly is'-'^compounded of about thirty 



thousand ommatidia. No wonder pop- 
ular opinion has credited these insects 
with phenomenal vision! 

But the eye of man throws a focused 
image upon one hundred and thirty 
million tiny rods and cones, each of 
which conveys a message to the brain. 
Thus the human eye is more than three 
hundred thousand times more efficient 
than the eye of the housefly, and more 
than four thousand times as efficient as 
the eye of the dragon-fly. 

THE SOLAR SYSTEM IS THE 
OFFSPRING OF TWO SUNS 

F rom the earliest days of astron- 
omy, scientists have been offering 
theories to account for the planets that, 
circle our sun. None have been sug- 
gested that have not met with serious 
objections. The newest theory which 
has not been seriously challenged to 
date, is that the sun was a twin to 
another similar great orb. For cen- 
turies they circled about each other in 
space. Then a disturbance caused 
these twins to collide. The fragments 
from that ancient cataclysm produced 
our Solar System. 

TERMITES OUTLIVE MAN BY 
/MILLIONS OF YEARS 

F or all his vaunted superiority, 
man must bow to the cockroach, 
the ant, and other termites, when one 
considers the rnost important achieve- 
ment of all, the ability to go on living, 
whether conditions be favourable or 
otherwise. Neither glacial epochs, nor 
world wide disaster has destroyed the 
termite. 

Man and all the species of man, has 
been on the earth, by the most liberal 





SCIENTIFACTS 



71 



calculation, less than thirty million 
years. But the termite, with little 
change, has been shown by scientists 



to have been an inhabitant for more 
than three hundred and sixty million 
years. 

EXTREME COLD PRODUCES 
MUTATIONS 

HE story of evolution is a tale of 
variation between parent and off- 
spring. The Darwinian theory ex- 
plains the gradual change caused by 
changing environment. Slight changes 
occur from generation to generation, 
each change adapted to fit the off- 
spring more perfectly that his parent 
to meet the changing conditions, until 
at length, the early ancestor resembles 
the living species but remotely. But 
there is another change, called muta- 
tion, which is sudden and abrupt. Nor- 
mal parents may bear a giant, or a 
dwarf. A white violet may bear red 
flowers. 

Such changes may be caused by 
changes in the germ plasma. The 
causes of changes in the plasma may 
be many. Three new ones may be 
added to the list. X-rays, cosmic rays, 
and exposure to extremely low temper- 
atures all may cause a mutation. 

LIFE'S DIVIDING LINE 

T he bridge between living matter 
and inanimate is passed. In the 
lowest form of life there has always 
been a sharp dividing line that set it 
off from inanimate matter. The scien- 
tist has always been able to say that 
cellular matter which was able to re- 
produce was live matter. While no 
matter how greatly, complicated was 
the molecular structure, inanimate 
matter was that which had no faculty 
to reproduce. 





Live matter never had been crystal- 
lized, nor has it had a molecular form- 
ula. But Dr. W. M. Stanley has re- 
leased his studies of the virus .which 
causes disease and destruction to the 
tobacco plant. Since it is self-propo- 
gating, it is surely living matter. But 
since it crystallizes and its molecular 
structure can be clearly formulated, it 
is surely inanimate. It is not too much 
to predict that it will be made in the 
laboratory from simple elements since 
much more complicated chemicals 
have been synthetised. This test tube 
product will live and reproduce. 
Simple life will be made by the chem- 
ists. 

DR. BLOWFLY! 



r^HE maggot, which is commonly 
know;n as the blowfly, infests and 
breeds in wounds that have not had 
proper attention. But very serious 
wounds have healed more quickly 




when inhabited by this unpleasant in- 
sect life than when kept clean and an- 
tiseptic. When faced with serious 
wounds which would not yield to the 
most expert medical treatment, physi- 
cians, who had observed this phenome- 
na on the battle fields of France, de- 
liberately infected the wound with a 
colony of maggots. Especially in the 
treatment of serious bone injuries, they 
got quick and excellent results. 

In cases of osteomylitis, a bone 
disease, the maggots cured cases that 
neither medical nor surgical treatment 
could help. About two years ago it 
was shown that it was not the blowfly 
itself but an excretion it produced 
which effected the cure. The excre- 
tion is known as allantoin. Today al- 
lantoin has been synthetised in the 
laboratory, and there is no further 
need to employ the unpleasant look- 
ing, but helpful, insect. 



The CHESSBOARD 
OF MARS 

ProFessor Thode Combs the Entire Ether Spectrum in 
Search oF the Elusive Psycho-wave — and Discovers 
a World Saturated with Vibrations of Hate I 

A Complete Novelette 

By EANDO BINDER 

Author of “’Judgment Sun,” “From Dawn to Dusk,” etc. 



CHAPTER I 

The Great Change 

TUPENDOUS things have hap- 
pened in this world, but nothing 
as stupendous as the Great 
Change that came over Earth iii 1938. 



At first it was just a subtle change, 
hardly noticeable. It was not a phys- 
ical change. Continents did not sink, 
nor did tidal waves engulf cities. Noth- 
ing visible or tangible occurred at all. 
Nevertheless, it was different. 

Manifestations were numerous, yet 
hard to define. First of all, a greedy 





72 





little nation dreaming the dreams that 
Caesar and Napoleon had also once 
dreamed, suddenly and inexplicably 
withdrew her powerful navy from the 
Hawaiian Islands, thus taking away 
the threat of war between herself and 
another gre:at power. At the same time 
she demobilized from the Siberian 
front, when it was expected that with- 
in a month she would have swept into 
the wheat fields of the north, robbing 
them from ,a frantic European nation. 
Not long after, these two enemies 
signed an everlasting peace treaty. 



That was the first major indication 
of the Great Change. It was not long 
after that the big powers of Europe, so 
delicately balanced on the verge of a 
disastrous war, demobilized from op- 
posing frontiers, almost all at once. 
And in another few months a dozen 
short and honest treaties made war re- 
mote and unthinkable. Before a decade 
had passed, all Europ^ united to form 
a commonwealth for the betterment of 
all concerned — a union not in name 
only, but in fact. 

These astounding results in the in- 



73 






74 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



ternational field were matched by 
equally amazing changes in the gen- 
eral, everyday life of mankind. People 
began to grow kinder toward one 
another. A feeling of brotherhood 
sprang up and waxed stronger day by 
day. It is safe to say that a person 
taken from the twentieth century prior 
to July, 1938, and transported suddenly 
to July of 1939, would swear he was 
on some other world than that he had 
known, because of the difference in 
human relationship occasioned by the 
Change. ' 

For instance, up in the hills of Ken- 
tucky, two lanky, bearded, drawling- 
tongued backwoodsmen, armed with 
rifles, faced one another shyly and 
finally shook hands. That was in Sep- 
tember of 1938. A few months before 
those two would have shot it out be- 
tween them, for their feud went back 
a hundred years. And so on and on. 

It was as though the human race had 
labored for countless centuries under 
an incubus of evil, which had suddenly, 
in July of 1938, been wrenched away 
from Earth and flung into the nether- 
most vc^ids of space. 

T he two experimenters stood be- 
fore a sprawling apparatus on the 
workbench, whose various unorthodox 
parts were connected with strands of 
silvery-looking wire, but paler in color. 
A modest fortune in beryllium, lay 
there, and its many lines were to carry 
a new type of energy — a leaping, 
sizzling kind of energy that would have 
burned copper to vapor, and would 
have caused even silver to weaken and 
soften. Some of the coils of beryllium 
were immersed in vats of liquid air to 
preserve them from a like fate. 

A dialed panel reposed at the center 
of the maze, with a series of button 
switches and illumined indicators over 
its surface. Hardly breathing, the two 
men watched the meters as the profes- 
sor slowly twisted one dial after 
another. Up above, hung from the 
ceiling, and connected to the panel by 
a single wire, was a triangle of delicate 
wiring, again beryllium. 

It was the aerial for psycho-waves. 
Suddenly there was sound, and the 
two men stiffened attentively. Yet it 



was not sound 1 Nothing came through 
the air from the apparatus to their ears, 
yet they seemed to hear voices ! Voices 
that went directly to their brains, with- 
out going through their auditory 
organs.. 

They were simply thought-waves, 
vastly amplified by the psycho-re- * 
ceiver, and so powerful that they im- 
pinged directly on the auditory seat of 
the brain. 

In awe and wonder they looked at 
each other’s toil-lined faces as they 
heard the cacophonous voices of a mil- 
lion different people. They were 
hopelessly entangled, like a radio re- 
ceiver attuned to the entire wave-band 
at once. 

“The voice of the world !” whispered 
Professor Thbde almost reverently. 
“The constant flow of thought that 
whirls about our heads and is never 
heard except in a few instances. Every 
human on Earth must always be think- 
ing something, but the thoughts can 
never be detected except by super- 
sensitive minds, and then only under 
exceptional circumstances — ^those care- 
fully arranged experiments in telep- 
athy. With this sort of receiver and 
amplifier, one can be in touch with all 
the world’s thoughts at once. Listen 
now while I turn the selector dial.” 
His face held a rapt expression. 

The scientist twisted the dial and 
clutched at his chest as a dry cough 
bent him almost double. He would 
have fallen except that Fred Bilte, his 
assistant, caught him in strong arms 
and helped him to a chair. 

“Success, Fred! Success!” cried the 
old scientist weakly when his coughing 
had subsided. 

That ecstasy of achievement had cost 
them ten years of painstaking research, 
and most of the professor’s fortune. 
Ten years before, j Professor Boris 
Thode, retired from the industrial 
boom that had enriched him, had said : 

“The mystery of thought ! How is it 
born? How does it manifest itself? 
Regardless of the - contempt that 
science associates with telepathy, I 
truly believe in it, and believe that 
thought can be transmitted as readily 
as voice, as light, as electricity, if only 
we knew the means 1” 



THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



75 



A t the time it had seemed to Fred 
Bilte that they had completely 
lost themselves in a maze of pseudo- 
science. They pursued research that 
was only half science, the other half 
something beyond. 

They had combed the entire ether 
spectrum in the search for thought- 
waves. Cosmic rays, gamma rays, X- 
rays had been the first three steps. 
Then had come the examination of sev- 
eral octaves only slightly explored by 
others. The ultra-violet, visible light, 
and infra-red had been dissected for 
their purpose. Another little known 
gap in the scale next, and then the ra- 
dio waves, and finally the alternating 
current waves. 

Each of these had been suspected in 
turn of being the range of psycho- 
waves, but "what they had sought had 
not been found. 

They had gone further. Above the 
scale they explored waves that were 
possibly the answer to the condensa- 
tion of nebulae, but were not in any 
w^ related to thought radiation. 

Then, below the cosmic rays, they 
came across radiations, half electro- 
magnetic, half something else, that 
were closely related to gravitation. 
These had proved to be a sort of transi- 
tion product between ether ema- 
nations and waves that had no measur- 
able velocity. Just as the Archaeop- 
teryx was a transition between reptiles 
and birds in prehistoric times. 

The Z-rays, they were tentatively 
named. They had a shorter wave- 
length than the cosmic rays and a still 
more terrific penetrative power. They 
were apparently the next step above 
the gravitation rays, which were un- 
doubtedly infinitely penetrative. In 
common with the latter, these Z-rays 
had an almost infinite velocity in that 
mysterious sub-ether beyond the elec- 
tromagnetic ether. 

It was only a year before that the 
professor had said, eagerly, tensely; 

“All electromagnetic waves have a 
constant speed, something over 186,000 
miles a second. These new Z-rays be- 
low the cosmic, of a different order, 
must have a far higher speed, possibly 
beyond measurement. And the pene- 
tration of thought, though figurative. 



is proverbial ! Come on ! There’s 
work ahead, and hope!” 

A month after they had succeeded 
in first absorbing thought-waves out of 
the air, they had completed a pair of 
miniature psycho-receivers modeled af- 
ter the big set, with which they planned 
to carry out tests of range and selec- 
tivity. These were contained in small, 
flat wooden cases that fitted easily into 
their pocket. The energy supply was 
a batterylike, tiny cylinder of cello- 
phane containing delicate coils of gos- 
samer beryllium. 

“It is simple,” explained the profes- 
sor at the doubt that was still in Bilte’s 
face. “Suppose we are separated now 
by a distance of a hundred miles. I 
send my thoughts out. Your receiver 
picks them up instantaneously and am- 
plifies them — ” 

“But what amplifies them?” insisted 
Bilte. 

“Your own thought emanations!” 
the old scientist smiled. He was again 
a jump ahead of his assistant. “Your 
own psycho-waves, constantly contact- 
ing the receiver-coils in your pocket, in- 
duce a psycho-current which amplifies 
the far weaker waves coming from me. 
There is an analogy in radio transmis- 
sion ; very weak stations are sometimes 
caught up in the carrier wave of a pow- 
erful station and are thereby greatly 
amplified. The carrier wave of your 
psycho-waves will similarly pick up 
and strengthen my incoming emana- 
tions.” 

“But then I will be receiving both 
sets of thoughts — ” 

“Well, I hope,” grinned the profes- 
sor, “that you can distinguish your own 
thoughts from mine !” 

Bilte grinned sheepishly in return. 
“Then as long as these test receivers 
are done, let’s try them Out.” 

“All right. You have a sister in Los 
Angeles, Fred, whom you haven’t vis- 
ited for some time?” ^ 

“Not for three years.” 

“Then take a trip down there, and 
we’ll see if these psycho-phones, as we 
may call them, will give us an un- 
broken connection. Each hour during 
the day, on the hour, we will connect 
up and transmit to one another short 
sentences of any kind, which each of 



76 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



us will record in writing at both ends. 
Then, on your return, we’ll compare 
notes. Now pack up, and go, but be 
back in two weeks.” 



CHAPTER II 

Mass Psychology 



felMILTE returned from Los Angeles 
M© July 1, 1938. That date meant 
nothing in particular to the two ex- 
perimenters, but to the world it was to 
mean that three weeks later would 
come the Great Change. 

A comparison of notes indicated that 
their connection had been complete and 
perfect at all times. It struck a sort of 
wonder in their minds to think ' that 
two humans, separated by hundreds of 
miles, could converse freely with but a 
slight mental effort. 

Radio was much the same, but re- 
quired ponderous apparatus and much 
attention. With the- psycho-phones, 
communication was magically simple. 

Professor Thode was elated at the 
success in this first step to-ward applied 
■telepathy, but Bilte noticed before he 
had been back long that the elderly 
scientist seemed pre-occupied. Even 
while comparing notes and comment- 
ing on the different phases of the ex- 
periment, the professor’s lattention 
wandered erratically. 

“What is it professor?” asked Bilte 
finally, pushing the written pages 
aside. 

Professor Thode started and then 
motioned for them to go into the labo- 
ratory. Striding to the set with which 
they had first received outside thought 
waves, he snapped the on-switch. He 
made no motion to alter the tuning. 

Suddenly it came, a loud\ “voice” — 
yet it was not a- voice as those other 
thought pickups had been. It seemed 
to be more of an emotion that had 
somehow been converted into a psycho- 
wave. No actual word-thoughts were 
distinguishable, yet the general mean- 
ing of the message became clearer as 
the amplified emanations continued to 
radiate from the set. 

Bilte looked in amazement at the 



professor as he felt his heart pump 
faster and his muscles unconsciously 
tighten. 

“Just what is it?” he asked, per- 
plexed. “It isn’t really a definite mes- 
sage. It seems more like a — an emo- 
tion ! As if we had tuned in the inco- 
herent thoughts of an enraged man!” 

“Whatever it is,” murmured the pro- 
fessor, “it comes in from at least a hun- 
dred different psycho-wave-lengths, 
like a chain station ! And there’s some- 
thing ominous, threatening about it!” 

They stared at each other silently 
for a moment. 

“Just what do you think it means?” 
whispered Bilte. \ 

Withholding an answer, the profes- 
sor pointed to the panel board. A fine 
needle, delicately balanced on a sharp 
agate pivot, reposed there in a hollow 
formed by a group of beryllium coils. 

“I’ve constructed a psycho-sensitive 
unit,” explained the professor, “which 
will point to the source of any psycho- 
wave when connected to the big set. 
Watch.” 

As soon as the mysterious message 
began again to emanate from the set, 
the sensitized needle flicked back and 
forth in wide g 5 rrations. When it grad- 
ually subsided it pointed out of the 
window across the blue of the Pacific. 

“Which means,” said the old scien- 
tist, “that the source of the radiation 
lies somewhere out in the Pacific — or 
across it, in Asia. With the power with 
which it comes in, supposing it to be 
at least a thousand miles away, the 
source must be a greatly energized one. 
Obviously, no single human mind could 
produce such a powerful thought- 
emanation without some sort of ampli- 
fication.” 

“You mean,” gasped Bilte, “that 
someone else has — has accomplished 
what we have and — ” 

ROFESSOR THODE nodded re- 
luctantly. 

“Either that, or it may be the com- 
bined mass radiation of a group of peo- 
ple.” His eyes narrowed strangely. 
“Mass psychology directed toward one 
goal — almost mass hypnotism. This 
psycho-message that we receive so 
powerfully and bn so many different 




THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



77. 



wave-lengths may be the fighting spirit 
of a nation, feeding and constantly re- 
newing itself on military propaganda! 
You will notice that the needle pointed 
directly west— directly toward Japan!” 
Then he stirred himself at Bilte’s in- 
credulous stare. 

“Yes, far-fetched I know, Fred. 
Either of the two possibilities has me 
intrigued. I couldn’t rest without 
knowing the true answer. Therefore, 
we’ll track down the source of this 
super-powerful psycho-radiation !” 
Aboard an ocean liner speeding to- 
ward Japan, the two experimenters be- 
came daily more excited as the needle 
never failed to point westward to the 
land of flowers and sloe-eyed people. 
It was a half day before docking that 
they made a final test. They watched 
the swinging needle come to a rigid 
halt. 

The professor uttered a surprised ex- 
clamation and bent lower over the 
needle. 

“Good Lord ! It isn’t pointing to 
Japan now, at least not to Japan proper. 
It lines up — ” he hastily unfolded a 
map of the Japanese archipelago — 
“with the first of the Kurile Islands!” 
He sat down weakly. “That then 
precludes my theory.” 

Bilte fidgeted uneasily. 

“Well, if it isn’t the mass mind-de- 
lusion of a great number of people, and 
since it can’t be the emanation of one 
single mind, it must be a mechanically 
amplified psycho-radiation.” He shud- 
dered a bit. “The nearer we draw to 
the source, the more I feel a sort of in- 
voluntary animosity — a dissatisfaction 
with lots of things.” 

Professor Thode nodded. 

“I feel it too— rolling waves beating 
at our subconscious minds, stirring our 
fighting blood, just like fanfares of 
martial music! Foreign correspondents 
have mentioned that strange feeling of 
restlessness and militarism, as though 
all the nation were bathed in the fiery 
breath of Mars, god of war; as in Cen- 
tral Europe in 1913 and 1914. The 
breath of Mars — ” 

The professor’s voice suddenly 
hardened. 

“Suppose a Japanese scientist stum- 
bled on psycho-phenomena in his re- 



search, and progressed with it as far 
or farther than we, to the point where 
amplification of psycho-waves is pos- 
sible. Suppose he decided to conceal 
his discovery from the world, and in- 
stead pervert it to evil use — to the pur- 
pose of stirring his people to conquest ! 
That man could have set up to the 
north where our needle points, a pow- 
erful thought amplifier with which to 
accomplish that purpose!” 

“Very possible,” agreed Bilte gloom- 
ily. “But how could he — this hypo- 
thetical Machiavelli — control his ema- 
nations so that only the Japanese peo- 
ple were subject to their influence?” 

“He wouldn’t have to control them. 
The most direct and powerful of them 
would saturate Japan and the east 
coast of Asia, which is under Japanese 
dominance anyway. To the north and 
east and south, the radiations would go 
a long way before impinging upon 
large groups of other races. In fact, it 
may be those tailings of the original 
radiations that have so stirared Europe 
today, and placed it on the brink of 
another fearful internal war.” ^ 

It was perhaps at this point that the 
two men began to realize that they had 
stumbled onto things of major impor- 
tance. 

“Fred,” said the old scientist later, in 
a low fiercq voice of determination, “re- 
gardless of the consequences, you and I 
areygoing to trace down this mysterious 
psycho-emanation !” 



CHAPTER III 
The Sphere in Space 



T hey landed in Tokyo and imme- 
diately embarked again on a coastal 
steamer for Nemuro, on the island of 
Yeddo. Some seventy miles to the 
northeast was the first of the Kurile 
Islands, and the needle pointed rigidly 
in its direction. There was two days’ 
delay at Nemuro before much argu- 
ment and bribery convinced the Japa- 
nese port officials that the two Amer- 
ican tourists were not spies. 

In calm, clear weather. Professor 
Thode and his assistant, chaulfeiured by 



78 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



a taciturn native, motored their way in 
a launch to the island at which their 
needle pointed like a damning finger of 
accusation. 

By judicious use of a compass and 
their sense of direction, they were able 
to determine, three hours later, that 
they had reached the approximate point 
where the needle’s line of extension in- 
tersected the coast. They landed at a 
stretch of weed-grown sandiness. 
Standing on the shore, Bilte hesitated. 

“We are absolutely unarmed, profes- 
sor, and ,we don’t know what we are 
walking into — ’’ 

But the old scientist had already set 
the needle apparatus on the sand, an^ 
again closed the switch. The quiver- 
ing needle swung in a lightning quarter 
circle and fastened ri^dly to the north- 
west, without the least hesitant swing- 
ing back and forth as formerly. 

, The two men looked at each other 
significantly. 

^Tt must be very close!’’ whispered 
Bilte hoarsely. 

Professor Thode was already making 
his way toward a fringe of gnarled 
bushy growths further down the shore, 
beyond which nothing could be dis- 
tinguished. Almost like a robot he 
strode along, and Bilte felt it would be 
better to check him before he ran into 
something unexpected. But as he was 
about to call, he saw from the corner of 
his eye that the pilot was tugging at 
the launch to shove off. To the un- 
knowing pilot, the place seemed be- 
witched with ghostlike voices. 

With a shout Bilte turned back, and 
pulled him away before he could get 
the nose of the launch off the sand. 
And when Bilte next turned around, 
the professor was nowhere in sight! 

He stood a moment, undecided. Then 
he heaved at the launch with all his 
strength, pulling it as far up on the 
sand as he could. Thereupon, he left 
the beach, reasonably certain that the 
pilot, with his slighter strength, could 
not drag the launch clear by himself. 
At a trot, then, he made for the thickets 
and snapped on his pocket psycho- 
phone while he ran, hoping to contact 
the professor in that way. But it was 
a useless hope, as the' very strength of 
the projector’s emanations was suffi- 



cient to drown out any lesser psycho- 
waves. , 

Reaching the thickets, Bilte crashed 
through the bushy growths, unmindful 
of clinging tendrils and barbs that 
scratched his skin. Soon he came out 
upon clear land that sloped gently up- 
^ward for a hundred feet, and then 
abruptly veered off into a large depres- 
sion, i The professor was still nowhere 
to be seen, and a worried frown came 
to Bilte’s forehead. 

He ran forward toward the closer 
edge of the large depression ahead. 
When he had struggled up the short 
slope, the whole of the little valley sud- 
denly swung into his line of vision, and 
he stopped frozen dumbfounded in ut- 
ter amazement. 

A t the exact center of the huge de- 
pression was an apparatus whose 
top did not rise above the general 
ground level. Set on a wide spreading 
tripod, it consisted of nothing more 
than a colossal metal globe whose one 
surface — that facing southwest toward 
Japan — was punctured by a flanged 
aperture, as though from it something 
was meant to pour. 

Evidently that was the “projector” 
that he and the professor had suspected 
to exist on the island. But the other 
thing his eyes saw he was not to un- 
derstand until later. 

Back of the projector was another 
spherical globe of metal, but this did 
not seem to be a permanent part of the 
apparatus, since it was suspended off 
the ground a few feet. That in itself 
was astoimding — a large spheroid of 
metal hanging in the air like a feather ! 

At the same time that Blite saw the 
projector and the suspended globe, he 
saw the professor, and a hoarse, choked 
cry burst from his throat. He had no 
time to shout again, or to rush to his 
assistance. The suspended spheroid 
quite suddenly leaped through the air, 
right over the cringing professor, who 
had evidently been examining the pro- 
jector. 

A hole yawned in its under-surface, 
and — Bilte gasped in disbelief — the 
professor, without any voluntary mo- 
tion on his part, arose and catapulted 
into the, hole, as though an invisible 



THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



79 



gignt’s hand had yanked him off the 
grdund. 

Then the hole in the spheroid closed, 
and without a sound the amazing ob- 
ject levitated itself away from -Ae 
ground, and gradually disappeared into 
the blue sky. 

Bilte crouched at the depression’s 
edge for a full minute, unable to collect 
his scattered senses. Then he staggered 
in a daze back to the stretch of t^ach. 
Scratched and bleeding, enervated by 
the shock of what he had seen, Bilte 
hardly noticed at first that the pilot was 
frantically tugging at the launch, and 
had almost succeeded in shoving it 
clear. Bilte broke into a stumbling 
run, shouting madly, and arrived just 
in time to climb into the boat with the 
pilot. 

Hours later, Bilte awoke from a 
mental lethargy to notice the quays and 
docks of Nemuro rapidly approaching. 
Utterly deflated in spirit, he went di- 
rectly to his dingy hotel room. All 
that afternoon and evening he paced to 
and fro, trying to think coherently. 
What had the spherical vessel been? 
Where was the professor now? What 
was to be his fate? What should he, 
Fred Bilte, do now? What could he 
do! 

That same evening, dinnerless and 
sleepless, Bilte began to think he was 
going mad. He imagined he was hear- 
ing the professor calling his name. 
More than once he half turned, ready 
to swear the professor must be there. 
Suddenly he gasped, and with trem- 
bling fingers pulled out his pocket 
psycho-phone, cursing himself aloud 
for having completely forgotten that 
he had neglected such a direct means 
of communication. 

S MMEDIATELY, at. the snap of the 
switch, the professor’s psycho- 
voice reverberated in Bilte’s mind, call- 
ing his name over and over. 

“Professor I’’ half shouted Bilte. 
“Fred ! Thank God you’ve finally 
closed our contact. I’ve been trying 
to connect with you for hours.” 
“Professor, are you safe? Where 
are you? What — ” 

“Fred, stop! Listen to me. There 
is no time to lose. 1 can’t tell you 



much, because I haven’t found out 
much. But you’ve got to get away 
from Japan and back to the States — 
back to our laboratory. I’ve been 
locked into a little room in this ship 
without seeing anybody, but I know it 
has been moving all the time, its speed 
constantly accelerating, and must be 
going somewhere. That somewhere 
must be the hideout or headquarters of 
these people who have made the pro- 
jector. The one thing in our favor is 
that apparently they didn’t know you 
were with me on that island. That 
means I can relay what I learn to you. 

“But it will take the big set, back 
home, to do that if this ship goes much 
further. I will begin contacting you 
a^ain in five days, whether or not you 
give me a return call. If I’m out of 
range of your psycho-phone, I will have 
no way of knowing whether you are lis- 
tening or not, but it’s all we can do. 
Oh, if only our big set could transmit 
as well as receive 1 Anyway, I’m going 
to see the finish of this and pass what 
I find out along to you. Now get out of 
Japan and hurry 1” 

Perhaps the two servants in Profes- 
sor Thode’s laboratory-home were sur- 
prised at Bilte’s orders when he re- 
turned froi& their foreign trip. A 
couch was installed in the experiment 
room beside the big psycho-receiver, 
and meals were to be brought in regu- 
larly. He was to be left strictly alone 
at all times, and they were not to worry 
about Professor Thode — he had gone 
to China and would be back some time 
in the future. 



CHAPTER IV 
The Voice from the Ether 



I T was during the evening of July 
17, 1938, that Professor Thode’s 
psycho-voice first came over the big 
set. / 

“Fred, are you listening?” it began. 
“God! How useless for me to ask a 
question whose answer I may never 
know! I have just found out several 
things, one of which makes ^ impos- 
sible for you ever to contact me with 



80 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



the psycho-phone. 

“Fred ! I told you the ship was accel- 
erating. That puzzled me, and prob- 
ably you too. Only one type of ship 
would do that — a space ship. Well, I’m 
on a space ship !’’ ^ 

Bilte bit his tongue. Drops of blood 
fell unnoticed from his lips. 

The psycho-voice went on: 

“Yes, Fred, I’m on a space ship. Just 
an hour ago, the door of my prison 
opened and before me stood a creature 
— well, a creature. I will not attempt 
to describe him. You can believe me 
that I was thoroughly frightened and 
thought I was mad, especially when 
the creature spoke to me — in English 
— and addressed me as ‘Earthman.’ To 
make it short, he informed me that I 
was aboard a space ship bound for the 
planet Mars, and that he was a Mar- 
tian. My skepticism must have shown 
itself in my face, for the creature then 
took me by the hand and led me up 
corridors and passageways in this 
amazing vessel and finally brought me 
before a window. 

“And there it was — E^rth, a green- 
grey ball hanging in space! 

“You can’t imagine the shock of it, 
Fred, nor the wonder and glory of it — 
seeing the heavens from a space ship. 
The amazing blackness" of space, the 
steely stars, the impression of tre- 
mendous depth, the shuddering awe of 
its immensity. And then Earth — ^but 
a ball, a mote, hanging in the nothing- 
ness, its surface indistinct with a gauzy 
halo over it. , 

“I wonder how long I just stood 
there and stared! Finally I turned tp 
my guide. He seemed amused by my 
awe. 

“ ‘Earthman,’ he said, , ‘does your 
mind reel at these things? I see it does. 
Naturally it would. I forget that the 
undeveloped intelligence of Earth has 
thought of space travel as remote' and 
in the main improbable, if not actually 
impossible.’ 

“ ‘Sir,’ I said, not knowing how else 
to address him, ‘This is like a miracle !’ 

“The creature — or Martian, as I 
should say — ^laughed insolently and 
Fred, from that moment on I hated 
him ! It would be hard to explain why. 
Perhaps if his acid laugh, and the pe- 



culiar tones of his voice rang in ypur 
ears, you too would promptly hate him 
— this creature. His whole demeanor 
was condescending and arrogant ; oh^ 
ten times more arrogant and contemp- 
tuous than the most conceited ruler of 
Rome could ever have been. He made 
me feel, during those few minutes we 
were together, that I was a crawling 
worm that had to get out of his path 
before being stepped upon. 

“I am back in my little room— my 
prison — now. They have been feeding 
me regularly, a liquid food, very sweet 
but satisfying. The room I’m in has a 
higher air pressure than outside, and 
seems to be equipped especially for an 
Earthman. I wonder what that 
means? 

“Of course, a thousand and one other 
speculations have been torturing me. 
What was this Martian, and his com- 
panions, doing on Earth? What is 
their connection with the projection of 
thei psycho- wave that is inundating 
Japan with its insidious influence? 
Why am I being taken to Mars? 

“God! At times I feel I have gone 
mad, or that this is a horrible night- 
mare. And yet this seems to be real — 
Fred, tell me, am I — ” 

HE incoming jisycho-voice jum- 
bled for a moment. Bilte crushed 
his knuckles against the hard bench 
top till the skin cracked. Then again 
camei from the void : 

“I shall have to remember T am a 
scientist, Fred, and as such , must 
keep my wits. I’ve figured that I have 
been aboard now over six Earth days, 
and we can’t be more than halfway, if 
that. I suppose you have already add- 
ed a hexa-bank amplifier to the set. 
Probably you’ll have to add another to 
be able to catch my waves when and 
if I arrive on Mars. Thank heaven psy- 
cho-waves have such a great penetrat- 
ing power and — oh!” 

Bilte started and turned paler at the 
agonized gasp that registered from the 
professor. Then his voice again, 
broken : 

“Accelerating — tremendously — tons 
of weight — ’’ 

That was all and Bilte staggered to 
a chair, mopping a feverish brow. For 




THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



81 



twenty-four hours there was utter 
silence from the psycho-ether tuned to 
Professor Thode’s wave-length, and 
Bilte grew haggard in anxiety. In the 
early morning of July 19th, the sus- 
pense ended. Thereafter the professor 
radiated messages three separate times 
— a lost soul crying from a spatial 
-wilderness. Only Fred Bilte was ever 
to know the full details of Professor 
Thode’s three messages from the 
planet Mars. 

July 19, 2 A. M. 

The ship has landed on Mars, Fred. 
When I last contacted you a full day 
ago, our connection was broken when I 
was hurled against the wall by a ter- 
rific surge of the ship. Soon after I 
lost consciousness, and when I next 
opened my eyes, I could see through a 
window that we were no longer in 
space, but on a solid surface. In short, 
on Mars ! 

If I could somehow transmit to you 
psycho-television, perhaps you might 
then gain some idea of this Martian 
city that spreads before me. Imagine 
spires and towers a mile high ; bulbous 
dwelling places suspended at any and 
all heights ; majestic edifices that could 
house a hundred of Earth’s ocean lin- 
ers ; columnar decorations glinting 
with inlaid jewels and burnished met- 
als — all intertwined and connected 
with conduits and tunnels and such. 

This is a city of Mars I’m in, Fred, 
and the only city! 

I’ve found out many things. The du- 
ration of intelligent life on Mars goes 
back to a half million years ago. It was 
that long ago that the Martians had al- 
ready invented speech and writing and 
the first beginnings of science. Their 
early history— when Earth was but a 
primeval jungle— is curiously parallel 
to our recorded history: a series of 
wars, famines, pestilences, revolutions, 
and mass migrations. They had seas 
then and continents and islands, just 
as on Earth. 

It was a hundred thousand years 
after their first written records that 
spatial navigation became possible to 
their science, and the -Martians 
swarmed all over the Solar System. 
No life was found on any of the outer 
planets, nor on their satellites, by rea- 



son of their remoteness from the life- 
giving sun. Mercury supported a 
hardy silicic form of unintelligent life. 
Venus and Earth were steamy pots of 
struggling evolutionary forms of life, 
and man was yet unborn on our world. 

Thus the Martians were sole rulers 
and masters of the Solar System, For 
the next hundred thousand years the 
most precious and useful products of 
all the different planets were brought 
to Mars to further and make great 
Martian civilization. 

UT the next hundred thousand 
year period was a period of 
breaking down rather than building up. 
With the immense strides of their 
science, deadly and horrible weapons of 
destruction were developed, and' the 
various classes and races fell on one 
another and waged war. These peri- 
odic wars gradually became more and 
more catastrophic and disastrous, and 
the once teeming and thriving popula- 
tion dwindled. 

It is hard to believe, but my Martian 
mentor — his name is Sokon — intimated 
that for a long time the sole ambition, 
thought, and endeavor of all Mars was 
warfare and military dominion. First 
one race and then another gained as- 
cendancy in endless cycles that might 
have gone on forever. 

Truly, Fred, from what I’ve learned, 
this planet was rightfully, even if acci- 
dentally, named after the god of war — 
Mars ! . 

But it could not go on indefinitely, 
because of the rapidity with which the 
population dwindled. About fifty thou- 
sand years ago all the planet lay 
wasted and war-torn and its denizens 
numbered but a few millions, scattered 
all over the planet in little, proud, iso- 
lated communities, each a deadly en- 
emy of the other. 

You can surmise, that while the long 
series of wars went on, scientific ad- 
vancement was hampered and the 
peaceful trades fell almost to nothing. 
I am beginning to think, Fred, that 
warfare on Earth is a small thing com- 
pared to what it must be in such an 
advanced, superscientific world. 

But just when it seemed that their 
civilization was doomed to suicide — 




82 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



the few millions left would not feed 
their weapons more than another cen-' 
tury — a salvation came to them. 

That, Ered, is all I know of the story 
of Mars. For some strange — and I fear 
awful — reason, my mentor would tell 
me no more on the subject; How the 
unity of the warlike Martians was 
achieved I shall tell you when I find 
out. 

Someone is coming into my room 
now, Fred! Goodby! You’ll hear from 
me — if Providence wills it — as soon as 
I can manage, it in secrecy, as I fear to 
transmit in the presence of Sokon. 

July 20, 4 A. M. 

I have finally got the chance to 
transmit to you again, Fred, but you 
will never know what torture I went 
through for a while before I could 
bring myself to contact you again. Per- 
haps it would be better that you should 
never hear this that I have learned in 
the past day here on Mars. 

But I have made the decision to tell 
you all, Fred, and if it plunges your 
mind into a fog such as mine, God for- 
give me for the act ! 

Some hours ago Sokon took me to 
the roof of this giant building and into 
an airship. In this vehicle we darted 
over the immense mazes of this city to 
its outskirts. There the ship lowered 
to what must be the largest building on 
Mars. I estimate it at a mile square, 
yet it is not high. 

Not a word did Sokon speak all this 
time. But after landing on the roof of 
this Cyclopean structure, he faced me 
with a strange and dreadful smile. 

“Earthman,” he said with a wicked 
sort of gloat in his voice, “now you 
shall find the answers to all your ques- 
tions. Look around’’ — he waved an 
arm to include the conglomeration of 
strange apparatuses spread all over the 
roof near the landing field — “and know 
that from here is controlled the super- 
ficial destiny of Earth!” 

® F Earth! Of Earth! 

The searing thought rocketed 
through my brain and made me weak. 
What could he mean? I was soon to 
know. 

The apparatus, I might .explain, 
seemed to my. wavering mind a hope- 



less maze of geared machinery all cov- 
ered with some transparent protective 
material, from which protruded hun- 
dreds of long, thin spouts, or nozzles. 
Meaningless for the moment, but later 
they came to have a frightful signifi- 
cance. 

Sokon then took me down an eleva- 
tor, down into the 'building itself. I 
wish I could picture for you the scene 
that met my unbelieving eyes as the 
elevator door opened and I was led out 
upon a balcony from which could be 
viewed the entire interior, which was 
one immense room. 

All around nie was the gigantic 
columned interior. Evenly spaced 
across the floor were hundreds of rows 
of apparatuses something like organ 
consoles, in each of which sat a Mar- 
tian. 

Close scrutiny of one of the affairs 
just..,below me revealed it as a circular 
button board in the center of which sat 
the operator. As I watched, his long 
arm with its sensitive fingers flicked 
buttons with marvelous rapidity, caus- 
ing little pilot lights to flash. About 
his head was a maze of wires and tubes 
connected to the control board by sev- 
eral strands of heavy wire. 

But what use to describe to you 
something whose immensity and alien- 
quality you could never grasp, except 
that it relieves my fevered mind to tell 
of these common details. I will go on, 
as Sokon went on when I had recov- 
ered from astonishment and wonder. 

Sokon returned to the previous day’s 
talk and picked up the thread of the 
story he had'left unfinished. The Mar- 
tians, faced with self-inflicted extinc- 
tion, decided at last that it was foolish 
to fight among themselves when they 
could satiate their battle lust in a way 
not at all harmful to their ' persons. 
Earth had been explored) and on its 
surface had been found a form of life 
with rational intelligence, inhabiting 
forests and caves — the Paleolithic 
Man. 

A diabolical plan was conceived, and 
with a hue and a cry the Martians 
adopted it in boundless enthusiasm. 

With their marvelous science, and 
their full and complete understanding 
of psycho-phenomena, they built psy- 



THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



83 



cho- transmitters capable of projecting 
psycho-beams all the way to Earth, 
which would give the Martians prac- 
tical control of the activity of mankind 
on the young world ! 



CHAPTER V 
The Chessboard of Mars 



H CAN see you now, Fred, trembling 
and pale, not daring to believe. 
And yet, it is God’s truth ! 

These control boards, at each of 
which sits a Martian like a gloating 
tyrant, are psycho-transmitters which 
project to Earth, at the will of the 
operator, any sort of psycho-emotion 
or actual direct thought. You will 
understand that the Martians have re- 
fined and improved their apparatus be- 
yond our understanding, so that they 
can either fasten like a leech to one cer- 
tain mind of Earth, or to a group, or 
to a whole nation, and pour their in- 
sidious psycho-emotions forth like' a 
foul wave of slime. 

And the sole purpose and aim of each 
Martian is to wreak as much bloodshed 
and harm as he can on Earth ! 

So all through the ages, while abo- 
riginal man gradually arose from igno- 
rance and darkness to the glimmerings 
of intelligence, the Martians have been 
holding mankind back, instigating 
wars, tribal battles, personal fights, and 
internecine revolutions, satisfying their 
bloodthirsty, warlike natures in play- 
ing warlord to Earth ! Like an evil en- 
tity in the heavens, the Martians have 
been strewing the pages of Earth his- 
tory with blood and gore and hatred 
and discontent. 

It has always been the wonder and 
surprise of most intelligent people of 
our time, Fred, why mankind had wars 
at all, why there was constant bicker- 
ing and battling when things could be 
settled so easily in more peaceful ways. 
“The beast in us” it was called, but ac- 
tually it was the beast being put into 
us ! And God only knows how far 
ahead the world might be on the road 
to true civilization if it weren’t in the 
fatal, bloody grip of Mars. 



All through the ages, then, our super- 
ficial destiny has been guided from 
Mars by beings who, not willing to bat- 
tle themselves, have instead caused 
battles and bloodshed on another 
world. Sokon tediously traced Earth 
history for me, with which, naturally, 
all Martians are smugly familiar, and 
showed me all the innumerable inci- 
dents which we thought to be the 
course of fate and which were really 
the results of the Martians’ psycho- 
waves — a. vicarious means of satiating 
their lust for battle. 

Just to give a few instances. Alex- 
ander the Great, world conquerer, was 
started on his bloody career by a Mar- 
tian psycho-beam that from babyhood 
on stirred his fighting and ruling 
nature. The psycho-emotion goaded 
him and tormented him till he had to 
obey its call, and partly under its guid- 
ance, and partly due to the conditions 
under which he lived, he swept . out 
from Macedonia and poured blood on 
dozens of battlefields. Alexander’s 
whole army was constantly under the 
influence of a psycho-beam from Mars 
which made them so vicious and fight- 
ing mad that they swept all before 
them, includfng the Persian hosts of 
Darius. 

Then Attila the Hun. His invasions 
were first conceived in a Martian brain 
and then forced on him so that he be- 
came one of the bloodiest and most 
vicious scourges in Earth’s histofy. 
His little slant-eyed troops were bath^ 
in a psycho-beam so powerful that 
some of the worst atrocities of all time 
were the result. 

P”I|^HEN Napoleon, the little corporal 
J4L who as a youth dreamed of a great 
France. His dreams were not his own 
— they came hurtling across millions of 
miles of space and were implanted in 
his sensitive and keen mind. He arose, 
lashed by the hammering psycho- 
beams, and swept all Europe, wallow- 
ing in blood, sacrificing human lives in 
absolute indifference. Yet it was not 
Napoleon himself who cared so little 
for human life and suffering. It was 
the Martian across space who chuckled 
in glee when vast armies swept to- 
gether and decimated one another. 



84 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



Then, in the modern world that we 
know — the fearful carnage of the 
World War when mankind had ad- 
vanced enough scientifically to produce 
terrible weapons that reminded the 
Martians of their own disbarred ones. 
In telling of this last Earth war, let me 
mention again the building and its 
psycho-controlboards. 

The boards are divided among all the 
different nations that were formerly 
represented on Mars before their union. 
Each group, still, as proud and hateful 
as of yore when they battled with guns 
instead of psycho-waves, concentrates 
itself on. a certain warlike project on 
Earth. For instance, for the World 
War, the Martians decided to make it 
a grand and glorious game between 
two and only two sides. 

Accordingly, half the boards were 
then relegated to control the Allies, and 
the other half the Central Powers. 

I will never be able to erase from my 
mind, Fred, the unutterable look of evil 
glee on Sokon’s face as he told me that 
never in all their fifty thousand years 
of playing bad the Martians had so 
much “fun” as during the World War! 
It had been a grand game and had^.oc- 
casioned intense rivalry, and they had 
been sorry when it had finally ended! 

Think of it, Fred! All Earth, every 
section and corner of it, constantly 
under the evil influence which darts 
from Mars at instantaneous velocity 
and submerges it in psycho-waves 
which have as much to do with the des- 
tiny of Earth’s peoples as their own 
hampered efforts to rise above brutal- 
ity and bloodshed and suffering! 

The chief occupation of the Martians 
in the past ages of their civilization had 
been warfare. Now their chief occupa- 
tion is playing on this gigantic chess- 
board of Mars, moving humans in 
paths of fate like the chess player 
moves his pawns and pieces !- 

And, Fred, the Martians had so much 
enjoyment out of the last World War, 
that they have again decided to play 
such a two-sided game. Japan is to be 
the nucleus of one warrior group, and 
Russia the nucleus of the other. They 
plan, so Sokon tells me, to draw into 
this war all the nations of Earth in a 
grand melee which they intend to make 



a dozen times more horrible than the 
last holocaust! 

Furthermore, Sokon informed me 
that the projector set up on that Kurile 
island, which we first thought to be the 
work of an Earth madman, is part of a 
secret plot of his to beat the other side. 
One of the “rules” of the game is that 
neither side shall set up concentration 
projectors on Earth itself, as this 
would give too much of an advantage 
to incite Earth all at once and destroy 
it completely. Sokon and several of 
his arch-plotters secretly went to Earth 
a year ago and set up the projector. 
This will incite the Japanese much 
faster than the enemy and cause them 
to arm more quickly and fight more vi- 
ciously. 

T his reveals to me the true deca- 
dence and evil of the Martian na- 
ture in general. Whatever was the 
initial cause, the Martians grew up 
with a far greater heritage of warlike- 
ness than — I am sure— ever reposed in 
Earth-people’s basically gentle natures. 

God, Fred ! Hovv long will my mind 
remain coherent when every second 
the thought beats a frenzied rhythm of 
hopelessness that Earth will never be 
free of the bloody Martian clutch till 
some far distant future when the two 
worlds may battle for supremacy. 

If only there is something I could 
do ! If only there is some way I could 
destroy them! 

Good-by, Fred ! Perhaps good-by for 
good. Sokon is waiting for my reeling 
mind to break down; He does this now 
and then with Earthmen, delighting to 
watch them fall to pieces when know- 
ing the truth. If there is anything 
more I might want to transmit, wait 
for me a full Earth day. If I do not 
call by then, you will know that I am 
dead. 

In a silence that seemed to ^ho with 
the Satanic leers of other-world demons, 
Fred Bilte moved about the laboratory 
with a sort of aimless purpose. He rum- 
maged in the cabinet, taking from it 
papers covered with scrawled formulae. 
Hours later he took the sizeable batch 
he had collected and burned them 
wholesale on the tile floor, opening a 
window to let the acrid smoke out. He 



THE CHESSBOARD OF MARS 



85 



stared until the last flame went out. 
The secret of psycho-detection would 
not leave the laboratory. 

Then he went to his couch. His eyes 
glinting with a bleakness like that of 
frigid space itself, he stretched himself 
out stiffly. His face was like a graven 
wax mask. He waited, not caring to 
sleep. He refused entrance to the man- 
servant with a tray of food, and in the 
early hours of July 21st the professor’s 
voice came again: 

Fred! Fred! Are you there? Pray 
God you are. He had not tortured me 
enough, Sokon, so he again dragged me 
to the chessboard of human life not 
many hours after the first time, and 
went into vivid detail more horrible 
than I dare to relate to you, Fred. 

Suddenly an enormous thought 
struck me. A mad thought. Yet it 
may have been a sublime thought. I 
will soon know. 

Sokon, whom I will curse in my dy- 
ing breath above all other Martians as 
the master fiend of them all, took me 
into the section whose psycho-boards 
are on the enemy side — Russia’s side, 
you know, in this titanic Earth war 
they are instigating. One of that side’s 
members threw a taunt to Sokon, which 
he returned with interest. The taunt- 
ing grew and became a quarrel between 
the two Martians. 

I merely stood by, seeing a plain ex- 
ample before my eyes of how warlike 
and hot-headed Martians are when even 
in their game they will come to blows. 

It was then the thought struck me. 
I obeyed my sudden inclination to 
carry it through and dashed away from 
the two bickering Martians, and ran 
further into the section whose mem- 
bers are opposed to Sokon in the war 
game they are playing 

a BETRAYED Sokon at the top of 
my voice and told his opponents of 
the illegal projector which had been set 
up on Earth. Head after head stirred 
from the boards and jerked up. Doz- 
ens of pairs of eyes within range of my 
voice heard and grew wrathful. 

Then Sokon came bearing down on 
me, having heard a little and surmised 
the rest. He fastened his baleful, 
speckled eyes on me, and my voice died 



in my throat. I made a brief prayer 
and waited for death. 

But it did not come! No, it did not 
come, Fred! 

I opened my eyes a moment later to 
find a dozen Martians, all enemies to 
Sokon, protecting me -from him. Fur- 
thermore, they were demanding some- 
thing from him and I could easily 
guess what. 

I know little or nothing of just what 
was done then. I was led by the hand 
to a little cupola of transparent mate- 
rial which overhangs the entire interior 
of the building. In it are strange in- 
struments that I can guess are deadly 
weapons. This cupola, I surmise, is a 
sort of policing center to insure peace 
in the assembly. The guns are on piv- 
ots and can rake any part of the build- 
ing. 

I am here in that cupola above the 
chessboards now, Fred. I have not been 
fed for several hours. My throat is 
parched and dry. I am numb from 
mental agony. Yet a faint spark of 
hope has been bom within me. Not 
hope for myself, no. What does my 

single lif ,.can ? But hope for Earth ! 

Perhaps the investigation will result in 
removal of the projector on Earth. 

That there is an investigation in 
progress, I know. One of the fellows 
up here in the cupola — there are doz- 
ens of them, equally divided in alle- 
giance — casually told me that as soon 
as the right part of Earth’s surface 
turns in the direction of Mars, their 
powerful telescopes will examine the 
Kurile Islands for that outlawed pro- 
jector. I asked what would be the re- 
sult when it was found. He made a 
shrugging gesture, but I noticed that 
his hand unconsciously caressed the 
gun near him. 

There is nothing more to say, Fred, 
except that there is unrest in the very 
atmosphere around here. I can almost 
feel the hatred and suspicion welling 
up between the two sides. What the 
outcome of my action in betraying So- 
kon will be, I don’t know. But almost 
all my suffering at that devil’s hands is 
repaid at the thought that at least I’ve 
put him in a troublesome predicament. 

The voice ceased. Later it burst forth 
again, trembling with excitement : 




86 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



A message, Fred! A message cor- 
roborating my story — the telescopes 
saw the projector! Also they saw 
something more — a space ship landing 
beside it and blowing it to drifting 
dust. Sokon had sent a space ship post 
haste to Earth to destroy the incrim- 
inating evidence of his treachery, but 
too late ! 

I hardly know what to say about 
things here now. Excitement is run- 
ning high. Many Martians have left 
their boards and are gathering in little 
groups. There is much shouting back 
and forth. The very air is electrified 
with wrath and hatred. Sokon is down 
there conferring with his henchmen. 
His opponents are glaring angrily in 
his direction, for he has been a leader 
of the other side. 

T he fellows up in this gun-cage are 
very nervous and fidgety. They 
have in their hands the power, prob- 
ably to wipe out all below them. The 
sympathizers of Sokon in the cupola 
are sitting at their guns. The others 
are watching the scene below. They 
should be — 

Something’s beginning now ! 

A group from Sokon’s, opposition is 
running at him, shouting. Sokon faces 
about in fear — it is the beginning of a 
mob riot ! They near him . sev- 

' eral Martians tumble in the rush . . 
God! . . . Sokon gunners just shot 
down a livid bolt of something that 
whiffed a dozen' Martians to dust! 
Now the opposing gunners retaliate 
with a bolt to the other side! 

It is a battle royal now ! 

Without restraint the gunners are 



shooting down rioting Martians! 
Hundreds have been converted to 
puffs of vapor. Good! Good! This in 
a small measure repays Earth for the 
sacrifice of her murdered people. This 
thing is getting bigger and bigger 
perhaps it will become . . 

Yes! Part of the roof has been dis- 
integrated. At its edges appear Mar- 
tians from the city with weapons that 
they rapidly install like machine-guns 
. the disintegrating bolts are be- 
coming thick . . . the battling and 
rioting is turning into an actual war. I 
can see centuries of repression swell- 
ing into a terrific bloodlust. 

I see a giant airship . . it hovers 
above the roof the roof puffs 

away . a searing ray springs from 
the ship . it is sweeping in circles 
and in its path nothing remains . 
death for the Martians my heart 
sings ! 

The gunners here are busy wiping 
out their fellowmen in absolute war- 
madness. It is awful, that look in their 
eyes! Now is my chance. I am 
stealing over to the giant chessboard 
psycho-transmitter. A few twists of 
several different levers, and I am ready 
to start. 

I’m wiping out the entire bloody 
planet, Fred . . I’m concentrating on 
the thought that every Martian kill his 
neighbor, kill himself Never be- 

fore have the psycho-waves been used 
at such short range The psycho- 
transmitter is now focused to envelop 
all Mars with its waves of hate . . . 
I’m not leaving this machine until I 
have destroyed every Martian, one by 
one 



WHAT IS YOUR SCIENCE KNOWLEDGE? 

Test Yourself by This Questionnaire 

1 — How many electrons are there in a potassium atom? 

2 — What is Polyphemus, in the astronomical sense? 

3 — What is the lightest element? 

A — What is the Douglas-Hunt process of precipitation? 

5 — Name five different rays known to science. 

6— Will a perfect vacuum carry an electrical discharge? 

7 — What insect can travel better than eight hundred miles an hour? 

8 — What is chlorophyl, and how is it used 'by plants? 

9 — How do single-celled organisms multiply? 

(A Guide to the Answers Will Be Found on Page 121) 




3Y 

’(Ni@TiHS(R' 

T(HI& SfiilRTf^l 

7 T.. 



t^/VABe.£ TO W/THSTAf^O TH£ SUPER- 
POCt^EPPUC THRl/ST OF THE ONCOF)/HG ELACteRS 
/^AHHIHOS GREPCr SHYZCRAPERS WOULD 
^^f^ORE THE /RRES IST/BLE 

f-fRei-y that not on£ 
f^^ORt-O'S TWENTY-FtVE ORERTEST 
C/T/ES WOULD •SURVfUE THIS HOLOCAUST/ 




■ Smarms of humanitt 
MOULD migrate, in giant 
ROCKET FLEETS TO tUSTANT 
PLANETS /N ORDER TO 
escape the ice doom.' 




IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE 
^SCIENCE WOULD MAKE A LAST 
STAND FtGAINST THE CRUSHING 
MOUNTAINS OF ICE. TREMENDOUS 
POWER STATIONS, EACH EMAN- 
ATING INFRA-RED RAYS OP HEAT, 
WOULD attempt TO MELT THE 
TOWERING ICE WALL/ 




HUGE RLOAT/NS CITIES LIRE 
ARMS, POWERED BY ATOMIC 
ENERGY, WOULD CRUISE THE 
UNpROXSN OCEANS. WAITING 
FOR THE GLACIEPS TO RECEDE / 




/N DESPERATION MANRIND'-'- 
WOULD RESORT TO SUB- ■ 

; 'VRRANeAN habitations. 

, THIS WOULD PROBABLY BE.- :'.R 
The safest and most 
PRACTICABLE retreat.':. 




RENEGADE 



l. TT" 






The Ways of the Ether 
are Strange When a 
Spaceman Seeks 
to Betray 

By J. HARVEY 
HAGGARD 

Author of “Faster Than Light,” 
"Human Machines,” etc. 



? SPACE 
'i SUITS 




Tiant struck past the open visor 



T he lower corridors of the V. 
S. Pelledaria were empty. El- 
lord Tr^jit became aware of this 
fact by cautiously peering down the 
rampway from the low-deck quarters, 
and he chuckled to himself. He had 
just heard the chief purser muttering 
perplexedly: 

“I can’t understand it, at all. We 
came down over the trap-doors of the 
Arachnidas here on the 42XY Plane- 
toid, and our Y-beams failed. They’ve 
built a barrier down there, from a 
knowledge of our weapons that could 
only have leaked from our own ranks, 
but I hate to think of a terrestrial as a 
— a renegade.” ' 

Renegade ! What would the purser 
have thought if he could have known 
that his assistant, Ellord Trant, was 
the renegade of whom he had spoken ! 

For four Earth hours the V. S. Pel- 
ledaria had rested on that invisible 
barrier, a bare two hundred feet above 
the rocky asteroid. Men dared not 
go down on the barren surface, where 
trap-doors would swing up from the 
seemingly unbroken expanse, leaving 
them helpless before the barbarous, 
chitin-garbed Arachnidas, whose 
nightmare fighting fangs and talons 
would tear into the flesh of defense- 
less Earthmen whose ray dissemblers 
had been rendered useless. 

Renegade ! But they could not 

know of those Core Dwellers within 



the asteroid, whom the Arachnids 
warriors served, or of the amaranth 
eyes of Her, fairest of the Core Dwel- 
lers. Ellord Trant chuckled again as 
he thouglit of her, and scanned the 
low-deck. He would not go unre- 
warded if this merchant vessel of il 
space was delivered as a prize to the 
Core Dwellers, as others had been in, 
similar coups. That message over the 
ether-phones to his captain had seemed 
simple enough, an emergency call 
from desperate captives on a satellite 
world. There was no possibility that 
anyone would suspect a trap. 

Those bubble-capped trap nests of 
the natives had retained all of the 
appearance of innocence, until the 
first barrage from ambush had melted 
the outer gravity sheaths vyhite hot, 
and then ran dripping down the hull. 
From that moment the V. S. Pelle- 
daria had rested on an invisible bar- 
rier, unable to loose the pent-up ener- 
gies that sought to drive downward 
at the rugged surface. 

From where Trant stood, he could 
see disc spaceports, beyond whose 
transparency were auras of noxious 
purple, a protonic emanation that 
clung to the scarred hull of the old 
space-dog ship like a battered armor. 
Occasionally he saw brilliant crimson 
flashes as the rays flashed upward 
from the entrenched warriors . of 
Planetoid 42XY. 



RENEGADE 



89 



E was in luck. Perhaps it wasn’t 
so strange that the low-deck 
was empty. Up in the midmain, the 
gunners were manning the Y-beams 
that circled the V. S. Pelledaria’s hull, 
hoping against hope that the barrier 
would vanish and the destructive 
energies be loosed again. There were 
no men to spare. 

Ellord Trant made his way to the 
ispace toggings compartment, and 
suddenly cursed. It was locked se- 
curely. A metallic footfall obtruded 
in the quiet, ringing from the ramp- 
way. He looked up then, for another 
figure was coming down, and his eyes 
narrowed as he saw that the newcomer 
was clad in space-suiting. Now the 
other was so close that he could feel 
the vibration of heavily shod feet 
clumping on the berylumin floor. 

“Ellord Trant! What are — ” came 
startled, questioning words from the 
helmet. 

“Curtiss !’’ He saw quick suspicion 
twinge across bland, whitened fea- 
tures. The words stopped then, for 
Trant’s clenched fist had ripped across 
the intervening space. Curtiss seemed 
paralyzed with surprise. Trant had 
struck quickly, his fist passing the 
opened visor and thumping a telling 
blow against the bared chin. The man 
in the space suit flailed out awkward- 
ly, unable to escape the swift succes- 
sion of blows rained oh his unpro- 
tected face by his more agile adver- 
sary. 

Presently he slumped to the floor, 
unconscious, and Ellord Trant 
breathed heavily as he stripped the 
body and donned the space suiting. 
Turning oxygen from the shoulder 
compressors into the helmet, he 
breathed deeply, crept to an airlock, 
and stared through the sheathed glass- 
ite scanner at one side. 

Trant’s pulse was throbbing; for a 
moment he wondered if his jaded 
emotions were entertaining some 
small S3rmpathy for these terrestrials 
he had betrayed. It had been an 
accident that he^ of all Earthmen, 
had seen the faces of the- Core Dwel- 
lers, and continued to live, despite 
the ferocious Arachnidas that lay em- 
bedded in trap-embankments over the 



entire surface sphere of Planetoid 
42XY, emerging merely to prey upon 
and ravage the smaller of passing 
space vessels that were lured to their 
rocky world. 

Yet it seemed a long time since that 
day he had first shared the confidences 
of Her. His searing glance razed 
space; he saw the lower bulging sur- 
face of the space ship hovering over 
the grey planetoid and glimpsed futile 
rays flashing harmlessly down at the 
blistery embankments of the garri- 
soned Arachnidas. 

Queer, this dazed sensation that 
swept over him; he could remember 
his entire life, not distinctly, but 
vaguely, and the battered face of the 
man he had just overpowered kept 
creeping into his consciousness. Then 
he was cursing, shouting, coughing 
against the transparent cowling of his 
helmet, for he had seen a reflection 
of a man crawling close to the floor, 
and the bruised face was that of Cur- 
tiss. He wheeled, but found the com- 
partment empty. 

“Ellord Trant!” whispered the 
space-phones in his toggings accus- 
ingly. “You are the renegade. We 
didn’t know.” 

LLORD leaped forward swiftly, 
for that ionic communication 
had seemed to have emanated from 
other head-sets than his own. He was 
reasonably certain that Curtiss could 
not have recovered in this short 
length of time. His body was tingling 
numbly; he wondered all at once if he 
had heard anything at all. If it hadn’t 
all been just his conscience. He was 
quite aloiie. Even his shouts had 
aroused none of the crew that usually 
loitered about low-deck. 

No time to lose now. Trant turned 
and whirled the tumblers of the air- 
lock. His pulse jerked like a trip- 
hammer. Every pore of his body was 
exuding perspiration. He stood in the 
cubicle and let the inner door fasten. 
In the momentary darkness a hy- 
sterical elation seized upon him. He 
recalled every delineation of Her, as 
she would be in the subterranean sanc- 
tuary, waiting. 

Oddly enough he could not feel 






90 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



triumph over the cul-de-sac into which 
he had betrayed the terrestrial ship. 
That counterfeit ether message had 
played upon their softer sentiments, 
had taken advantage of the fact that 
they were — Earthmen. 

A bare two hundred feet of vacuum, 
empty beneath the undifFused yellow 
sun of space, separated the V. S. Pel- 
ledaria from the corrugated terrain. 
With the gravity-belt, Trant could 
make the intervening distance in a 
clean-driving dive, decelerating his 
speed near the surface to alight softly 
on his feet near one of the apertures 
beyond which lay safety. Then the 
Arachnidas would ascend and pillage 
the helpless vessel. 

He stood in the orifice now. His 
breath came fast as he prepared to 
leap. His gauntlet rasped against the 
metal hull, and he felt the air in the 
lock cubicle rush past into the 
vacuum. The sound that rattled from 
his mouth was not pleasant to hear. 
He thought fleetingly pf Curtiss again, 
and kicked out as he fell downward. 

For a moment he plummeted head- 
long; his universe was clouded with a 
strange settling pallor, like the tawny 
down of Her lustrous hair. A million 
stars enveloped it; something 
wrenched at every fiber of his being. 
He was enveloped in a flaming con- 
flagration that materialized almost too 
suddenly to register the pain that tore 
deeply. 

High up in the bridge tower of the 
space ship, Captain Kurdley stood 
nervously over his visor screen. 

“I had the low-deck cleared, except 
for Curtiss,” he said. “It’s in a danger- 
ous area. We tested the static charge 



of the asteroid three hours ago, and 
have been building up an opposite 
charge ever since. If it wasn’t for the 
vacuum it would tear across the bar- 
rier, destroy it. Yet a perfect vacuum 
will not carry an electrical discharge.” 

“Perhaps something is wrong,” sug- 
gested an under officer, staring at a 
space chronometer. “Two minutes 
have passed since Curtiss went below. 
The gunners are ready to man the Y- 
beams if he succeeds.” 

For some time the photon rotors had 
been trying to do the impossible, to 
generate a spark of searing electricity 
that would span the two hundred foot 
void below. Captain Kurdley’s chin 
was trembling. Muscles knotted in his 
cheeks as he leaned uncertainly 
against a control stanchion. He hated 
to see a man go willingly to sure 
death, even though the sacrifice would 
not be in vain. 

^ THUNDEROUS concussion rang 
through the vessel from stem to 
stern. Through the prow visors they 
saw the space-togged man dive' down- 
ward, saw the blinding flash of un- 
leashed electrical fury that leaped out 
and followed. At the same time, the 
V. S. Pelledaria lurched aside, un- 
guided but freed of its shackles. From 
the midmain came the exultant shout- 
ing of the crew. 

Captain Kurdley frowned to hide his 
emotion. 

“Someone had to leave a path of 
tenuous air, mushrooming in his wake 
from an airlock, to enable the dis- 
charge to leap across the vacuum. It 
worked. Now let them attack. Poor 
Curtiss!’: 



CONQUEST OF LIFE 

A Powerful Novelette of Laboratory Magic 

if EAUP© 



— in the Next Issue 



GREEN HELL 




Frampton sprayed the greenies with a chloride solution. 



The Planed Versys is &he Fester Sp©t ©f the S@iar System — 
amid No Wonder^ with its Strange Chl@r@=men 

and the Whizzing Flies i 

iy AUTHyR 1C. BAINES 

Author of “The Emotion Solution,” etc. 



T he compact metal-walled house 
rose on its four spindly legs, 
twenty feet above the spongy 
earth. Around it, swirling sluggishly, 
clung the eternal Venusian mist, dank 
and hot and miasmatic. 

A figure resolved slowly from the fog 
before the house, a young man dressed 
in the thin rubberized garments of the 
Venus colonials, the broad-soled boots 
that enabled men to traverse the many 



dangerous spots of steaming marsh- 
land. 'The young man stared keenly at 
the house, then withdrew a few yards 
into the all-enveloping obscurity. 

Prom the rotting bole of a fallen 
giant cycad he drew a tiny portable 
broadcaster, designed to operate on a 
tight beam. The diminutive micro- 
phone was equipped with a “scram- 
bler” which made low voice tones high, 
and high tones low, thus precluding 








92 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



any danger of interception of a mes- 
sage except by someone equipped with 
an “unscrambler.” 

The man spent perhaps five minutes 
calling and delivering a brief message, 
after which he returned the equipment 
to its hiding place. 

Once again he came into view in the 
little clearing before the house. Pant- 
ing heavily, he climbed up the steps to 
the narrow, encircling porch, then 
paused to wipe the sweat from his fore- 
head and take a last look around. It 
was young Ben Frampton. 

“God, what a hole!” he muttered 
aloud. 

He had left the sweet, cool Earth 
scarcely two months ago, and had ex- 
perienced only a half dozen or so of 
Venus’ week-long, dragging days and 
endless, bitterly cold nights. Already 
he was heartily sick of the place. Des- 
pite the temperature-regulating layer 
of carbon dioxide in Venus’ upper at- 
mosphere, the strangling humidity and 
man-killing heat was almost too much 
to bear. The sub-zero nights could be 
combatted with furs and heat units, 
but the heat — God ! ' 

Nor was that all. Frampton despised 
the ever-present, sickly grey-green 
mists that throttled vision and choked 
the lungs. He never wanted to see 
again the scanty vegetation, the tall, 
lonely trees shooting high through the 
fog desperately striving to reach the 
sun, broad-bladed leaves spread wide 
to catch ever faintest seepage of the 
rare rays of sunlight. He was nause- 
ated by the innumerable corpse-white 
fungi that sprang up every day from 
the damp ground, with their puff-balls 
popping incessantly to cast their spores 
about and propagate their nasty breed 
the more. 

He hated the - devilish work that 
went on in that strange place. And 
most of all he had a deep-seated ab- 
horrence for the company whose name 
was printed in chromium over the door 
of the station — Interplanetary Enter- 
prises, Inc., Station No. 9. That was 
what made the planet such a fester- 
spot in the System. Well, it wouldn’t 
be for long, Frampton thought grimly. 

He went in and slammed the door. 
Quickly he stripped to the waist and 



reveled in the dry coolness of the 
mildly refrigerated interior. The sound 
of measured footsteps came from one 
of the two tiny bedrooms. 

“Old-timer,” Frampton called. “I’m 
back again. Good news.” He paused to 
sniff at the lingering odor of disinfect- 
ant in the air. “Did you have a chem- 
spray while I was gone,?” 

“Old-timer” Ellerbee, station man- 
ager, entered the living room. He was 
old, with a seamed and weatherbeaten 
face and mild blue eyes that always 
seemed to be seeing distant places and 
things. The upper half of his body was 
badly scarred, relics of a thousand bat- 
tles and adventures in the wild, fron- 
tiers of the System. He nodded. 

“Yep. No use making you sit and 
hold your nose, too. So I cleaned up 
while you were out.” 

f T was necessary to disinfect the 
place thoroughly every seventy-two 
hours, else Earthmen would quickly 
succumb to the strange and malignant 
bacterial infections that , swarmed the 
hothouse that was Venus, and against 
which Earthly bodies have built up no 
defense. 

“Compound’s full again.” Frampton 
sighed. “Ten greenies. Natives 
brought in the last one while I was 
down there. I suppose we’d better call 
for a freighter.” 

“No hurry,” said Ellerbee presently, 
his old voice calm and unmoved. 
“Guess I’ll run down and look the new 
arrivals over. Feel like going out again 
with me? No need to if you’re tired.” 
Frampton opened one of the misted , 
windows, cleared it with one sweep of 
his hand, and closed it again, staring 
out upon the dead face of the fog. Mo- 
notony. It would have driven men 
much stronger than Frampton crazy in 
no time. 

But old Ellerbee seemed made of 
phlegm and whipcord. Somehow he 
managed to stick it out ; he had been 
here four years now. Frampton looked 
at his superior for the hundredth time 
and found no answer to the riddle. 

“I’ll go with you,” he agreed. “Need 
the exercise.” He started to dress 
again, then turned impulsively to the 
older man. “Say, Old-timer. I’ve never 



GREEN HELL 



93 



asked you this. But why are you out 
here in this hell-hole? You ought to 
be back on Earth, taking it easy, liv- 
ing in comfort, having — ” He broke off 
in embarrassment at having broken an 
unwritten law. “None o’ my damn' 
business, I know. If I’m being nosey, 
just tell me to shut upJ” 

Ellerbee smiled slowly. 

“No, I don’t mind telling you. Dome 
good to get it off my chest, maybe — ’’ 
He spoke evenly, quietly. “It was just 
a bad break, I guess. I was with the 
Interplanetary Patrol. For twenty- 
three years I served, in the ranks and 
in command. I captained a space crui- 
ser, a fighting ship. For years I had the 
power of life and death over my crew, 
and I never misused it. We built up 
a reputation as a scrapping outfit. Not 
a failure on our record. Then when I 
was due for retirement and a pension, 

I made a couple of mistakes. So here I 
am grounded, on this stinking planet, 
engaged ia the filthiest traffic in the 
universe.” Elletbee’s voice held no 
rancor, no animosity. It was almost as 
if the man’s spirit were broken. 

Frampton understood in a dim way. 
Habitual salute, absolute power, is a 
strange thing ; it can color and warp a 
man’s whole life. The gesture is one 
fraught with meaning — respect, admi- 
ration, recognition of superior ability, 
authority. The captain of a space ship 
is the king of a tiny world, an absolute 
monarch. 

In his ability to handle the incalcu- 
lable energies at his command, ^d de- 
feat time and space itself in his dash 
through the very stars, he is a minor 
deity, a god. For such a one to be shorn 
of his glory with a single stroke of the 
pen is very near to murder. Frampton 
nodded. 

Ellerbee’s voice droned on. 

“Even as a captain the pay in the 
Patrol isn’t high. I had but little saved. 
It seemed the only thing to do was to 
risk everything to make a small stake 
in the few working years I had left. 
This was my choice.” He shrugged. 

Frampton understood this more 
clearly. For the shipment of greenies 
now gathered in the coftipound outside, 
Ellerbee would receive about t«i thou- , 
sand American dollars. Frampton him- 



self would collect about a thousand. 
And the Company would make about a 
hundred thousand, he thought bitterly. 

“But think of the risks you’re taking. 
The climate, the physical dangers of 
the planet here. And suppose you get 
caught by the police. You’d spend the 
rest of yom life rotting in prison or ex- 
iled to a living death in the mines of 
Mercury. Old-timer, why don’t you get 
out of here? Now !” He’d become quite 
fond of the old renegade. He even felt 
he’d confide in him fully except for the 
old man’s creed of unswerving loyalty 
tq his employer, no matter whom it 
might bd. 

LLERBY smiled faintly, philo- 
sophically. 

“Shall we go?” 

Frampton led the way out, pausing 
to shut the door tightly behind them. 
As he started to cross tihe porch, there 
came a sudden shrill whine and a si- 
multaneous clang of metal. Frampton 
flinched automatically, then grinned 
shewishly. 

“One o’ those dangers I mentioned a 
minute ago,” he said. “I never can re- 
member that those damn’ whiz-bangs 
are already past by the time we hear 
the whine.” 

He stooped to pick up a tiny, heavily- 
armored, beetlelike insect where it lay 
squirming on the porch after hurtling 
into the metal wall of the house. “Hard 
to believe these things can go seven 
hundred and fifty miles an hour. Fast- 
er than the speed of sound.” The insect 
was about the size of the point of a 
fountain pen, and its armor was suffi- 
ciently sturdy to protect it from most 
natural hazards to be encountered on 
its speedy travels. It could puncture 
dangerously a man’s fiesh, or slice a 
nasty gash. 

Ellerbee was already halfway down 
the stairs. 

“There’s a fly back in South America 
that leaves these whiz-bangs standing 
still. Supposed to go better than eight 
hundred miles an hour.”* 

Frampton didn’t bother to answer. 
Talking at length in the steamy atmos- 
phere left a man gasping. Instead, he 



* The deer-bot fly. 




94 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



followed the older man along the path, 
which was lined at intervals with phos- 
phorus-tipped metal markers. Present- 
ly the compound loomed mysteriously 
from the grey opaqueness, taking shape 
as a simple corral of electrically- 
charged wires in the form of a rough 
square. In it, sitting or standing mo- 
tionless and silent, were ten of the 
strangest of all creatures to be found 
on any of the known planets of the uni- 
verse. 

These were the chloro-men of Venus. 

Through some unfathomable quirk 
of nature, this nearly extinct species 
represented a curious link between 
plant and animal worlds. Averaging 
about five feet in height, they were only 
semi-vertebrate in structure, having 
tough cables of cartilage supporting 
their bodies instead of bones. . Their 
skin was a porous, bark-like substance, 
at once flexible and unbelievably tough. 
About seventy per cent of their “blood 
stream” was a compound almost identi- 
cal with chlorophyl, the element which 
enables plants to absorb the energy of 
the sunlight and use it for conversion 
of carbon dioxide into starches and pro- 
teins. 

The presence of this chlorophyl in 
their veins gave the chloro-men a 
greenish tinge — hence the colloquial 
reference to them as “greenies.” They 
had eyes and rudimentary ears, but nei- 
ther mouth nor nose, since they ate and 
breathed like plants, through , their 
“skin.” 

For locomotion, they depended on a 
sort of flowing pseudopodal motion of 
the under parts ; though they had arms, 
there were no true legs. They moved 
but seldom, and always slowly. 

Since the upkeep of these strange 
creatures was almost nothing, only 
CO2 and a few minerals being neces- 
sary, and as they were, very enduring 
and could work for great lengths of 
time without fatigue, they were highly 
prized by wealthy Tellurian and Mar- 
tian landowners as slaves. But laws 
had been passed, forbidding capture or 
sale of the chloro-men. 

They were declared contraband, and 
violators of the anti-slavery laws were 
liable to severe punishment. However, 
once on Earth, the excessive sunlight 



so stepped up the metabolism of the 
greenies that their normal life span of 
two or three hundred years was radi- 
cally shortened. So the demand exceed- 
ed the supply, and the price went up, 
and smugglers with daring and cunning 
made fortunes by slipping through the 
blockade with their illegal cargo.* 

“Poor devils,” said Frampton bitter- 
ly, as the two men looked over the 
shipment. Their soft eyes staring ap- 
pealingly in bewilderment always 
stirred the young man’s pity. “This is 
a rotten business. Old-timer.” 

LINKING around the outskirts of 
the clearing were half a dozen of 
the scaly man-things native to the plan- 
et, awaiting their payment with candy 
and cheap, loud-ticking clocks and gew- 
gaws. They represented the only 
source of supply for the slavers; an 
Earthman would hardly know where to 
look for the curious chloro-men, and 
the terrific climate wouldn’t allow him 
to penetrate the unexplored wilderness 
very far. 

Ellerbee nodded equably. 

“Sure. It’s rotten. So what? I’ve 
got no choice, son. A man must live. 
And besides, I don’t believe they care 
about it much one way or the other.” 

Indeed, they were strangely apathet- 
ic. Though they might prove danger- 
ous if aroused, because of their invul- 
nerability to ordinary weapons, they 
seemed to be without any will or de- 
sires beyond those of satisfying bodily 
needs. When hungry, they made a 
nerve-torturing humming sound in^ a 
sort of sound-box located in the head 
cavity. Raising and lowering the pitch 
sufficed as a spoken language. 

Frampton looked up as if striving to 
pierce the clouds, then listened intent- 
ly. Nothing. 

/ “Just the same,” he muttered, “I 
think you ought to get out of here. No 
place for you.” 

Ellerbee finished paying off the shy 
natives, who giggled and grinned and 

* Once the greenies were in the rich buyers* hands, 
the l^w could be defeated by one of several methods. 
Sometimes the registration, of a dead chloro-man was 
transferred to the new unlawful entry; or a newcomer 
was attributed to the result of a union- between two 
slaves (which occasionally actually happened) bought 
before the anti-slavery law was passed. The law did 
not operate ex post facto. 




GREEN HELL 



95 



made loud smacking noises as they re- 
ceived their candy bars, and stared in 
wide-eyed ecstasy at the other gifts the 
old man’s generosity netted them. EL 
lerbee looked at young Frampton out 
of inscrutable eyes. 

“That’s not the first time you’ve said 
that, son. Mean anything in particu- 
lar?” 

Frampton frovwied helplessly and 
turned away. 

“No. Let’s get back to the station. 
You’ll be wanting to notify the Com- 
pany to send a freighter out here.” The 
cheap, rattle-trap space /ship whose 
crew no company wouldf^ insure. The 
space ship that would take the chloro- 
men to a strange world, if it didn’t fall 
apart in mid-voyage, where they would 
live and die in slavery. The young 
man’s mouth twisted with a sour taste 
as the two of them finished the inspec- 
tion and tramped soddenly back to the 
house. 

Young Frampton awoke from a rest- 
less sleep with the roar of rockets in 
his ears. He hastened to a window, 
opened it to sweep off the mist, then 
peered out. It was late. Another 
twelve hours and the long night would 
be on them. 

“Rocket ship, son?” called Ellerbee 
from another room. 

“Yeah. Can’t see a thing, though. 
Listen.” The rhythmic thunder of the 
rocket-tubes became irregular, sput- 
tered feebly, then roared out full again. 
Several times the noise abated and 
picked up. “Hear that? Looking for 
us, probably. That’s a landing signal.” 

“Right. Probably the Company 
ship.” 

Frampton hurried out without dress- 
ing, clattered down the stairs and 
around to the rear of the station. Here 
was a huge tank, with a four-inch pipe 
leading from it into the oblivion of the 
mist. A lever was thrown, and the 
throb of an electric pump began^ 

A quarter-mile distant, invisible from 
the station, was the landing field. A 
gigantic skeleton-work of lightweight 
pipes surrounded it, thrusting high into 
the air, equipped with hundreds of tiny 
high-preaeure nozzles. Fluid from the 
big tank, a solution of calcium chloride, 
was pumped to the field and sent out in 



a lofty spray. The calcium chloride, 
with its tremendous affinity for water, 
quickly dissolved a vertical tunnel of 
visibility in the fog. Down this column 
of clarity the space ship could descend 
with safety. 

T he booming of the rockets, queer- 
ly distorted and mufiUcd by the 
clouds, thudded louder and louder 
against the ear-drums, then abruptly 
cut off. The sudden silence was pain- 
ful, and Frampton shook his head to 
clear the ringing in his ears. He swung 
back the lever, and the pump wheezed 
to silence. Fog would once again be 
stealthily closing in over the field. 

Frampton returned to the station to 
wait for the ship’s officers to arrive. 
For several minutes he stood on the 
porch, straining at the tomblike silence 
of this alien world, broken only by the 
whispered puffs of the fungi bursting 
their spore-balls now and then. No one 
came. 

Frampton stirred uneasily. Old El- 
lerbee quietly joined him on the porch 
and spoke. 

“Wonder what’s keeping ’em. Hear 
anything?” 

“Not a sound. Usually you can hear 
noises from the ship, or voices. But 
I haven’t heard a thing. Could they be 
lost?” 

Ellerbee shook his head. 

“I checked the trail-markers to the 
field not thirty hours ago. Something’s 
wrong. I think we’d better — ” 

His answer came instantly, the dead- 
ly hiss of a heat-ray that sizzled 
through the white mists and spattered 
molten metal from the wall of the sta- 
tion. The old man cried out sharply, 
clutching his left arm as he lurched 
back through the door. Frampton 
dived in after him and slammed the 
door against a barrage of questing rays. 
“Hurt?” cried Frampton. 

Ellerbee didn’t trust himself to speak. 
The sick odor of burning flesh stung 
the nostrils. As the old man’s hand 
dropped away, an ugly, three-inch 
blackened spot was revealed high on 
his upper arm. He quickly opened a 
jar of sweet-smelling salve and slapped 
a generous handful on the wound. His 
eyes swam momentarily in tears of 
pain. 



96 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



“That’s better,” he grunted. “Now 
let’s get them !” 

“Fine by me,” ripped out Frampton 
savagely, rummaging in a locker for 
weapons. “What the devil’s their idea, 
anyhow? Hi-jackers? If so, why try 
to murder us? They can have the 
damn’ greenies for all I care.” 

The frightful hissing of several of 
the deadly heat beams sounded on the 
outer walls of the station. A front win- 
dow fused and fell in, molten and 
steaming. 

“They’re taking no chances on being 
identified. If they were, the whole uni- 
verse couldn’t hold ’em. If the Patrol 
didn’t run ’em down, the Company cer- 
tainly would.” Ellerbee turned, then 
looked at Frampton, mildly appalled. 
“Are those all the weapons you could 
find?” 

In the young man’s hands were four 
heat-ray pistols and one of the cumber- 
some but deadly single-shot cathode 
projectors, with half a dozen charges. 

“Not prepared for a siege, are we?” 
Frampton smiled wryly. 

The old man shrugged with fatalistic 
calm. 

“Well, let’s get to work with what 
we have.” 

Things began to hum. Every move- 
ment, every vague shape that wavered 
in the mist outside was the recipient 
of a red-hot blast. Every window, 
every aperture in the station walls, was 
a target for the raiders. Men screamed 
in agony now and then, their xries flat 
and echoeless and strangely iemote. 
Once or twice the blinding, deadly 
cathode bolts whammed against the 
metal .wall. Frampton shuddered. Al- 
most any kind of a hit with a cathode 
was fatal, horribly so. 

There was perhaps twenty minutes 
of desultory sniping, with no damage 
to either side. Then the attack was re- 
newed with vicious intensity from 
above! First intimation came to the 
defenders when the small skylight 
shattered in upon them in a shower of 
hot fragments of glass. Steaming bolts 
hissed in through the opening in the 
roof. 

LLERBEE and Frampton scam- 
pered for the corners, out of the 
line of Are, gazing at each other with 



startled eyes. Ellerbee cautiously 
maneuvered himself to get a peep 
through the broken skylight. What he 
saw brought a chuckle to his throat. 
He beckoned to Frampton. 

“Get an eyeful o’ that, son !” 

And Frampton did get an eyeful of 
the strange things that swooped down 
suddenly from the security of the mist, 
with faint swishing sounds, taking pot- 
shots at the station and skimming 
away again like an airplane strafing the 
enemy. 

The bat-men of Jupiter! Strange 
form of intelligent life from the largest 
of the planets. Their six prehensile 
legs were now being used to manipu- 
late a weapon of destruction. Built 
with sturdy frames to withstand Jovian 
gravity, but jwith thin, membranous 
skins and numerous air-pockets to 
make them a s;ort of semi-lighter-than- 
air creature, they were at home in the 
furious gales that rage eternally on 
Jupiter. Twin sheets of skin extending 
from front to rear, enabled them to 
glide with “wings” outstretched like 
the flying squirrel.* 

A half-dozen experimental shots 
told Frampton the story. 

“Old-timer, this is bad! They go too 
fast to get a bead on ’em. They’re 
through a heat beam before it can do 
any damage !” , 

But Ellerbee, for the first time since 
Frampton had known him, had the 
gleam of animation in his eyes. Once 
again he was commander, dominating, 
swift and concise. 

“Think we’re licked, eh? Get the 
searchlight !” 

The young man gaped. 

“Searchlight?” The station was 
equipped with a small but powerful 
spotlight, portable, which sometimes 
came in handy when " emergencies 
arose during the long night. 

“You heard me! The searchlight!” 
snapped Ellerbee. 

“Yes, sir.” Frampton slipped the 
coverings off the light and trundled it 
into the main room. 

Ellerbee wheeled it into position, 
aiming up through the skylight. 

“Stand by with your gun, ready for 

* In the lesser gravities of the smaller planets, the 
Jovians found they could develop muscles that would 
actually move their winglike. membranes up down, en- 
abling them to fly awkwardly, instead of gliding. . 




GREEN HELL 



97 



action! This is a trick I learned ten 
years ago.” 

As the next bat-man appeared from 
the clouds, Ellerbee snapped on ,the 
dazzling beam and pinned the strange 
creature in the air. To Frampton’s 
amazement, the Jovian appeared to 
struggle in awkward panic, fluttering 
down the light beam in jerky circles, 
helpless. 

“Get him 1” Ellerbee’s voice snapped 
in his ear, and Frampton went to work 
in earnest on his easy target. Soon the 
Jovian fell to the ground, twisted and 
smoking. A second bat-man was 
similarly brought down a charred 
crisp, a third, a fourth, a fifth. Then 
the aerial attack was halted. 

Ellerbee switched off the spotlight 
and turned to Frampton, bright-eyed 
and triumphant. The old man was re- 
living the past. He was a fighting man 
once again. 

“Phototropism,” he explained. “The 
muscles of the Jovian’s bodies are al- 
ways taut, normally. When light falls 
sideward on an insect, it starts photo- 
chemical changes in one of the eyes, 
affecting one side of the brain. Muscle 
tension on the opposite side of the body 
is lost, and movement, whether walk- 
ing or flying, will be in a circle. The 
Jovians, like moths, are not attracted 
by light, but are forced against their 
wishes to drop into its rays.” ^ 

The siege settled down to a half- 
hearted sniping again. The station was 
gradually being sieved, and the refrig- 
eration plant was working steadily to 
keep the temperature down. 

“Doesn’t seem to be many of ’em,” 
Ellerbee remarked. “If the station 
walls aren’t burned away, we may be 
able to hold ’em off until night, or till 
the Company ship arrives.” 

Hard on the heels of his remark, a 
faint, sinister humming made itself 
faintly heard through the murk. Loud- 
er it came, half-wail, half-moan, rising 
and falling an octave at a time. 

“The greehies! They’ve been freed!” 
Ellerbee cried. 

m E paused a moment to listen in- 
tently. From long association 
Ellerbee could interpret many of the 
strange voice-sounds of the chloro-men, 



even ^converse with them haltingly. 

“They’ve been drugged,” he said ex- 
citedly. “Turned against us somehow. 
Look!” 

Framptom moved over to the front 
window. Just emerging from the twist- 
ing fog came a ragged line of the 
strange creatures, eyes rolling weirdly, 
arms waving. Skulking behind them 
for protection came a few hesitant fig- 
ures of the hi-jackers. 

Framptom raised his weapon, but 
Ellerbee grabbed his arm. 

“No!” 

Framptom wrenched free. 

“What d’you mean: no! You can’t 
be thinking about your ten thousand 
now, surely ! They mean business. 
They’re dope-crazy. It’s kill or be 
killed, man!” 

Ellerbee shook his head. 

“That’s not it. D’you suppose tho^e 
fellows are risking the value of what 
they came here to steal? Not a bit of 
it. Those greenies are hard as the 
devil to kill. They have to be literally 
cut to shreds. We’ve already burned 
out one heat-ray gun. It’ll take two 
more probably to stop that advance.” 

Frampton stared at the deliberate 
advance, ponderous and inevitable as 
a Juggernaut. 

“Then what — ” 

Ellerbee cut him off, began speaking 
rapidly in brittle, to-the-point phrases. 
As the younger man listened, admira- 
tion and respect brightened on his face. 
When the old man finished, Frampton 
whirled like a cat. 

“I got it,” he snapped, and ran for the 
rear of the house. He found time to 
wonder fleetingly how he had ever 
thought Ellerbee a broken and pitiable 
creature. 

In a small storeroom he seized the 
last remaining keg of salt under one 
muscular arm and scrambled through 
a window onto the encircling balcony. 
A narrow catwalk ran from the balcony 
to the big calcium chloride tank, and 
he ran across recklessly. Quickly tap- 
ping the keg, he dumped its contents 
into the tank, then hurried down a lad- 
der to the ground. 

The wicked hiss of an adversary’s 
heat-ray greeted him, coming so close 
he felt the singe of its passage. He 



98 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



ducked behind the tank for safety. For 
a minute the two of them played a cat- 
and-mouse game about the tank, but 
Frampton was wild at every second’s 
delay. Desperately he jumped into the 
clear to duel it out with his opponent. 
Then, from above and behind, came the 
snap and thunderclap of a cathode bolt 
as it ripped past his shoulder. Elec- 
tricity transmitted on ionized air 
hurled him to the damp soil, left him 
momentarily dazed, paralyzed. 

He glanced behind him painfully. 
Old Ellerbee had deserted his post to 
cover his young partner. He pointed 
silently with the muzzle of his gun to 
the dead and twisted body of the man 
who had out-flanked Frampton in the 
pbscurr.ty of the mist, and who had been 
about to cut him down. 

Frampton shivered, and cold sweat 
popped out on his brow. He jumped 
to his feet without further waste of 
time and ran to the lever controlling 
the electric pump, threw it over. A 
half-dozen powerful twists shut off the 
flow of fluid through the pipe to the 
landing field. He unrolled the thick 
coils of emergency hose that hung 'on a 
prong beside the tank and ran back to 
the station. 

In Ellerbee’s absence, the chloro- 
men, with their slow gliding move- 
ment, had reached the steps already. 
Behind them, growing more and more 
bold, slunk the scavengers, unkempt, 
bearded outlaws, Frampton slipped 
underneath the station platform, aimed 
the hose at the horde of greenies, and 
opened the nozzle. 

A gigantic stream of concentrated 
solution of calcium chloride and so- 
dium chloride sprayed a blinding 
shower over them. They paused. The 
weird humming changed key. Framp- 
ton thought he detected a note of panic, 
of fear. And he smiled, half grimly, 
half pityingly. 

The chloro-men turned to flee, obey- ,, 
ing their near-dormant instinct of self- 
preservation, but they were far too 
slow. They turned a sickly, washed- 
out color. They began to shrink, rap- 
idly sagging in collapse under the 
deadly spray. In three minutes they 
lay on the ground twitching limply, 
scattered green blobs of helpless cells. 



W ITH the first shower from the 
hose, the mist had thinned in a 
wide arc before the station, and the 
raiders, after a sharp exchange with 
Ellerbee in which one man had gone 
down with his face a hideous blackened 
ruin, quickly retreated to the slielter 
of the clouds. Frampton shut off the 
hose, opened the pipe to the neld, and 
left the pump going. Scaling the lad- 
der up the side of the tank, he quickly 
made his way back into the station. A 
triumphant Ellerbee. shook hands with 
the grinning Frampton. 

“Boy I That got ’em. Old-timer,” 
Frampton exulted. “Just as you said. 
But what exactly was it that struck 
them down?” 

“Plasmolysis. You sprayed ’em with 
a salt solution much more concentrated 
than the solution in their individual 
cells. Exosmosis resulted, the water 
passing from the cell sap outward 
through the cytoplasmic membrane. 
The vacuoles in each greenie became 
smaller, and the cytoplasm shrank 
from the cell wall. They literally 
wilted before your eyes.” 

Frampton risked a glance through 
one glassless window. 

“Dead?” 

“Oh, no. That’s the beauty of it. 
Those creatures are much more resist- 
ant than an ordinary plant. They’ll 
come around good as new in a few 
hours. Plenty o’ moisture in the at- 
mosphere always, so, they can easily 
refill their cells when the salt solution 
disappears.” 

The exultation of the defenders was 
short-lived, however. Made more des- 
perate by approaching nightfall, the 
raiders rolled a felled tree into view in 
the clearing around the station. From 
its shelter two sultry, crimson beams 
played hotly on one of the stiltlike legs 
that supported the corners of the sta- 
tion. 

The acrid odor of molten metal as- 
sailed the nostrils. The station began 
to quiver jerkily, then sagged heavily, 
at the comer as the leg snapped. Eller- 
bee and Frampton slipped and fell, 
rolled down the sharp incline into the 
corner where they borinced in a tangle 
of arms and legs as the house swayed, 
still supported on three legs. 



V 



GREEN HELL 



99 



The heat-rays outside began work- 
ing on a second support. 

Frampton grinned. 

“Begins to look like the finish. Night 
won’t be here in time to help do any- 
thing but preserve the bodies.’’ 

Carefully the two of them crawled 
up the slanting floor to remove their 
weight from the weakened side. Eller- 
bee’s serene, faded eyes didn’t even 
blink at the prospect. He gloried in 
this chance to die fighting. 

“We can cross the catwalk and per- 
haps escape into the mist,” he sug- 
gested. “Though if the Company ship 
doesn’t arrive before night, or if we 
get lost — ” He spread his gnarled 
hands suggestively. 

“Just the same,” said Frampton 
cheerily, “we’re going to take that 
chance. Get moving. Old-timer.” 

Cautious reconnoitering failed to dis- 
close any lurking figures at the rear, a 
circumstance suspicious in itself. But 
the second support in front was already 
buckling under the strain, groaning. 
So Ellerbee slid out the window onto 
the catwalk and moved quickly over to 
the tank. 

Down the ladder he went, and what 
noise he made was covered by the throb 
of the pump, and by the bang and clat- 
ter of the movable furniture as it rolled 
forward and smashed into the front 
wall. Ellerbee vanished into the safety 
of the mist. 

Frampton darted forward to follow, 
but as he did so, the vicious rip of a 
cathode-bolt slammed the air. Before 
his eyes the catwalk burst asunder into 
a dozen twisted fragments, and, striv- 
ing desperately to leap the remaining 
distance to the tank, he fell. 



n^HE slightly lesser gravity and the 
Jil- spongy soil tended to break the 
force of his fall, but one ankle turned, 
under hirn as he struck. Pain knifed 
up through his leg, and he bit his lips 
to stifle a groan. He was through. 

“Run for it, Ellerbee!” he bellowed 
into the obscurity of the mist. “Don’t 
wait for me!” Then he crumpled to 
the ground despairing as Ellerbee came 
at a clumsy run out of the fog in a 
frantic effort to rescue his injured 
partner. But in vain. 



Like sinister ghosts a half-dozen 
black-winged creatures materialized 
from the murk in a ragged circle about 
the two men. Their man-made weapons 
were held in readiness as they squatted 
in silent threat on the damp ground. 
Behind them, resolving into focus like 
a television close-up, came the leaders 
of the raiding party — black-bearded 
fellows, dressed dirtily and cheaply, 
with grinning white teeth and a preda- 
tory gleam in their eyes. 

“Toss your guns this way,” called 
one of them in gruff command. 

Ellerbee glanced about sharply. 

“You’re going to murder us any- 
how,” he answered loudly. “Why 
shouldn’t we fight it out? If you want 
us to give in quietly, give us some 
guarantee we’ll not be burned down.” 

The raider’s reply was instantaneous. 
He flipped up his gun and bored a siz- 
zling hole high in Ellerbee’s thigh. The 
old man dropped his weapon and con- 
vulsively clutched at the wound. BiJ;- 
ter curses came to his lips. The bat- 
men raised their weapons to finish the 
job, aimed. A thin scream zipped past, 
and another, and then a host of them./ 
The metal walls of the drunkenly sag- 
ging station rang sharply in a devil’s 
tattoo. 

There came the thunk of tiny projec- 
tiles whipping into soft, membranous 
flesh, the buzz of a ricochet as they 
struck glancingly off a thick skull. A 
swarm of whiz-bang beetles had hur- 
tled blindly into the clearing. 

The Jovians let out a series of hoarse 
yelps and took to the air as the whiz- 
bangs riddled their frail bodies. The 
dark-faced outlaws hesitated, then 
flung themselves to the ground in com- 
pact, curling balls, the only protective 
measure possible. Frampton seized 
Ellerbee about the waist, recklessly at- 
tempting to drag the two of them to 
the shelter of the mist, but it proved 
too much for him. The whiz-bang bee- 
tles had blundered their deadly way 
through the clearing and vanished be- 
fore the two men had even reached the 
calcium chloride tank. 

But as the raiders picked themselves 
up from the wet earth, and as the ugly, 
winged Jovians swooped back to rest, 
a shrill whine split the silence in ever- 



100 - 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



increasing volume. All activity was 
suspended in mid-moment. 

Everyone recognized that shrill cre- 
scendo — the motor of one of the new 
centrifugal flyers, the stern of which 
contained a centrifuge potent enough 
to move a mountain, with millions of 
tiny rotors running in blasts of com- 
pressed air, millions of tiny tops gen- 
erating sufficient energy to hurl the 
ship through space at terrific speed. 

Ellerbee looked at Frampton in star- 
tled incomprehension, then at the still 
pounding electric pump. Frampton 
read, the thoughts as they passed in 
review in the old man’s eyes. The field 
was under spray, and the new arrival 
would be able to land. 'Frampton had 
deliberately left the spray apparatus 
going; therefore he expected the ship. 

Company ship? Not likely. The 
Company owned a few of the new cen- 
trifugal flyers, but they wouldn’t risk 
one to the vagaries of the slave-smug- 
gling trade. If not a Company ship, 
then what? Very few private concerns 
could afford them. Was it the Inter- 
planetary Patrol? Was Frampton, 
then, a Judas ! 

XPLANATIONS were cut short 
by the sudden cessation of the 
centrifuge motor, the breaking out of 
distant battle, shouts and the crack and 
hiss of guns. This quit as suddenly 
as it began, punctuated by a deafening 
concussion and the far-on rain of me- 
tallic debris following the explosion. 

“There goes their rocket-ship cried 
Frampton delightedly. 

Raiders and their Jovian allies alike 
vanished toward the landing field. 

“And there go the hi-jackers !’’ 

Ellerbee clamped his jaws tight and 
struggled to his feet. The wound itself 
was not dangerous, as the heat-ray’s 
passage cauterized it instantly. But 
the leg was weakened considerably, 
and the old man was forced to hobble 
along on one foot. 

“And here goes Ellerbee,’’ he said, 
half bitterly, half sorrowfully. He 
hopped away toward the mist curtain 
that shrouded the little clearing. 

Frampton, also favoring one leg, 
jack-rabbited after his partner and gen- 
tly sat him down on the ground. 



“Oh, no, you don’t. You stay right 
here,’’ he grinned. 

Ellerbee grimaced in pain. 

“Kind o’ rubbin’ it in, ain’t you, son? 
I didn’t think you’d arrest me—’’ 

Another spasmodic burst of firing 
sounded nearby, then footsteps 
sounded through the murk, approach- 
ing invisibly. Presently a squad of men 
appeared, wearing the uniforms of the 
Interplanetary Patrol. They were led 
by a lieutenant, who came to a halt be- 
fore the two men on the ground. 

“Lieutenant Howe reporting. Cap- 
tain Frampton,’’ he saluted, smiling. 

“Excuse the apparent discourtesy. 
Lieutenant, but I find it painful to 
stand. You scattered those hi-jackers?’’ 

“To the four winds, sir. A short wait 
should bring the slave-ship right into 
our waiting arms, and another link in 
this rotten traffic will be wiped out. 
Is this your prisoner, sir? Shall we put 
him in irons?’’ 

Ellerbee lay face down. At the 
words he rolled over. 

“Not at all,” Frampton cried heart- 
ily. “This is my colleague, Ellerbee.” 
He stretched out a hand and pulled the 
old man to a sitting position, then spun 
hfs fluent falsehood. “He had himself 
busted out of the .Patrol in order to 
work himself into the slave-ring. He’s 
got a future in the Service.” 

Ellerbee and Frampton exchanged a 
long glance, in which Frampton paid 
sileiit and whimsical tribute to the 
creed of loyalty and that prevented him 
from revealing his true status before 
now. Old Ellerbee glanced down at 
the tiny tpken left in his palm when 
Franipton’s helping hand had pulled 
him upright. It was metal, cut in the 
form of an all-seeing eye, mirroring 
the sun and the, planets. The letters 
I. S. S. were embossed on it. The In- 
terstellar. Secret Service ! 

Ellerbee clutched it tightly and 
thrust his shoulders back. It was plain 
what that token meant to him — re- 
spect, honor, manhood, all those things 
that had been stripped from him four 
years before. His eyes were strangely 
misted as he looked around the clear- 
ing. The young lieutenant, Howe, 
clicked his heels and saluted smartly. 

“At your service, sir,” he said. 




. A MUfA&BR cm Atxy.Etl- 

TORE^» X LANDED 'ON AVERCURy. 

^ TNE MCRCURIAHS WE.RE 
ABoOT TO Disseer A\E. IN AN 
EFFORT TO ^I^COVER WHy MV 
LIFE 5PAN IMA» SO LONd» WHEN 
X WAS SAVED BV A BEAUTIFUL 
GIRL) ETARRE* 

escAff^ms wiTM onemcrcur* 
IAN AS OUR PRISONER. WE WERE 
CApTUReO By THE |N3iANE RACE Op 

mercorv who inhabit The bense 
forests IH the tbmperatc 

ZONE OF THAT PLMaST. 

WERE LED BEFORE ThEIR. 
mad ROLSR, THAHHi who Took us 
T o HIS LAB 0 RAT 0 Ry» HE STRAPPED 
OS.A6AIN5T the WALL AND 
TURNED ON A STRANOE RAy THAT 
WOULD DISSOLVE OUR BODIES AND 
LEAVE OUR EOOS UNDER H^S 
CONTROL./ 



WHILE X AM master oF ALL THINGS 

PMOW THb .SEeR&TA Ot^ TH^ ^urtK" 

NATURAl.-— you Vtflt-u TCACK /AE TMAT 
— then, TROUV, WtU. X BE /MASTER <IF 

tTHE UNIMERSE. A«! 

-|ALREA»y you ARE 
lDIS>«t.VINCi — 
.X CAN SEE 





(SAY, XPEEUALk. RtGHT. WHAT'S HE UP To * 
I'm just AS MATEAlAl. AS EVER. — 
ANp EVM sure you ARE. WHY — 

WHY — HE /MUST Be CRAZY AN|> HtS " v 
/MACHINE IS H/UtML£sS.' HE'S l/M/^IM- 
INe ALk. THIS. X'VB AN II>eA- 
70I.LOM/ /MV LEAD/ 




OH, thark, our /master, we have l£FT 

OUR PHYSiCAt- BODIES NOW. BUT EVEN So., 
WE ARE HELD BY YoUR. POWEBPUU BONOS. 
release us, and we WILE l/APART TO YOU 
OUH KNOW LED (SE AND /MAKE YOU /MASTER 
OF ALL MAA/«KIND 




IS IT HOT WONDERFULTI X NEWER PELT BETTEI 
AM X HOT A 6ENIUS ? / IN MY LIFE. WE 
THANK YOU FOR 
freeing us. FOLLQW 
US -WE HAVE GREAT 
THINGS T O TE ACH VBO 



H>U WILL TH/INK /VIE 
great LV. IS IT NOT 
PLEASANT TO BE 




[Turn Page] 



WB ZOOMSP AWAy BBF«RE THE ARMQ' C.OUt.O 
REACM OS. THSy rtREb AT US, BUT LUCKIUV 
MOMS eP TH«m »S»t.OS>VB WAVS TOOCHEO OS 



WHERE PO you 
suGOEsr eTARRe.r 
you KNOW THIS 
planet/. 



I HEAD FOR THE GREAT, 
IHOLI.OW MOUNTAIN THAT 
^STANDS ON THE_Cql.CL 
DARK BIDE OP MERCutfy/ 




AS WE APPROACHED THE MOUNTAIN OUR PLANE 
LURCHEB. MASNETl-tKB RATB PULUEb US TO- 
WARD THE BEEP CAVERN, BUT X COUl-ON'T PULL 
AWAy EVEN THOUOH My ROCKET^ VVERS 
BLASTIH& ALl- THEIR. POWER « 



DOWN THROUGH THE DEPTHS op THS MOUHTAIM- 





MV PLANESroPPSb IN THE HARBOR OP AM 
UNOBROROUNO CITy. THE MERCURIAN ANb 
MVSELP WERE MAPe PRISONERS. ETARRC 
WAS OREETEb ENTHOSIASTICALt-V 



THKT LEO US BEFORE THE SUPREME ONE . HE 
WAS AN OLD AAAH, WITH AN ABNORMALL.y 
LAR6E HEAP. SIMILAR To THOSEOBTHeMAP RACE 




103 




THE BLACK 
VORTEX 




The space ship 
plunged inexorably 
toward the vortex 



Kenneth Armstrong Vanishes in the 

Cosmic Sky-Eater that No Science 

Can Explain — 'and Returns to 

the Earth as an Atomic Ghost! 



By FRANK BELKNAP LONG, JR. 

Author of “Invaders from the Outer Suns” “Cones,” etc. 



T he little space ship was ap- 
proaching Mars’ orbit at a max- 
imum acceleration of three thou- 
sand miles a minute. As it swung in- 
ward in a wide arc toward the red 
planet, Kenneth Armstrong sat exult- 
antly at the controls in the stern pilot- 
chamber and gazed out through inches- 
thick quartz at a majestic vista of 
bright, little worlds in confluence. 

Filling all the cold, black immensi- 
ties behind him with whorls and spirals 
of reflected flame the fleeing asteroids 
seemed like miniature replicas of far- 
off spiral nebulae and the ghosts of 
perished suns. Some were tinier than 
the inconsequential meteors and bo- 
lides which collide with Earth in her 
pilgrimage; others measured five hun- 
dred miles or more in diameter. Some 
were perfect spheres, others ellipsoids. 



and still other jagged, shapeless masses 
of metal and stone. 

Visible to the naked eye on Earth 
only as a faint Gegenschein opposite 
the solar disc, this vast assemblage of 
forlorn little space vagrants moved in 
eccentric orbits between immense and 
frigid Jupiter and the little colonized 
planet Mars. 

Armstrong knew that in less than 
seven minutes he would contact the 
Martian meteorological station in the 
visual receptor behind him and behold 
the wrinkled, kindly face of old 
Thomas Caxton. From his lonely out- 
post amidst the Martian snows old 
Caxton would flash meteorological re- 
ports and even appear in person on the 
televisual screen to greet the young 
American as the little ship roared 
through the dark, frigid night of inter- 





planetary space toward ' Earth’s fa- 
miliar orbit. 

Armstrong manipulated a rheostat 
amidst the glittering array of levers, 
dials and vertical flywheels on the con- 
trol panel before him and the rear ob- 
servation window winked shut. He 
swung about in his metallic pivot chair 
till the drum-shaped foresection of the 
visual receptor completely usurped his 
vision. 

The tiny clock at the base of the il- 
lumed control panel ticked out the sec- 
onds and minutes in perfect harmony 
with eight or ten million timepieces on 
the remote terrestrial globe. The little 
clock was set to New York time. In 
New York at that moment it was pre- 
cisely ten minutes to twelve on the last 
day of December in the year 2046. 
With any kind of luck, old Caxton’s 
friendly face should appear on the re- 
ceptor screen an instant before the 
great metropolis of the western world 
burst into sound and revelry in tribute 
to the new year. 



As Armstrong was a native of New 
York he could legitimately share her 
joyous mood. The great, white, triple- 
tiered city of his birth would presently 
fling confetti to the stars and stand 
aureoled in radiance beside the wide 
Atlantic. 

The Martian colonist would see a 



105 






106 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



face on the visual receptor vi^hich would 
radiate holiday cheer. Across the or- 
bits of a thousand tiny planets Arm- 
strong would extend the season’s greet- 
ings and smile a little to himself in se- 
cret superiority, because old Caxton, 
being Mars-bom, had no bright home 
city, no new year that he could right- 
fully claim. 

Oh, it was really a rare moment. 
Armstrong had spent ten grim months 
in lonely, self-imposed exile on a planet 
that sucked all energy and life from 
the weak and crippled the strong — a 
planet that maimed the minds of men 
even when their bodies proved resist- 
ant and heroic. 

For seven years the young American 
had piloted the little transports of the 
Jupiter Ore Syndicate across the bleak, 
interplanetary voids, and his knowl- 
edge of the spaceways had brought him 
fame and honor. But the precious ores 
in the storage compartment of his little 
vessel did not belong to the Syndicate 
this time. They belonged to the 
man who had amassed them through 
months of grim toil in the lonely min- 
ing outposts of the largest planet in 
the Solar System. Kenneth Armstrong 
was homeward bound from Jupiter 
with a cargo worth its weight in dia- 
monds in Paris, London and New 
York. 

On Earth a major joy awaited him. 
The flaming parade of little worlds so 
near to home and the thought of old 
Caxton were merely fillips which 
streaked across the deep, persuasive 
happiness in his mind, reminding him 
that even beauty and friendship were 
less indispensable than Corrine Clark. 
For Corrine Clark he had wooed death 
with valor and renounced even simple 
joys for ten dismal months. But it had 
been worth it. 

The receptor screen was slowly fill- 
ing with a wavering pattern of light. 
Armstrong was startled for an instant. 
He had already dialed the image field, 
but he had not expected that Caxton’s 
face would materialize so suddenly on 
the white opacity before him. Usually 
the Martian colonist’s voice came 
through first, visual transmission being 
retarded a little by ether drifts in the 
wake of the revolving planet. 



NMISTAKABLY the wavering 
crescents, spirals and cubes of 
light were clustering together in the 
center of the screen to form a human 
face. Armstrong’s eyes clung to the 
wavering image as its scattered sec- 
tions synchronized on the white screen. 
He experienced an ominous foreboding 
even before the features ceased their 
violent flickering and old Caxton’s eyes 
burned tragically into his. 

Old Caxton’s face was a quivering 
mask of horror. His mouth trembled, 
and his head jerked and twisted curi- 
ously. It was as though panic had 
seeped up through his being and pro- 
foundly affected the movements of his 
head and neck. The veins on his tem- 
ples were bulging blue cords. 

As Armstrong stared in apprehen- 
sion the aged watcher by the Martian 
pole began to speak furiously. No 
sound came from the televisual screen 
but as the young pilot watched the 
Martian’s swiftly moving lips form un- 
mistakable vowels and consonants a 
great horror crept upon him. 

Gasping, he swung about in his chair 
until he was facing the control panel. 
Instantly he perceived that the dial 
which controlled auditory reception 
had slipped a fraction of an inch. 
Doubtless the rhythmic throbbings of 
the little craft had spun it a millimeter 
beyond the narrow Martian diacoustic 
field. 

With tremulous fingers he grasped 
and adjusted the little dial. Immedir 
ately a shrill, hysterical voice filled the 
pilot-chamber. 

“For God’s sake, Armstrong, answer 
me ! I’ve been talking for two full min- 
utes. Is the diacoustic field blocked 
out?” 

Armstrong swung swiftly toward the 
receptor again, grasping the vertical re- 
lease lever which controlled the trans- 
mitting instrument as he did so. Im- 
mediately a wafer-thin crescent of 
metal with a surface of bright filar 
meshing descended from the ceiling of 
the chamber and slid automatically into 
the metal groove at the summit of the 
televisual screen. 

Armstrong addressed the bright sur- 
face directly. 

“Only your image came through, 




THE BLACK VORTEX 



107 



Caxton,” he exclaimed. “Auditory re- 
ception was blocked until just this 
minute. Can you hear me plainly 
now?” 

Caxton’s lips moved again and this 
time his words were clearly distin- 
guishable. 

“Yes, I can hear you, Kenneth. Your 
image is forming too. Don’t try to tell 
me why my voice didn’t register. No 
time for that now. Ketmeth, how fast 
are you traveling? It is of the utmost 
importance that I know your speed.” 

Armstrong thought an instant. 

“I can’t tell exactly,” he said. “I just 
throttled two of the blast engines and 
the propulsion gauge won’t register 
until the choke pressure eases up a bit. 
But chances are I’m still traveling at 
maximum acceleration.” 

Caxton’s aged face seemed to cave 
in. The horror in his eyes flared so 
brightly that Armstrong stiffened in in- 
stinctive alarm. 

“What is it, Tom?” he exclaimed in 
a frantic tone. “What is wrong?” 

“You are traveling much too fast to 
save yourself,” Caxton almost 
screamed. “In less than thirty seconds 
you will collide with the black vortex ! 
I tried to warn you when I located it 
in the observatory refractor. Its po- 
sition was fairly constant all last 
month, but this morning, it left the 
zone of planetoids and approached 
Mars so closely that we feared it would 
engulf us. Now it’s swung out again. 
It’s about 0.14 outside our orbit and 
directly in your path. Oh, why didn’t 
you — ” 

AXTON’S words ceased with an 
appalling suddenness. .The next 
instant his image vanished from the 
receptor screen. It did not recede with 
gradual flickerings, but disappeared in 
a flash, as though something had in- 
tercepted the visual field. 

Panic stilled Armstrong’s heart 
beats. His lean hands descended and 
tightened on the arms of his chair. 

The black vortex was a strange, 
ghastly anomaly of space. It had been 
seen in every region of the sky between 
Jupiter and the solar disc. Moving 
more swiftly than the receding suns of 
outer space, it rushed with menacing 



deviations through the gulfs between 
the planets, cutting across innumerable 
orbits and resisting the gravity tugs of 
spinning worlds. 

It had first appeared in the telescopes 
of Earth in 1998. It had been viewed 
from Mars and Venus in 2007. It had 
completely baffled the astronomers, 
and the astrophysicists. To the unedu- 
cated it was not only baffling, but an 
object of awe. When they thought of it 
at all they thought of it with horror. 
The intrepid pilots of the spaceways re- 
garded it grimly as a challenge, but to 
the grossly superstitious it had already 
become an object of worship. 

In 2025 it had consumed the little 
asteroid Ceres. In 2031 Eros had van- 
ished into its black opacity. It was a 
kind of cosmic eater. It consumed 
whatever crossed its path. It had un- 
doubtedly devoured hundreds of small 
meteors and aerolites. 

It appeared merely as a funnel- 
shaped smudge in the sky. Its outer 
surfaces dimly reflected light, but it 
was only clearly visible when it ap- 
peared in black silhouette against the 
fiery disc of the sun. It was larger 
than any of the inner planets, but con- 
siderably smaller, than Saturn or 
Uranus. Though it had passed within 
a few million miles of the solar orb its 
bulk had survived unscathed in prox- 
imity to the withering incandescence 
of the photosphere. 

Speculations as to its nature by the 
learned and the unlearned were as in- 
genious as they were sterile. Stock- 
bridge, the American astrophysicist, 
was unable to comprehend how any 
body possessing density and mass 
could remain, immune to gravity. 

Seaton, of the California Institute, 
thought that it was a little burnt-out 
sun no bigger than Van Maanen’s star 
which had strayed by chance within 
the sun’s gravitational field and re- 
sisted that field by some hitherto un- 
fathomed idiosyncrasy of space-curva- 
ture. 

Darrow, of Cambridge, was of the 
opinion that it was a mass of potential 
energy which had not as yet begun to 
disintegrate in response to the second 
law of thermodynamics, and that such 
primal Universe substance was per- 




108 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



haps capable of absorbing solid bodies 
much as an amoeba absorbs small par- 
ticles of food. In elaborating his theo- 
ries he pointed out that nearly complete 
weightlessness might very well be 
another characteristic of such a primi- 
tive mass of energy-matter. 

But to Kenneth Armstrong sitting 
rigid and white with terror in his metal 
chair abstract theories were of scant 
comfort. In less than thirty seconds 
he would know more about the con- 
struction and attributes of the vortex 
than all the scientists on Earth. In 
less than thirty seconds the ghastly 
anomaly of space would suck his 
midget craft swiftly and terribly into 
its black maw. 

Nothing could save him. Old Caxton 
would have shrieked for braking had 
braking been feasible. Even if he 
throttled all the blast engines the little 
ship would continue its furious plunge 
to destruction. To strip off a single 
fuel-sheet, to change the course of the 
vessel a fraction of a spatial winge was 
a task impossible of accomplishment in 
so short a time. 

S UDDENLY he became curiously 
calm. Some hidden reservoir of 
strength deep within his body poured 
revivifying fluids into his blooi He 
swung about until he was facing the 
control panel and the little ticking 
clock as his base. In less than a rninute 
now the white, sea-splendid city of his 
birth would release its pent-up ener- 
gies with a blare of trumpets and 
multisonous paeans to Time’s new 
dawn. And somewhere in that im- 
mense metropolis a slim, pale girl, 
eagerly scanning skies flecked with 
stars and misty nebulae, ^would be- 
lieve herself one with him in spirit de- 
spite the sundering void. 

When he thought of Corrine Clark 
despair and agony flooded his being, 
dissipating the brave impassiveness of 
an instant before. Slowly the muscles 
of his face began to twitch. 

The change occurred while he was 
watching the second hand of the little 
clock. He suddenly saw not one clock, 
but ten. The ten clocks in reverse, 
with twenty smaller clocks right side 
up on the panel below the inverted 



clocks. Then the lowermost row of lit- 
tle clocks reversed itself too. 

The control panel altered appall- 
ingly. Originally an uncurved surface 
it became suddenly concavo-convex. 
The complex curray of dials and levers 
receded sharply as the top of the panel 
blurred. 

The next instant Armstrong became 
aware of a startling change in himself. 
As the central portion of the control 
panel retreated his body lengthened. 
Lengthened hideously and unevenly, 
his right leg seemed to melt arid flow 
away in the direction of the panel. 

The right side of his body under- 
went a less pronounced but frightening 
change. It slowly swelled, then receded 
jerkily from his waist to his toes. He 
saw his right foot a yard, then three 
yards and finally ten yards away. His 
left leg became a thin, wavering fila- 
ment that extended through arid far 
far beyond the now hideously distorted 
control panel into a region of cascading 
light. 

All the familiar dimensions altered 
shockingly. The control panel became 
a thin, transparent shell with curling 
and unstable edges. Its malformed ap- 
purtenances glimmered in rapidly re- 
ceding outline against a vast field of 
pulsing light. 

He saw his deft foot as a tiny black 
blob at the end of a wavering thread 
of blackness and his right, swollen to 
five or six times its natural size, as a 
melon-shaped mass against this pul- 
sating glpw. 

He was conscious of a directional 
change also; His body seemed to re- 
volve without movement and he had 
the ghastly and utterly inexplicable 
feeling that he was gazing in several 
directions at the same time and even 
moving simultaneously backward and 
forward and around and around in a 
kind of rhythmic waltz. 

The ghastly change was mercifully 
of short duration. Almost immedi- 
ately the distorted and distended out- 
lines of the control panel and his im- 
evenly elongated body contracted into 
patterns of geometric sanity and gradu- 
ally resumed their original contours. 

The unfathomable region of pulsing 
light vanished cuid the panel shed its 



THE BLACK VORTEX 



109 



transparency. It became a black ob- 
long covered with dials and levers and 
little glistening knobs. The small 
clock at its base repented of its wild 
and vagrant multiplicity and settled 
down into the humdrum existence of an 
ordinary timepiece. 

F IOR an instant Armstrong remained 
facing the controls, staring at the 
restored and familiar switchboard in a 
kind of trance. Then terror flooded his 
•being. With a cry he sprang from the 
metal chair and stared wildly about 
him. 

Nothing had altered. Floor, walls 
and ceiling were unchanged. The cold 
light lamps cast a steady greenish radi- 
ance on familiar metal surfaces studded 
with triangular bolts and brightly il- 
lumined the unmodified array of 
glittering and complicated mechanisms 
as the base of the control panel. 

Armstrong’s knees began to shake a 
little. He gripped the back of the 
slightly vibrating chair and stood for 
an instant in an attitude of sagging in- 
credulity. Something had occurred 
that was both frightening and terrible. 
The actual integrity of his physical 
being had been assailed. 

He hadn’t imagined it. There was no 
possibility of his having imagined it. 
For a brief instant of time, within that 
little space craft, the solid walls of his 
fleshy tenement had dissolved and 
everything about him had responded to 
some hideous subversion of natural 
law. 

It was an appalling thought, with im- 
plications so fearful that he was reluc- 
tant to dwell upon them. Though he 
was shaken to the core of his being, 
familiar habits of thought and action 
swiftly reasserted themselves. He must 
find out immediately what had hap- 
pened, must ascertain the Typhoon’s 
position in space. 

Quickly he reascended into the re- 
volving chair and manipulated the rhe- 
ostat which controlled the rear obser- 
vation window. With a slight rustling 
the opaque covering screen withdrew, 
revealing a bright surface of translu- 
cent glass. 

Filling all the skies beyond the win- 
dow, glowing frostily against the ebon 



void, shone the familiar constellations 
— Cygnus and Capricornus and bright 
Andromeda, the triple tails of mighty 
Camelopardalis, Lyra and the golden 
splendor of Cepheus’ gothic tower 
etched in glimmering relief against a 
background of diffuse and mebulous 
suns. 

And there, too, was tiny Mars, glow- 
ing ruddily between the inconceivably 
remote and stupendous suns, traveling 
serenely in her little orbit about the 
sun. Far behind her the last fading 
vestiges of the receding asteroids cast 
a ghostly radiance athwart her ellipti- 
cal course. 

The little clock at the base of the 
control panel had ticked off old Cax- 
ton’s thirty seconds and three full mi- 
nutes in addition, and yet the Typhoon 
was still roaring evenly through the 
black ether gulfs toward the terrestrial 
globe. Toward white cities and green 
fields and the deep blue of summer 
skies. 

Overwhelming relief pervaded Arm- 
strong’s being as he contemplated the 
miraculous constancy of the star- 
flecked skies behind him. Mars had 
actually shifted its position a few de- 
grees and there was a slight difference 
in the alignment of the nearer constel- 
lations, but he failed to notice these 
subtle deviations as he freed the throt- 
tled blast engines <md released fuel- 
sheet after fuel-sheet into the combus- 
tion chambers at their base. 

M OOL, the leader mental, sat 
quietly in his cushioned chair, 
his thin, flaccid hands limply extended 
on the circular metal table before him. 
His great, heavily-veined and entirely 
hairless head was thrust slightly for- 
ward on his scrawny neck, in an atti- 
tude of resentful contentiousness. 

His shriveled face was pallid and 
drawn with pain. Directly before him 
in a circular, mirrorlike device no 
larger than a pumpkin a face very like 
his own stared severely into his nar- 
rowed and heavy-lidded eyes. 

The face was a three-dimensional 
image. Under a tiny, upturned nose 
huge, swollen lips, purplish in hue, ad- 
dressed withdrawn and dangerous 
Mool, the dominant leader mental, in 



110 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



accents of reproach. 

“Your nerve degeneration test 
showed a deficiency of fat-soluble 77. 
It is a grave condition. The slightest 
over-exertion will bring on symptoms 
of incoordination, and spasms.” 

Slowly Mod’s own immense lips 
moved. 

“Sulu,” he said, addressing the 
image. “I wish to forget for a moment 
that you are my medical adviser. I 
did not summon you to discuss my 
health. I am three hundred and ten 
years of age. At my age pain is an in- 
separable accompaniment of breath- 
ing.” 

Sulu frowned grimly. The veins on 
his hollow temples stood out in vivid 
relief against the pallor of his skin. He 
looked like the shriveled mummy of 
some hydrocephalic idiot that had re- 
sisted the twin blights of mindlessness 
and the tomb by gruesomely maintain- 
ing, in a desiccated, repulsive tene- 
ment of flesh, a kind of vampirish vi- 
tality that was indifferent to the in- 
roads of time. 

“My body is of small importance, 
Sulu,” resumed Mool. “Only thought 
is eternal. The wretched Manuals 
are concerned with the vagaries of 
their intestines, but we need not ape 
their primitiveness.” 

“Why did you summon me?” said 
Sulu, impatiently. “You are behaving 
primitively when you ignore or sneer 
at my warnings.” 

On all Earth no other man would 
have dared address Mool- in such a 
tone. But Sulu was a renowned healer 
and hence peculiarly indispensable. He 
had also passed so completely beyond 
personal desire that he scorned the re- 
prisals of his kind. Life was still ten- 
uously amusing to him, but so was the 
prospect of annihilation. He would 
have ^ughed at threats of exile. 

Mool scowled ; shook his immense, 
blue-veined head in negation. 

“I want to talk to you about the un- 
specialized man,” he said. 

Sulu’s mummylike face brightened 
with sudden interest. 

“Ah, yes, I understand. He is the 
most stupendous challenge that the 
modern world has known. Think of it 
-r-we now actually possess a living ex- 



ample of human life in completely un- 
differentiated form.” 5 

Mool seemed to disapprove of the 
other’s fervor. 

“There is much that we do not know 
about the mental life of primitive 
man,” he said, “but his anatomical 
structure was quite plainly the result 
of unselective mating. All fossil speci- 
mens show the same characteristics as 
this new specimen. The fact that he 
is alive is of course of great signifi- 
cance. But it is not exactly a chal- 
lenge.” 

“But it is,” protested Sulu, with a 
writhing of his monstrous lips. “He 
may die at any moment. At present he 
is in a state bordering on delirium. 
Frightened. Terribly, shockingly 
frightened.” 

M ool slowly nodded and his 
purplish lips writhed, emitting 
curious sibilants arid queer, labial diph- 
thongs which harmonized almost mus- 
ically with the rhythms of his -speech. 

“We have now definitely determined 
that the fossil type to which he belongs 
dates back fifteen million years. The 
spatial rent which engulfed him appar- 
ently held him suspended in a kind of 
super-dimensional vacuum while mil- 
lenniums rushed past in the Universe 
outside. 

“This of course completely confirms 
our recent speculations as to the nature 
and origin of the spatial rent. The rent 
is simply a tiny, shifting air-pocket on 
the surface of the expanding, four-di- 
mensional Universe which leads into 
another, higher dimension. The air- 
pocket shifts erratically about on the 
surface of our swelling, ‘bubble’ Uni- 
verse, just as any small defect in an 
unstable and mucilaginous mass will 
alter its position under the impetus of 
expansion. 

“For millions of years the rent has 
followed and adhered to that particular 
segment or fold of the space-time con- 
tinuum which contains the Solar Sys- 
tem, appearing in our skies as a whirl- 
ing, dark smudge and rushing at 
inconceivable velocities across the or- 
bits of the planets. We know that the 
rent engulfs all objects which cross its 
path. Within the lifetimes- of living 



THE BLACK VORTEX 



111 



men it has devoured dozens of little as- 
teroids. Apparently the swallowed 
objects are caught up in a kind of slow 
energy drift, or fifth dimensional limbo 
beyond the Universe of stars and nebu- 
lae and automatically ejected into the 
fullness of time.” 

Mool ceased speaking and sat an in- 
stant immersed in thought. 

“I am about to receive a report on the 
dawn man, Sulu,” he said at last. “I 
may want you to subject him to addi- 
tional tests. Kalu is now making blood 
and epithelium tests in the Malawana 
laboratories at Keisen. When these are 
completed we shall study his mental 
and emotional reactions. The primi- 
tives of his epoch were skilled mechan- 
ically, but they killed one another like 
savage beasts in Rerce tribal feuds 
which drenched the continents in 
blood. They mated without thought 
for the future. 

“When viewed without sentimental 
bias even their mechanical achieve- 
ments were of a low order — chiefly in- 
genious vehicles for transporting their 
primitive bodies from one portion of 
the earth to another, and an infinite 
variety of weapons for destroying 
these aimlessly transported bodies on 
land and sea.” 

“Might it not be wiser to isolate him 
for a few days at Malawana before we 
attempt further tests?” asked Sulu. 

“I will decide that when I receive 
Kalu’s report,” said Mool. “I am about 
to block you out, Sulu.” 

Mool’s flaccid hand went out again, 
manipulated the contr^ol knob. In- 
stantly Sulu’s three-dimensional image 
vanished from the recording instru- 
ment. Mool sat staring for an instant 
gloomily at the glowing metallic wall 
directly opposite him. The small, 
metal chamber in which he was sitting 
was illumined by a pale violet radiance 
which streamed in diffuse beams from 
its walls and ceiling. 

From that tiny, glowing chamber 
Mool spoke in accents of command to 
all the great dominant leader mentals. 
From his immense and veined skull 
emanated the directional flow of ac- 
tivities infinitely complex and stupen- 
dous in their ramifications. 

On all Earth’s continents millions of 



toiling Manuals obeyed his imperious 
social will. With a single word he could 
silence the hum of mile-high cities and 
even still the ceaseless throbbings of 
the Cyclopean black power turbines at 
the southern pole. 

Slowly his fingers moved on the 
knob again. There arose a brief, vibra- 
tory humming as another monstrous 
face filled the recording apparatus. 
This time the image spoke without 
waiting for Mool to address it. 

“I have tragic news,” said the image, 
its lips writhing. “The dawn man is a 
malignant carrier. I have discovered 
in his tissues, in latent form, the germs 
of the yellow and black scourges. 

B ESPITE his impassivity Mool’s 
hideous features whitened a lit- 
tle. His lips jerked. 

“Then we must destroy him, Kalu. 
It is regrettable, but we must kill him 
immediately. Our race is no longer 
even coihparatively immune to the yel- 
low scourge. If the plague should gain 
headway among us it would depopu- 
late the continents.” 

“But perhaps we can destroy the 
germs by exposing his body to short- 
wave vibrations,” suggested Kalu. “If 
we gave him an artificial fever: — ” 
“No,” Mool cut in. “It’s too risky. 
We must kill him at once.” 

“But I am reluctant to—” 

“My orders, Kalu. Kill him.” 

The image nodded slowly and waited 
with sorrowing eyes for Mool to block 
him out. This Mool presently did, with 
a little shudder. 

Kalu shuddered, too, in distant Kei- 
san; Across the immense Malawana 
laboratories he moved on his feeble, 
reedlike legs toward the pathetically 
helpless captive from the dawn world 
who lay imprisoned a short distance 
away. , 

The emaciated and unclad figure of 
Kenneth Armstrong was l)dng on a 
sloping stone slab at the base of an 
enormous cylinder of gleaming metal. 
His arms and legs were securely pin- 
ioned to the supporting slab by narrow 
copper bands. His head was lolling in 
lax agony. 

Above him, glittering, alien shapes 
towered. There were immense glass 



112 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



coils pulsing with colored lights, silver 
white cones which revolved in seg- 
ments, enorrnous, translucent globes 
filled with green and purple fluids, re- 
torts and condensers and incomprehen- 
sible shapes of flame. 

Kalu was instinctively humane. He 
did not wish to destroy the brave little 
voyager from man’s primitive past 
who had blundered by accident or de- 
sign into the infinitely complex world 
of the large-brained Mentals. But 
Mool’s decisions could not be ques- 
tioned. Mool’s will was a kind jof so- 
cial absolute, a magnified embodiment 
of millions of subordinate wills pulsing 
in harmony with his own. 

Slowly and reluctantly Kalu gripped 
a horizontal support and drew himself 
up till the larger portion of his shriv- 
eled body rested on a circular disc at 
the base of the enormous cyclinder. 
From where he rested he could see the 
prostrate body of the dawn man on the 
tilted slide a few feet away. The great 
shining tube contained the primary 
coil of a high-voltage oscillator. 

The immense glass plate condenser 
at its summit was charged to a poten- 
tial of five million electron volts. When 
this tremendous potential was dis- 
charged through the spark gap at its 
base the tube coil would begin to os- 
cillate, swiftly building up a pressure 
of twenty million electron volts. 

Kalu intended to bombard the pin- 
ioned man on the slide with a continu- 
ous stream of high-voltage projectiles. 
In the space of a few short seconds he 
intended to shatter the atomic struc- 
ture of the dawn man’s body com- 
pletely, reducing it to a tumultuous 
field of disorganized electrons and fin- 
ally to nothing at all. 

The dawn man was writhing franti- 
cally. His body was agonizingly arched 
on the tilted slab. As he strained 
against his bonds in a frantic effort to 
free himself his face slowly turned the 
hue of blood. 

Kalu pitied him to the depths of his 
being. The groans which poured in a 
voluble stream from his lips were in- 
finitely heartrending. But there was 
nothing that Kalu could do to ease the 
dawn man’s torment. The torment was 
entirely inental, apparently. 



T he dawn man was in the grip of 
an overwhelming terror. Appar- 
ently his brain was slightly awry. His 
eyes had a tragically haunted look. 
Kalu had noted several curious devia- 
tions of behavior while taking blood 
and epithelium tests. Well, it was un- 
derstandable. The poor wretch was 
hopelessly adrift in time, millenniums 
removed from his kind. Perhaps Mool’s 
insistence on extinction was merciful 
after all. 

No use prolonging it, he told himself. 
In five seconds there would be no tor- 
mented human figure on the slide if he 
steeled himself and did what he had to 
do. 

Slowly his nearly fleshless arm ap- 
proached the isolated spindle gauge 
which controlled the primary circuit 
of the immense apparatus. As soon as 
his flaccid hands encountered the gauge 
his tremulous indecision vanished. He 
became all at once a god of the ma- 
chine. The mere contact of his en- 
feebled frame with the cold, controlling 
mechanism of so vast a source of en- 
ergy destroyed the human side of his 
nature until a vast impersonality en- 
gulfed him. ' 

With a slight movement of his thumb 
and forefinger he manipulated the little 
gauge. Instantly millions of volts of 
searing, blinding energy ripped the 
wave packets from the lower extremity 
of the tube and blasted the nuclei of all 
the atoms in its path. 

The stupendous downsurge of en- 
ergy transmuted every inanimate sub- 
stance beneath it in a flash. The slab 
vanished as terrific oscillations hurtled 
millions of electron volts across a cir- 
cumscribed area of empty space to- 
ward, the high voltage resonance coils 
at the base of the mighty apparatus. 

The slab vanished, but the body of 
the dawn man did not. Freed of its sup- 
port it remained for an instant miracu- 
lously suspended in midair between the 
blinding flare of the oscillator coil in 
the cylinder and the crackling lumin- 
escence of the coils beneath. 

Horror engulfed Kalu’s stunned 
faculties as he stared at the incredible 
phenomenon. The dawn man was re- 
sisting an unheard of voltage with 
every atom of his incredibly sus- 



THE BLACK VORTEX 



113 



pended being, retaining integrity of 
form despite a surge of energy suffi- 
ciently potent to blast a channel in the 
earth. 

The resonance coils threw the sear- 
ing energy projectiles back against the 
tube’s mighty base, passing them 
through the wavering and suspended 
body of the dawn man in reverse. 
Kalu’s heavy-lidded eyes bulged in 
their fleshy sockets. Something was 
happening to the suspended figure now, 
but it was not the anticipated blurring 
of dissolution. 

The dawn man’s body was slowly 
and hideously lengthening. It extended 
itself beyond the fiery electron volt dis- 
charge and then receded jerkily from 
its waist to its toes. The next instant 
it altered shockingly all over and all 
at once. It became a thing of incred- 
ible dimensions, of swiftly expanding 
and receding contours. Its lines and 
angles seem to dilate and coalesce at 
geometrically impossible tangents. 

Presently it shed its unity. Staring 
in terror Kalu saw two distorted bodies 
suspended in the blinding flare of kin- 
etic high-voltage. Then three bodies. 
Each horizontally suspended between 
the oscillator coils of searing radiance 
and each distorted incredibly. 

K ALU’S little shriveled hands 
clenched tightly. For seconds 
that seemed to lengthen into tmimag- 
inable eternities the three images 
remained horizontally afloat in the 
flame-wrapped void between the oscil- 
lators. Then they dimmed and vanished 
into nothingness. 

Instinctively, in a kind of trance, 
Kalu raised his flaccid nerveless hand 
and shut oil the searing, stupendous 
surge of radiations. As the crackling 
tube-flare dimmed to a misty flickering 
and then vanished he swayed a little in 
sick reaction; then sat without further 
movement. But though his wasted 
body remained quiescent his immense 
brain was engaged in the wildest spec- 
ulations. 

Something utterly unfathomable had 
occurred in the void between the im- 
mense cylinder and the oscillator coils. 
The dawn man had succumbed unmis- 
takably to the terrific bombardment of 



radiant force. But something terrify- 
ing had occurred that he must tell Mool 
about. He must talk to Mool at once. 

As he sat there white and shaken two 
tall Manuals entered the laboratory 
and advanced across the floor toward 
him. Their immense and supple hands 
were as infinitely complex and repul- 
sive as the swollen, blue-veined heads 
of the Mentals. Millenniums of human 
specialization directed and conditioned 
by specialized techniques had endowed 
the Manuals with peculiar stigmata 
which limited their social functioning 
but enormously increased their effici- 
ency as machine tenders. 

Their hands were eight-digited, and 
so huge that they seemed to dwarf the 
bodies to which they were attached. 
As they approached the disc where 
Kalu was sitting their little, nearly 
hairless heads bobbed loathsomely 
about in the shadow of the high-volt- 
age generator. Unobtrusively and in 
utter silence they started cleaning and 
oiling the vast array of coils, pistons 
and rotating mounts at the base of the 
immense machine. 

K enneth Armstrong en- 
tered the Clark farmhouse 
through the'’ kitchen, stopped a minute 
to help himself to a snack consisting of 
cold chicken wing and mince pie from 
the ice-box and then stamped down a 
long hall to the small sun-parlor where 
Corrine Clark was waiting for him. 
His heavy boots were mud-encrusted, 
and lip above theih as far as his chin 
there spread an expanse of very soiled, 
very faded denim. 

Kenneth Armstrong looked like a 
rosy-cheeked country bumpkin fresh 
from his rustic rounds at eventide. His 
unruly hair and all-engulfing smock- 
like garment added a comic note. In 
his right hand he held a large red 
apple. Smiling broadly, he extended 
the apple toward Corrine Clark on his 
palm. 

“For teacher,’’ he said. 

Corrine Clark smiled. She took the 
apple and dropped it into the pocket 
of her gingham apron. 

“I don’t want to eat that just now,” 
she said. “I want to talk to you. Dad 
says you’re a natural farmer. How do 



114 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



you like helping with the chores?’’ 
“It’s one way of passing the time,’’ 
said Armstrong, settling himself com- 
fortably in the snug embrasure of a 
window seat and drawing his future 
wife down beside him. “But I won’t 
pretend I don’t miss the dangers and 
uncertainties of the spaceways. Some- 
how I feel as though I had actually left 
a part of myself out in space.” 

Corrine’s smile increased in volume. 
“Really, what a strange notion.” 
“Yes, isn’t it. But you know, I ac- 
tually did pass through the vortex. 
Caxton confirmed that when I got him 
on the visual receptor again. And I’ve 
told you what a queer sensation I had 
when I passed through, how the little 
clocks multiplied and my body seemed 
to lengthen and shoot off in various di- 
rections. Well, just suppose— just sup- 
pose the vortex multiplied me, too. 
Now wait a minute until I explain. 

“Suppose the atoms of our bodies, 
about which we know so little, could 
be multiplied indefinitely. When an 
amoeba divides we have two perfect 
amoebae, each exactly alike. For the 
sake of analogy, suppose my body were 
composed of millions of amoebae and 
that each of these little organisms de- 
cided' to divide at a given instant of 
time. All together, you understand. 
Simultaneously, like a thunderclap. 
There’d be two mes, wouldn’t there? 

“Now, suppose that under certain 
conditions atoms can rnultiply by fis- 
sion like single-celled organisms. Isn’t 
it just barely conceivable that the vast 
complex of atoms composing my body 
would produce two identical mes if 
they all divided at the same time?” 
“Whatever gave you such an idea?” 
“The fact that the little clocks divid- 
ed, I suppose. I got to thinking about 
that. The vortex isn’t a solid body. We 
know that now. The fact that I passed 
completely through it has given the 
astronomers something to think about. 

“Suppose the vortex is a sort of vac- 
uum or negative flux of force in space 
where atoms just facilely divide by bi- 
nary fission, just split up into complete 
new units impossible to distinguish as 
parents and offspring. Suppose that 
within the vortex the ordinary laws of 
physics are in abeyance. 



“Something pretty strange happened- 
to me inside the vortex. Perhaps the 
distortion which so frightened me, the 
sudden lengthening and swelling of my 
limbs was caused by another me pop- 
ping off. Splitting up and popping off. 
Perhaps I was giving birth by fission 
to a kind of atomic ghost or twin. 

“W^ERHAPS one of these fission- 
MT born replicas of the ship and my- 
self popped right through the vortex 
and returned to Earth, while the other 
was sucked deep within its depths and 
carried into another time or another 
space. Perhaps somewhere in the 
depths of the vortex there is another 
Kenneth Armstrong — a Kenneth Arm- 
strong composed of fission-born atoms 
—sharing all the thoughts and emo- 
tions, as well as the physical attributes 
of your future husband. 

“I have often thought that if we were 
capable of disrupting the nucleus of an 
atom by high-voltage bombardment 
soniething extraordinary and, totally 
unexpected might occur. It might dis- 
integrate by exploding or it might sim- 
ply split up into two or more identical 
shell-patterns or ghost atoms. It’s a 
curious fancy, but perhaps if some 
force assailed the original integrity of 
an atom and stripped off one of its 
‘ghosts’ it might be capable of giving 
off ghosts indefinitely, peopling the 
Universe with replicas of itself.” 
Corrine Clark laughed. “It’s the 
craziest idea I’ve ever heard of,” she, 
said. “I can’t imagine how you ever 
came to think of it.” 

“I expect it was just a wish-fulfill- 
ment fantasy,” said Armstrong. “Every 
man likes to feel that he has a free un- 
trammeled ghost psyche somewhere, a 
double that is not Earthbotmd.” 

Corrine Clark pouted, 

“Earthboundl Oh, you wretch. So 
you want to be off and away.” 

“I didn’t mean that exactly,” said 
Armstrong. “If such a ‘ghostly’ Ken- 
neth Armstrong exists, I wouldn’t be in 
his shoes for anything.” 

Before she could protest or accuse 
him again he put his arms about her, 
drew her gently toward him and si- 
lenced her rebukes with kisses so fer- 
vent that they left her gasping. 



Science Questions 
and Answers 

T his department is conducted for the benefit of readers who have per- 
tinent queries on modern scientific facts. As space is limited, we can- 
not undertake to answer more than three questions for each letter. The 
flood of correspondence received makes it impractical, also, to promise an 
immediate answer in every case. However, questions of general interest 
will receive careful attention. 





RADIATION IN PLANTS 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

I have a plant, a hyacinth, whose root tips 
glow faintly in the dark. Is this only my imag- 
ination, or is there an explanation for it? Is it 
perhaps “cold fire”? 

L. V., 

New York City, N. Y. 

It is rather doubtful that the plant ^emits 
light of any sort. It may be due to particles 
of punk buried in the earth in which the plant 
exists, the “fox-fire.” 

The 30-caUed “cold fire” or “cold light,” 
as exhibited by fireflies, glow worms, light 
chafers, etc., is produced by the digestive 
processes in the body. It is a strictly chem- 
ical reaction whereby an enzyme (a ferment) 
acts upon a special secretion, to give out visi- 
ble radiation. 

This “biolumineseence” is far more effi- 
cient than mankind’s electric lights. Many 
deep-sea fish have this natural lighting sys- 
tem, .down where the sun never reaches. 

The hyacinth mentioned above is a bulbous- 
rooted plant. By coincidence, however, an- 
other bulbous plant, the onion, is known to 
give off a strange radiation. It is not visible 
however, being in the ultra-violet range. Rus- 
sian and German biologists have reported 
these rays, and claim that they are closely 
related to the life principle in some way, for 
other plants exposed to these radiations, faint 
though they are tend to grow faster. Even 
bacteria grow faster under their influence. 
The phenomenon has not as yet been fully in- 
vestigated. — Ed. 

TIDAL CAUSES 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

Does the moon produce the ocean’s tides 
alone, or does the sun have an effect also? Are 
the waves caused in any way by the sun or 
moOn? 

A. O. K., 

Birmingham, Alabama. 

Waves are not connected with tidal phenom- 
ena in any way. They are purely dependent 
on atmospheric and underwater conditions. 

Ocean tides, occurring twice daily all hver 
the world on all seacoasts, are a combination 
of the sun’s and moon’s gravitational effects. 
The moon, since it is so much nearer, un- 
doubtedly has the most to do with them. 



“Flood-tides,” the rise of tides, reach their 
highest ranges when the moon is new or full. 
In other words, when the moon and sun are 
in. a line with Earth, thus exerting a greater 
combined influence. At full moon, when the 
Earth is between, the effect is nearly the same 
as when the sun and moon are both above. In 
the former case the sun and moon pull the 
tides upward at opposite sides of Earth. In 
the latter case, they pull at one end, and by 
the laws of mechanics, the other end rises of 
itself. When the moon is at its quarters, the 
tide is lowest (neap-tides), for the reason that 
sun and moon exert right-angular, opposing 
influences. 

However, there are not two separate tides, 
one each for sun and moon. There is but one 
general tide. This is because the oceans act 
as complete entities under the influence of 
extra-terrestrial forces. The separate, and 
sometimes opposing, forces of sun and moon 
combine in the fluid oneness of an ocean to 
produce a mean (average) tidal effect. 

Not only does the line-up of sun and moon 
(at new or full moon) produce greater tides 
(8 to 3 ratio), but even the moon’s change of 
distance from Bajth has its effect. At perigee 
(nearest position) the moon has a 20% 
greater effect on the tides. 

Obviously, the high-water rec.ords occur 
when , the new moon (on the same side as the 
sun) is at perigee. — Ed. 

ORIGIN OF LIFE 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

I have searched through some books but have 
never found the answer to this: after the earth 
cooled, how did life begin? 

J. B., 

Chicago, 111. 

This is one of the enigmas of nature. One 
can only look over the various theories pro- 
pounded on the question and take a choice. 
Kelvin, Helmholtz, Richter and Arrhenius 
believe life came from outer space in the 
form of spores or hardy germs embedded in 
meteorites, or wafted along in cosmic dust. 
Abiogenesis, or spontaneous generation, pos- 
tulates that living cells arose from carbo- 
naceous, colloidal slime activated by ferments. 
The theory of metallic photocatalysis pre- 
sumes that metallic substances transferred 
the energy of light to carbonized water, form- 
ing formaldehyde, which in turn could con- 
llfi 



116 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



dense with ammonium nitrite (formed by the 
action of lightning on nitrogen in the air) to 
form nitrogen compounds, or amino-aci&s, 
which are the basis of protoplasm. The elec- 
tro-chemical interpretation of life assumes 
that sohie mysterious radiation, perhaps the 
cosmic rays, acted on natural organic com- 
pounds such as nitrogenous oils to form the 
radipgens, the “spark of life.” 

The spore theory of Arrhenius is evasive; 
it does not explain Where life started. Abio- 
genesis does not stand up since it has never 
been observed to happen in recorded times. 
Photosynthesis has been tried in the labora- 
tory, with no worthwhile results, though 
nothing seems to be lacking. And the electro- 
chemical theory falls short for all these rea- 
sons. 

Thus the answer still is — ‘ ‘ Who knows ? ’ ’ — 
Bd. 

PETRIFACTION 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

What exactly is petrifaction? I believe all 
fossils are a result of that process, but wonder 
how it happened. 

J. L., 

Gary, Indiana. 

Petrifaction is simply the substitution of 
the organic substance of once-living matter 
by the inorganic, atom by atom. As 'a mole- 
cule of wood or bone decays; a molecule of 
stone takes its place. This can only occur 
when the air, earth, or water surrounding the 
organic substance holds in solution some 
readily precipitated mineral. Also the decay- 
ing matter must not waste away too rapidly, 
or there will be no chance for deposition of 
minerals. Plesh, for instance, cannot petrify. 
Bone and wood are the most common ex- 
amples, exemplified by fossils and petrified 
forests. 

If it weren’t for the phenomenon of petri- 
faction, we would be totally ignorant of evo- 
lution and all previous life, for our entire 
groundwork of the study of the past is in 
fossils. Limestone caverns, pitch pits, stag- 
nant pools, sudden avalanches, etc., have pre- 
served for us a record of the past, buried un- 
der heaps of dirt and stone. Petrifaction has 
left for us, in enduring stone, a surprisingly 
detailed story of the long past. — Ed. 

WHERE DOES LIGHT GO? 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

You will probably consider this a scientific 
“poser,” but what happens to the light of the 
stars? If it goes on and on, it must eventually 
reach the end of space, if there is an end, and 
then what? 

s. w, 

Dallas, Texas. 

We will' attempt to answer this question 
by analogy. We cannot presume to know 
more than the cosmogonists, who readily ad- 
mit they have found no end to the universe 
so far. The late school of astro-physicists 
talk of a finite, yet boundless space. Ein- 
stein talks of curved space, and the eventual 
return of a light ray after many eons upon 
eons. 



However, it .is likely that a light ray; has 
no chance to reach an ‘ ‘ end ’ ’ or come back 
to the beginning. This is presumed from the 
evidence that our galaxy, in .common, with 
many others, is enveloped in nebulous' mate- 
rial which is able to scatter light and even- 
tually absorb -it. The nebulosity is not visi- 
ble to us, it is so fine and tenuous. The spec- 
troscope gives evidence of its existence, in 
that the bulk of nearer stars have on the av- 
erage a more reddish spectrum. This means 
refraction and absorption of starlight coming 
to U3,*and that -means some medium causing 
it, which is probably nebular matter. 

Other things point to this supposition. The 
“zodiacal light,” which is a background to 
the sun’s corona in an eclipse, may be reflec- 
tion from this material. Again the ‘ ‘ Gegen- 
sehein” or counter glow, opposite the new 
moon may be the sun’s reflection on this 
backdrop of wispy nebulosity. 

It used to be thought, in connection with 
this, that as we reached out some 100,000 light 
years with our telescopes, the stars got thin; 
ner and thinner, and that perhaps ten or 
more times that far away was blank, space. 
The present belief is that it is not a lack of 
stars but the scattering and absorption of 
these weak rays in our own nebulous veil 
which surrounds us. It has even been conjec- 
tured that if our eyes were not hindered' at 
all— if space were absolutely clear — the sky 
would be almost . a continuous blaze of light 
from the countless suns and galaxies in the 
limitless universe. — ^Ed. 

BALL LIGHTNING 

Editor, Science Questions and Answers: 

What is the “lightning ball”? A friend of 
mine claims to have seen one. He said it 
climbed down a tree, like a squirrel, ripped half 
the bark off, then exploded oii the ground with 
a loud noise. 

E. W, 

Binghamton, N. Y. 

The lightning ball is one of Nature’s great- 
est freak phenomena. Its occurrence is so 
rare, and authentic reports so few, that next 
nothing is known of it beyond the fact 
that it is an electric charge and can do con- 
siderable damage. 

They seem always to float lightly, as though 
independent of gravitation, and in some cases 
do quite a bit of bouncing around, especially 
inside a house. One more or less authentic ac- 
count describes an eight-inch lightning ball 
coming down the chimney and floating around 
in the room six feet off the floor for a while. 
Then it fell to the floor, rolled against the 
wall, went through it by the simple process 
of tearing a hole, and exploded out in the 
yard, making a two-foot depression in the wet 
ground. 

The lightning ball must be classified as 
static electricity, somehow stored as a charge 
without the usual convenience of a Leyden 
jar or condenser. Its erratic, counter-gravita- 
tional behavior may be due to repulsion ef- 
fects of Earth’s magnetic field. Being per- 
haps a cloud of electrons, it would have no 
appreciable weight, — Ed. 





this department yre shall publish your opinions every month. After 
all, this is YOUR magazine, and it is edited for YOU. If a story in 
THRILLING WONDER STORIES fails to click with you, it is up to you 
to let us know about it. We welcome your letters whether they are compli- 
mentary or critical — or contain good old fashioned brickbats! Write regu- 
larly! many of your letters as possible will be printed below. We can- 
not undertake to enter into private correspondence. 



WESSO WANTED 

By James V. Taurasi 

I have just finished the April issue of T. 
W. S. and here is what I think of it. 

The cov^r: Swell. This cover is the best 
you have yet put out. Only please do not 
spoil it by all that printing. 

The stories: You are coming along very 
good on your selection of stories. They 
show a great improvement over your first 
issues. The best story in this issue is “Elixir 
'of Doom” by Ray Cummings. Mr. Cum- 
mings has always been my best liked writer 
and it sure is great to have him back. How 
about getting Harl Vincent, another great 
writer, for us? Next in line comes “The 
Astounding Exodus” by Neil R. Jones. He 
is a writer who can always give you adven- 
ture and science in his stories. The only 
story of his I did not like was" “Little Her- 
cules.” The rest of the stories rank as fol- 
lows: “The Invincible Midge,” “The Judg- 
ment Sun” and “Flight of the Silver Eagle.” 

Zamak: There seems to be a miniature 

war going on about this cartoon strip. My 
stand is: the story is too juvenile and car- 
ries a familiar theme — but the drawing is 
very good. Why not have the artist illus- 
trate for some of the stories? 

Inside illustrations: Marchioni seems to 

be doing a fair job of it, but since you have 
Wesso illustrating Scientifacts, why not the 
stories? I think Wesso is one of the best 
science fiction illustrators. 

Keep up the good work, and when are 
you going monthly? — 137-07 32. Avenue, 
Flushing, New York. 

(An Illustration by Wesso in this issue. 
More coming! — Ed.) 

A LONG CHAPTER 

By Amelia Reynolds Long 

I am herewith making a one hundred per 
cent rating on the keeping of New Year’s 
resolutions; namely, applying for member- 
ship in the Science Fiction League. Inci- 
dentally, it is one of the things that I have 
intended doing for a long time; but with a 
procrastinating disposition like mine, it al- 
ways seemed to get side-tracked. It does 
seem a trifle ridiculous that one who claims 
to be a science fiction writer (God and the 



editors willing) should not seize the oppor- 
tunity to join science fiction’s own organi- 
zation. 

My congratulations to the new manage- 
ment of WONDER for restoring it to its 
full stature. It seemed for a time to be on a 
too strenuous reducing diet. However, I 
would like to see a few more stories on bio- 
chemistry and its related subjects. 

Is there by any chance a chapter of the 
Science Fiction League in my locality, with 
which I could become affiliated? If there is 
not, would it be out of place for a female 
member of an organization so nearly stag to 
offer to organize one? 

Best wishes for the League’s continued 
progress and expansion. — 2036 N. Fifth 
Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania., 

(We are gratified by the interest of Miss 
Long, a popular writer of science fiction. In 
T.W.S. All readers residing in her vicinity 
are urged to write to Miss Long for details 
concerning the formation of a Chapter. — Ed.) 



HE LIKES ZARNAK 

By Lawrence Harrison 

I am just a tramp mechanic with no steady 
job or address, but I have a great liking for 
science fiction; have been reading it since 
1924 in one form or another, and since the 
advent of T. W. S. have not missed a copy 
even though the town I might happen to be 
working in didn’t have a news or magazine 
dealer. 

Every story so far has been well worth 
the time necessary for reading — but these 
readers who want to change the mag and 
drop certain departments are in the minor- 
ity. Those of us who are satisfied seldom if 
ever write in about anything — I am dissatis- 
fied now; that. is why I write. 

Some, I notice, rave on and oh wanting 
serials. It’s too far between issues for that 
type of story. 

What is wrong with these Zamak knock- 
ers? It is good illustrated science fiction — 
but everyone doesn’t appreciate the difficulty 
of illustrating things that are beyond the 
common readers’ experience. More power 
to this author. 

If you want to make a change in anything, 
just give Max Plaisted a couple more pages 
117 



118 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



to work on, and add a column to. The Reader 
Speaks to list the names of his knockers. 

I always read Zarnak first. — Marshalltown, 
Iowa. 

—AND HE DOESNTl 

By Alva Thomson 

I have just finished reading the April is- 
sue of T. W. S., and I must say it’s great. 
The cover illustration was excellent, and so 
was the story portrayed, “Wanderer of the 
Void.” You asked what kind of plot Zarnak 
should be given. I think a nice 6x3 plot, 
in the corner of a remote cemetery. “The 
Judgment Sun” was a fine story. “The In- 
vincible Midge” had a new twist and Paul 
Ernst is to be congratulated. This is the 
first magazine I have found worth writing 
to. — ^206 West S2nd Street, New York City. 

WHAT A WRITE^HINKS OF 
S-F FANS! 

By Arthur J. Burks 

Here is something that may interest you. 
Last night I was guest speaker at — guess 
what? Los Angeles Chapter No. 4 of the 
Science Fiction League, fathered, I believe, , 
by you’ns. And if anybody impugns the in- 
telligence of pulp readers again, advise me 
right away and I’ll sock ’em in the nose. 
These youngsters, ranging in ages from 
twelve to sixty, are keen as hell. What they 
don’t know about science, today and tomor- 
row, hasn’t been written yet. I suggested 
we might think up a story for me to write 
for T. W. S., and one youngster suggested a 
time traveling story, where the hero goes 
BACKWARD into the future, that sounded 
like a honey. It may be too tough for me to 
write, but I’ll probably try it later. They 
get together twice a month, and they’re 
rabid fans. .One lady asked me if I thought 
science stories too trashy for young folks 
to read, and the rest of ’em sort of snowed 
her under before I could answer, though I 
tried my best. I recommended ’em. They 
wanted to know all about covers, and black 
and white drawings, and a lot of other things 
I couldn’t tell ’em. Tell your writers to take 
a tip if they are ever asked to talk at this 
League of your’n : to have all the answers at 
their fingertips, for these buzzards KNOW. 

Forrest J. Ackerman, a fashion-plate of 
tvventy or so, asked me over and sprung me 
as a surprise on ’em. Reeled off the titles 
of stories I had done during the past ten 
years. Someone asked me about one I’d 
published about ten or eleven years ago. So, 
thinks I, they don’t forget, so it sort of be- 
hooves us scribblers and publishers to stick 
close to these’ns. They do everything but 
eat the covers when the mags come out. 
They have stills from the _ latest fantastic 
pictures, and, boy, do they rip movie boners 
apart! What I mean is, they’re darned seri- 
ous about the League, its future, what the 
mags are doing and going to do. If there’s 
anything in the mags they miss, I don’t 
know what- it is. They even had copies of 



American Magazine twenty-four years old, 
wherein there was a serial called “Angel 
Island.” 

They meet in the Little Brown Room of 
the Clifton Cafeteria, 648 South Broadway, 
and as I said before, they’re keen, and they 
know all the answers — especially the ones 
you don’t know, dam ’em. 868 South Har- 
vard Boulevard, Los Angeles, California. 

(We know Arthur J. Burks never Intended 
this letter for publication. But we found it 
so Interesting that we think it belongs right 
here in The Reader Speaks. And here’s hop- 
ing the Los Angeles Chapter can coax Burks 
Into turning out a novelette for us. — Ed.) 

ADVENTURE ELeI^NT LIKED 

By P. Burgess 

I have read the December and February 
numbers of your new magazine, and, having 
noted your request for letters from readers 
airing their opinions, etc., I am writing in 
accordingly. I must congratulate you on 
your fine line-up for the above two numbers. 

I think you have here the makings of a first- 
class magazine so long as you do not allow 
your writers to get too technical in their 
writings. The stories in the two numbers I 
have so far perused are mostly A-1, a nice 
spice of adventure and enough but not too 
much science. Having been a reader off and 
on the old WONDER, I am glad to see the 
new THRILLING WONDER STORIES 
and consider it in .every way a marked im- 
provement on the old. 

The December number was O. K. The 
cover was good, whoever your cover artist 
may be, and Marchioni was at his best with 
the inside work. Try and get Paul to help 
Marchioni sometimes to add variety to the 
style. The stories were fine. I particularly 
enjoyed “The Lanson Screen,” by Zagat; 
“Mutiny on Europa,” by Hamilton; “The 
Island of Dr. X,” by Echols; “Saturn’s Ring- 
master,” by Callun; “Earth-Venus 12,” by 
Wilson; Cummings’ “Trapped in Eternity”; 
Weinbaum’s “Brink of Infinity,” and Camp- 
bell’s “Brain Stealers of Mars” were also 
pleasing yams. 

.. In the February number, the cover is good 
and the inside illustrations Q. K. “Black 
Fog,” by Wandrei, was in my opinion far 
and away the best of the short stories, with 
“The World in a Box,” by Jacobi, next. 
“The Seeing Ear” was fair and “He Who 
Masters Time” good till the last page, when 
it became rather dull. “Brain of Venus,” 
“Invaders from Outer Suns,” “The Ice En- 
tity” and “Protoplasmic Station” were all 
enjoyable reading. 

I am pleased to see Ray Cummings back 
in science fiction. Get him to give us a serial 
in the near future — something like that ex- 
cellent four-parter, “Wandl, the Invader,” or 
a novelette on similar lines. I should also 
like to see an occasional story by Charles 
W. Diffin, S. P. Meek, Harl Vincent, Miles 
Breuer, Clifford D. Simak, Sewell Peaslee 
right, Edwin K. Sloat, R. F. Starzl, H. G. 
Winter, Clark Ashton Smith, Manly Wade 
Wellman, and Anthony Gilmore. Why not 
try and get Gilmore to do us some of his 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



119 



famous “Hawk Carse” stories? Also try 
and.get Wright to come back with his “John 
Hanson” yarns. 1 think that with the ac- 
quisition of these two authors writing these 
particular stories you would ensure yourself 
the support of all the “Hawk Carse” and 
“John Hanson” fans. You could at least try 
out the idea for what it’s worth. 

Don’t take too much notice of those read- 
ers who clamor incessantly for more and 
still more science in the stories. Every 
reader who peruses science fiction is not nec- 
essarily a scientific crank. There must be 
a number of people who, like myself, read 
science fiction for relaxation from the com- 
mon type of fiction such as v/esterns, detec- 
tive, love, etc. — in other words, people who 
read science fiction because it is DIFFER- 
ENT and offers a spice of variety. Too much 
science in stories tends to make them dry 
and difficult to read for persons who do not 
have too good a knowledge or understanding 
of scientific matters. So please don’t let 
T. W. S. follow the example of another 
magazine, which has practically sacrificed 
the adventure element in its stories on the 
altar of science, with the result that the 
stories, though fairly good on the whole, are 
stiU.not so good as they formerly were. 

I don’t care for “Zarnak” and shall be glad 
to see the end of it, and hope that when 
“Zarnak” is finished these pages will be used 
for story matter. 

There is one thing I find lacking in inter- 
planetary stories of late years. Atmosphere ! 
These tales seem utterly devoid of the sug- 
gestion of sheer vastness, of the soul-sick- 
ening loneliness of infinite space; of the 
sense of utter isolation from the Earth and 
remoteness from everything familiar to 
Earthmen. Interplanetary tales are written 
with too much matt'er-of-factness, as though 
such things are an accomplished fact. In 
these tales the planets are always already 
settled by Terrestrials with Government 
bases on each ; the spaceways marked out 
and well-traveled; there is no sense of iso- 
lation from Earth or the remoteness of the 
distant planets. Edmond Hamilton had the 
right idea when he mentioned the same mat- 
ter in his “Story Behind the Story” article 
in the December T. W. S. 

Wishing you success during the coming 
year! — 246 North Lane, Aldershot, Hants, 
England. 



FALLACIES IN SCIENCE FICTION 

By Lloyd W. Sharp 

I am accepting your invitation to express 
a reader’s opinion of your magazine; but 
since, at the same time, I aspire to a place 
among your writers, perhaps it behooves me 
to tread cautiously in the course of my criti- 
cisms. Here goes: 

The men who write for T. W. S. seem to 
be a rather capable lot, and furnish really 
good entertainment, albeit at the cost of an 
occasional scientific ‘inaccuracy. But then, 
Campbell has little 'respect for the musts and 
(Continued on page 120) 




® A corn goes deep. When you cut or pare it at home the 
foot femotiis imbedded io the toe. Sooa the corn cornea 
back bagger, ogHe^— more paiofuj — than ever. 

Why suffer! Use the Blue-Joy double-actioo method. 
Pain stops instantly by removing the pressure. Then^ihe 
entire corn lifts out Root and AIL 
Gel e package of Blue- Jay today. 25 (! for a package of 6 , 



come back Bigger, Uglier 

—unless removed Root^ and All 





.r B A U E R & 8 L A C et 

saEOTBF0€ mm pilasters 

plus Of a^aiin nwt'tlte In form snd position. If left 
sene as focal point for renewed development. 



M mi 



WANTED AT ONCEl 
Mother, Home, Love. 
Patriotic, Sacred; 
Comic or any subject. 
Don't delay — send 
best poem today for 
our offer. RICHARD BROS.. 74 Woods Bldg.. CHICAGO. ILLINOIS 




G-MEN 

^Featuring— ^ 

DAM FOWLEit 
At ABi Stands— Priee iOe 



120 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



When Poisons Clog 

KIDNEYS 

and Irritate Bladder 

JUST DO THIS 



Go to your druggist today and get this safe, 
fl^dt and harmless diuretic and stimulant — ask 
for Gold Medal Haarlem Oil Capsules and start 
jBt once to flush kidneys of waste matter satu* 
rated with acids and poisons. 

That’s the way to bring about healthy kidney 
activity and stop that bladder irritation which 
often causes scanty passage with amarting and 
burning as well as restless nights. 

Remember, the kidneys often need flushing 
well as the bowels, and some symptoms of 
kidney weakness are: Getting up once or twice 
during the night— puffy eyes — cramps in legs — 
backache and moist palms. But be sure and get 
GOLD MEDAL Haarlem Oil Capsules — the 
original and genuine — right from Haarlem 
In Holland — the price is small (35 cents), the 
good results will fulfill your expectations. 




A RAILWAY 

TRv!kF:FIC> INSREGTOF 



WRITE 

TODAY 

BUS AND RAILWAY LINES 
ARE ASKING US FOR MEN 

Active. BEUABIE men — 10 to so — are placed 



as Railway and Bus Passenger Traffic Inspectore 
upon completing our home-study course which 
trolDB you in a few weeks. ' Earn up to $135 per 
month to start, plus expenses: edyance rapidly 
with experience. Our record: IB yrs.-of placing 
. STANDARD BUSINESS 



our graduates. Write STANDARD 
TRAINING INSTITUTE. Dlv. 6506. Buffalo. N. Y. 



FISTULA 

Anyone suffering from Fistula, Piles or any Rectal trouble 
is urged to write for our FREE Book, describing the 
McGleary Treatment for. these treacherous rectal troubles. 
The McGleary Treatment has been successful in thousands 
of cases. Let us send, you our reference list of former 
patients living in every State in the Union. The 
McCleary Clinic* 687 Elms Blvd.* Bxcclsior Springs, Mo. 



POEMS SET TO MUSIC 

Datlon. 

J. CHARLES McNEIL 




ORDER BY MAIL A 
r L .f Cy-Via MONEY SAVING PRICE 

■r ^ k 1 . j. Wrappi 

■ nitab ■ imoreMlan Materl; 

SEWO KO HWNCVt 

~ ;; — Thosa Platea ara Held Firmly t 

Suction, Reatorea Natural Voica and Facial Expreseloi 
Poa I Dalay. Wri te Today. Send Hama and Addrees for Informalloi 



60 DAYS 
TRIAL 



'J Via/p 

' Dept 330-N, 24 E. Vao Buren St, Chicago, I 



(Continued from page 119) 
mustn’ts of orthodox science, and he is one 
of my favorites. 

Inconsistency with fact is the thing I am 
saddened most to see: time- travelers occupy- 
ing two places at the same time — making 
gold from nothing in defiance of the thor- 
oughly proven Einstein relation (M = C^) 
— ^impenetrable screens of energy with ships 
sticking, through them— cathode rays travel- 
ing long distances through air as de-phased 
“static.’’^ These things damage the good 
name of science fiction to an extent that can 
hardly be estimated. It is especially sad 
because the damage is wanton. (Tsk! If 
you found similar inconsistencies in a story 
of mine, would MY face be red!) 

I can appreciate the difficulty you have 
had in getting suitable material for your 
magazine, what with the classical well of 
Verne, Poe, Wells, Weinbaum, and Bur- 
roughs having Irun practically dry. Men 
with imagination, replete with scientific 
knowledge, and possessed of an agile pen- 
arm, are few and far between. I sincerely 
hope that you will have better luck in search- 
ing them out henceforth than you had in 
the past few years. 

Mr. Mallory’s suggestion for a series of 
articles on telescope-making might be all 
right, but it would be needless' repetition, 
since the Scientific American has had that 
situation well in hand for years. Warning: 
the telescope-making bug is a disease of un- 
controllable virility; and once started will 
usurp pages and pages^of your magazine. 
I speak as one who 'has been bitten hard 
himself, so hard that a concrete base and a 
Ford rear axle are needed to support the 
monster. — Box 424, Concrete, Washington. 



T.W.S. IS O.K. WITH HIM 

By Robert Sherk 

Before giving my opinion of the stories in 
the April issue I wish to say that each copy 
of T. W. S. is far better than the previous 
one. The stories seem to contain a certain 
something that is lacking in other mags. 

The best story was “Flight of the Silver 
Eagle,” by Arthur L. Zagat. He is your 
finest and most consistently good writer — 
hold on to him. Second best was Dr. Arch 
iGarFs little gem, “Wanderer of the Void.” 
This held my interest from the beginning by 
the inimitable style of the author. Keep up 
the high standards that you have set up in 
this issue! — 119 Folger St., Buffalo, N. Y. 

A HAGGARD FAN 

By R. A. Squires / 

All in all I was quite pleased with the 
February issue. Keep improving at this rate 
and by the end of the year — well, who can 
tell what the future will bring? 

This letter was really inspired by Mr. 
Haggard’s story, “He Who Masters Time.” 
In fact, I liked it so much that I wrote to 
the author and personally thanked him for 
it. Every once in a while a story appears 




THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



121 



that shows an error in all other stories of 
the same type. And this was one of them. 
No other author has ever, to my knowledge, 
considered the expanding universe in his 
time travel tales. 

The forecast for the next issue looks very 
good. Binder and Jones are among the best 
authors science fiction has to offer. 

Here’s wishing you the best of luck. — 1745 
Kenneth Road, Glendale, California. 



CRITICISMS 

By MiTfon A. Rothman 

The February issue of WONDER is cer-. 
tainly an improvement over the first issue. 
And you have at least one improvement over 
the old WONDER. I find that the answers 
in .Science Questions and Answers are much 
better than they formerly were. The Story 
Behind the Story Department is also a wel- 
come innovation. However, that cartoon, 
“Zarnak,” is utterly worthless. There’s tpo 
long a wait between episodes, and the story 
itself is juvenile trash. 

_ The best story in the issue is by an old- 
timer, John Scott Campbell. His name 
brings back memories of the dead past, and 
stories like “The Infinite Brain’’ and “Be- 
yond Pluto.’’ Incidentally, I am still mad at 
Campbell for not giving us that much 
awaited sequel to the latter story. 

The other stories were good. Since you 
are fast set upon your policy, I suppose I 
cannot change it. But since most of the best 
science fiction stories have been novels, you> 
are losing out on them by not printing 
serials. 

About the cover. As art it is not so hot. 
That mass of green representing a brain is 
horrible. And the colors are a bit unat- 
tractive. But the expressions on the faces 
are the best I have ever seen on any cover. 
— 2113 N. Franklin Street, Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania. 



GUIDE TO SCIENCE KNOWLEDGE 
ANSWERS 

(See Page 86) 

1— Page 17, In MENACE FROM THE MICRO- 

COSM 

2— Page 35, in THE MOLTEN BULLET 

3— Page 57, In DARK SUN 

4 — Page 66,' In DARCONDRA 

5— Page 75, CHESSBOARD OF MARS 

6 — Page 90, in RENEGADE 

7— Page 93, In GREEN HELL 

8— Page 94, in GREEN HELL 

9— Page 114, In THE BLACK VORTEX 




S50 for a Story 

•T am glad to tell you that I 
have been piogressing rapidly 
with my course and have been 
able to dispose of a few stories 
and articles. My last story was 
sold to O u t d o o r Life and 
brought me $50.” 

Cyril E. Grozelle, 
Box 418, Halleybury, 
Ontario, Canada. 



How do you know 

you can^t WRITE? 

Have you ever tried? . 

Have you ever attempted even tlie least bit or train- 
ing, under comi>eteDt guidance? 

Or have you been sitting back, as It is so easy to do, 
waiting for the day to come when you will awaken, 
all of a sudden, to the discovery, “I am a writer"? 

If the latter course is the one of your choosing, you 
probably never will write. Lawyers must be law clerks. 
Engineers must be draftsmen. We all know that, in 
our times, the egg does come before the chicken. 

It is seldom that any one becomes a writer until he 
(or she) has been writing for some time. That is why 
80 many authors and writers spring up out of the 
newspaper business. The day-to-day necessity of 
writing— of gathering material about which to write 
— develops their talent, their background and their 
confidence as nothing else could. 

That is why the Newspaper Institute of America 
bases its writing instruction . on journalism — continu- 
ous writing — the training that has produced so many 
successful authors. 



Learn to write by writing 

N ewspaper institute training is based on the New 
York Copy-Desk Method. It starts and keeps you writ- 
ing in your own home, on your own time. Week by week 
you receive actual assignments, just as if you were right at 
work on a great metropolitan daily. Your writing is tndt- 
viduaUy corrected and constructively criticized. A group 
of men, whose combined newspaper experience totals more 
than 200 years, are responsible for this instruction. Under 
such sympathetic guidance, you will find that (instead of 
vainly trying to copy some one else's writing tricks) you 
are rapidly developing your own distinctive, self-flavored 
style — undergoing an experience that has a thrill to it and 
which at the same time develops in you the power to make 
your feelings articulate. 

Many people who ehould be writing become awe struck 
by fabulous stories about millionaire authors and, there- 
fore, give little thought to the $26, $60, and $100 or more 
that can often be earned for material that takes little time 
to write — stories, articles on business, fads, travels, sports, 
recipes,- etc. — things that can easily be turned. out in leisure 
hours, and often on the impulse of the moment. 



A shance to test yourself 

We hare prepared a unique Writing Aptitude Test. This tells you 
{Whether you possess the fundamental qualities necessary to successful 
writlng-^aciite observation, drarootlc instinct, creative imagination, 
etc. Yoti'11 enjoy taking this test. The coupon fvlll bring U, without 
obligation. Newspaper Instttuto of America, One Park Avenue, 
New Tork. 



j^- 

I I Send me. ' 



Newspaper Institute of America 
One Park Avenue, New Tork 

, Send me. without cost or obligation, your Writing Aptitude 
Test end further' Information about writing for profit. 

f 1 

I Mrs. > ■ 

\ Miss ) 

Address 

(All correspondence confidential. No Balesmen will cal] on you.) 

94F3S7 




S CIENCE fiction enthusiasts take 
it more or less for granted that 
other planets are inhabited, but 
modern research has given us no defi- 
nite and undisputed evidence of intelli- 
gent life on any world save the Earth. 

The giant planets, we are told, have 
not yet attained to the life-supporting 
period, while on Mercury life seems im- 
probable. Although Mars and Venus 
favor the presence of intelligent beings, 
there is no evidence that such life 
exists. 

Does that mean we- represent the 
only intelligent life in the universe? 
The stupendous egotism of such a con- 
clusion bids us pause. 

But we may reasonably argue 
against it. 

AN ASTRONOMER'S ARGUMENT 

Space -is strewn by millions of suns, 
any of which may have its system of 
planets. In this connection, we may 
quote the argument of a famous astron- 
omer on the mathematical theory of 
probabilities. 

Imagine a heap of one million grains 
of corn — all white except one, which is 
red. If a man, blindfolded puts out his 
hand and takes one grain from the 
heap, what are the chances that he will 
pick the red grain, all grains sup- 
posedly equally accessible? Just one 
in a million ! 

Were death the penalty for the 
choice of the red grain,, no sensible 
man need hesitate to put forth his hand 
under such conditions. But march the 
1,500 millions of mankind past this 
heap, each blindfolded, taking up and 
dropping again one grain, and it is cer- 
tain that 1,500 will pick the red grain. 



The SCIENCE 
FICTION LEAGUE 

A department conducted for members of 
the international SCIENCE FICTION 
LEAGUE in the interest of science fiction 
and its promotion. We urge members to 
contribute any items of interest that they 
believe will be of value to the organization. 

® 

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 

FORREST J. ACKERMAN 
EANDO BINDER 
JACK DARROW 
EDMOND HAMILTON 
ARTHUR J. BURKS 
RAY CUMMINGS 
RALPH MILNE FARLEY 
WILLIS CONOVER. JR. 



Let us assume for one moment that 
there are suns in space with attendant 
planets, and make the chances one in a 
million that the conditions to support 
intelligent life are found on any planet. 

With practical assurance we may 
then pick out any star at random and 
say that no life exists in that system. 
But with even greater certainty we 
may affirm that, among the thousands 
of millions of suns, there are thousands 
which have their retinue of worlds as 
fitted for life as is our Earth. 

GREAT STORIES TO COMEI 
This month we are introducing the 
first of Jack Binder’s series of scientific 
speculations in his strip, IF! and there 
will be another installment next issue. 
Will you write and let us know what 
you think of the feature? 

The new T. W. S. is going into its 
second year with the next issue. Great 
things are planned for the forthcoming 
numbers. Remember Ray Cummings’ 
famous old character, “Tubby”? He’ll 
be back soon, in a new story by this 
popular writer. And next month Ed- 
mond Hamilton appears with a charac- 
ter we’re- certain will appeal to you — 
Crane of the Terrestrial Secret Service: 
More features? Sure — an article on 

122 



THRILLING WONDER STORIES 



123 



the problems of space flying next 
month, by P. E. Cleator, the British 
authority. It’s brief and to the point, 
accompanied with many interesting il- 
lustrations. And there are more to 
come — if you like them! 

JOIN THE LEAGUE 

Join the SCIENCE FICTION 
LEAGUE! It’s a world organization 
for followers of science and science fic- 
tion — and it fosters that intangible 
bond between all science fiction 
readers. Just fill out the application 
coupon on Page 128. 

Members and chapters are every- 
where, in all parts of the globe. They 
correspond with one another, have 
regular meetings, exchange reading 
material. 

To obtain a FREE certificate of 
membership, tear off the name-strip on 
the cover of this magazine, so that the 
title of the magazine and the date 
show, and send it to SCIENCE FIC- 
TION LEAGUE, enclosing a stamped, 
self-addressed envelope. We will, for- 
ward you, in addition to the certificate, 
further information concerning 
LEAGUE activities. 

Everybody — fans and followers — 
write the editor of THRILLING 
WONDER STORIES a letter every 
month! We want all your opinions, 
suggestions and criticisms. They 
really help us! 



TME S@DEN<SE ILEAGOE 

— a department conducted for members of the International 
Science Fiction Leaeue In the interest of BClcnco, science flctlon 
and its promotion. We ur^e members to contribute any Items 
of Interest that they believe will bo of vaJuo to tbe oreanlzation. 

!niere are thousands of members In the League with about 
forty chapters In this country and abroad, and more than that 
number In the making all over the world. An application cou- 
pon for readers who have not yet joined will bo found In this 
department. 

FOREIGN CHAPTERS 

Leeds Science Fiction League (Chapter No. 17). Director. 
Douglas W. F. Mayer, 20 Hoilln Park Rd.. Itoundhay. Leeds 8, 
Vorkshlre. Fngland. 

Belfast Science Fiction League (Chapter No. 20). Director. 
Hugh C. Camwell. 6 Selina St.. Belfast, Northern Ireland. 
Nuneatm Science Fiction league (Chapter No. 22), Director 

M. K. Hanson. % Mrs. Brice, Main Hoad, Narborough. Lei- 
cestershire, England. 

Sydney Science FHctloo League (Chapter No. 27). Director, 
W. J. J. Osland, 20 Union Street. Paddington. Sydney, N.SIW,. 
Australia. 

Glasgow Science Fiction League (Chapter No. 34). Director, 
Donald O. Macllae. 36 Moray PI.. Glasgow. Scotland. 

Barnsley Science Fiction League (Chapter No. 37). Director, 
Jack Beaumont, 30 Pontefract Bond. Barnsley, Torkshlre. Eng- 
land. 

OTHER CHAPTERS 

There are other domestic Chapters of the IiEAGUE, fully 
organized with regular meetings, in Iho following cities. Ad- 
dresses will he furnished upon request by IleadQuartera to mem- 
bers who would like to join some local branch. Chapters are 
listed chronologically according to Charter: 

Lewiston, Ida.; Erie, Pa.: Ix» Angeles. Calif.; Monllcello, 

N. Y. ; Mayfield. Pa,; Lebanon. Pa.; Jersey CUy, N. J.; Lin- 
coln, Nebraska; New York. N. Y. ; Phllaxlclphla, Pa.; Oakland, 
Calif.; Elizabeth, N. J. ; Chicago. III.; Tacoma, Wash.; Austin, 

(Continued on page 124) 



Sdnsatiohdl 

BARGAIHS 



Guaranteed 
402£° Model 
NOW Only 
$44^ c»h 
On Easy Terms 

SMALLCARRYING^ ^ 

CHARGE 

lODayTrial 
No Money Down 

Positively the greatest bar- 
gain ever offered. A genuine 
full sized $102.50 office model re- 

flnlshed Underwood No. 6 for only $44.90 (cash) or on easy 
terms. Has up-to-date Improvements Including standard 
4-row keyboard, backspacer, automatic ribbon reverse, shift- 
lock key, 2-color ribbon, etc. The perfect all purpo se ty pe- 
writer. Completely rebuilt and FULLY GUABANTEED. 




Learn Touch TypewrHIno 
Complete (Home Study) 
Course of the famous 
Van Sant Speed Tjve- 
writlng System — fully 
Illustrated, easily 
learned, given during 
thlB offer. 



MONEY BACK 
QUAB ANTES 
Send coupon for 10-day Trial 
— if you decide to keop it pay 
only $3.00 a month until 
$49.00 (term price) Is paid. 
Limited offer — act at once. 

”|NTEBNAT10NAL TYPEWRITER EXCHANGE { 
231 Wwt MolirTO 8L. Chloags. III., pent 688. , 

Send Underwood No. 5 (P. O. B. Chicago) at ones j. 
for 10-days' trlaL If I am not perfectly satisfied I “ 
can return It express collect If I keep It 1 will pay 
$3.00 a month until I have paid $49.90 (term price) I 
in full For quick shipment give references and occu. | 
nation. . I 

Name Age | 

Address 

Town State | 




CAany Finish in 2 Veins 



Go as rapldlY as your time and ablUdea permit. Coorso 
I equivalent to resident school work prepares you for 
entnmee to college. Standard H. B. texu supplied — 

Dtploma. Credit for H. 8. eabjects oircadv completad. Slnsje sob- 
I Jocts if dealrod. Hlgb school cdacadoo fs vsir linpoilant for sd- 
wiceipoDt Id basInosB ud ladpstry and soelallr. Don't ba hand!- 
CBppea all ymr life, fie a Hlffh SchMl sradoate. Gtnrt year 
tnmlna now. Free Bnlletln on reoneat. No obllgatioo. 

Schoak Oat, H ASe, Dmel at 56th, Chicago 



Hewly Discovered Hormone 
Helps Men Past 40 

It's a hormone used by many doctors here and abroad to 
streogtiien Impaired vigor caused by weakened glands. This 
hormone, together with other beneficial Ingredients, is obtained in 
Zo-ak Tablets (Blue Box for Men — Orange Box for Women) at 
air good druggists. Try them unlDtemipledly for one month. If 
you do not feel vastly Improved your druggist gives you your 
money ba(^ Don't accept a cheaper substitute. Zo-ak contains 
the genuine gland-stimulating hormone. No harmful drugs. Booklet 
by registered physician free. Zo-ak Co.» 52 W. 45th St. N. T. 



SOOTHE KIONEYS 

o/ifh real sanfaluiood oil 



VJYatu the genito-urlnary passages 
become initated» don’t use cheap 
drastic medicine* Tell yotir drug- 
gist you want genuine Santal Midy 
Capsules. I7s^ by millions. They con- 
tain true East Indian santalwood oil. 





MewSKiM 

V0UR PACS, 




UllOffer/ 

‘VUlbW FlmplM and BlacUteads. TrecU^ 

Ugly Large Fores and Wrinkles Disappear! 

You thought this impossible, but now you can hare a 
clear, blemish-free, new outer skin IN B DAYS. Look 
clean, healthy, years younger and beautiful, this new, 
harmless, economical way. Learn about it FREE I 
It is all explained in a new free treatise called 
“BEADTIFIXL new skin in 3 DAYS” 

Trhlch 18 belDi; mailed absolutely free to readers of this moga* 
Bine. Ho worry no more over your humlllaUng skin ^ and com- 
plexion or signs of aging if your outer skin looks soiled and 
and address to MARVO BEAUTY 
LA^RATORIES, DepU 75-B. No. 1700 Broadway, New York, 
■w. 1 .. end you will receive Uils new trcatlee by return mall In 
plain wrappe e. postpaid and absolutely free. If pleased tell friends 

J 



/3 COUBlg ACTION 

SAFE AND HARMLESS 

Ball Cartridges cannot be Inserted; Shoots 
22 blanks only. Ccmstructloa and flnlah seme 
aa h Igh-grade fire-arms. No permit required. Fot 
races, theatricals, training dogs, etc. 

8 8not Blank Revolvera, dmible aetkm 22 

cal 94.6S 

8 Shot Blank Revolvers, 22 cal. D. A., pearl. etCKJes $8.85 

C Shot Blank Automatic, 32 cal. JllTy elector $4.48 

too Blanks FREE with each. Extra Cartrldgee, per 100 ,60 

$2 Deposit required on C. 0. D.'a 



s: Private Detective. SherllT, Special Police, Private Watch - 
iieid pitd., $1.45. . 



Badge 

man. etc. — Nickel, 65o. 

Bargain Oaiolog: 6AW, OotU, Ri/les. Foliea O'oodSp Telssoopes^ 
nuxocolari, TIotsCerf, B^it, ote. Send .te stomp. 

LEE SALES CO., (Dept. 6X) 35 W. 32nd St, NEW YORK CITY. 




tor ImmedxaXe ConeiderrUion Send poems mi 

Columbian Music FnbUgherg, Dept. SO, Toronto. Can. 



F 



become a srccEssFcx, 

Prepare for a Thrilling Career with a splendid, steady 
income. Write for Free Publication and Particulars. 
NATIONAL INSTITUTE, Dept. E, Fremont, Nebraflka 



A 



¥©y? 



If yon are denied the blessing of a baby all your own and 
yeam for a baby's arms and a baby's smile do not glv^ 'ui> 
hope. Just write in confidence to Mrs. Blildred Owens, 
Dept. Y, 532 Hanan Bldg., Kansas City. Mo., and she will 
tell you about a simple borne method that helped her after 
being denied 15 yrs. Many others say this had helped bless 
their Uvea. Write now and try this wonderful happiness. 



Bi®®di°<S0tiiii7§g Stories 

In Every Issue of 

THRBLLING 

MYSTERY 

31®© — M 



(Continued from page 123) 

Tex.; MUlhlem. Pa.; Bloomington. lU. : Newark. N. J. : Stam- 
ford, Conn.; Denver, Cblo. ; lAueport. C^llf. ; Ridgewood. N. Y. ; 
Woodmere, N. Y. : Beckley. W. Va. ; Tuckahoe. N- Y. j South 
Amboy, N. J. ; Pierre. S, Dak.; Albany. N. Y. ; and Boonton, 
N. J. 

CHAPTER NEWS AND GENERAL 
ACTIVITIES 

PHILADELPHIA CHAPTER 

/ The Philadelphia Chapter of the SFL met, 
A.«t always, at the home of Milton A. Rothman, 
Chapter Director. Dierctor Rothman, as- 
sisted, by two or three others, gave an account 
of the S-F Convention doings for the benefit 
of those who had not attended. 

Willis Conover, Jr., was present at the meet- 
ing. He read aloud two articles scheduled 
for ari early appearance In Science-Fantasy 
Correspondent, the S-P fan magazine. The 
first of these items was Thomas S. Gardner's 
A Critique of Science Fiction, whfeh discusses 
the various science-fiction magazines — their 
merits and faults — In an entirely new and 
highly interesting manner. 

Plans were made to purchase a mimeograph 
machine with which to publish the Chapter 
magazine, the Fantasy Fiction Telegram. 
Several new League members Joined the 
Chapter; and Exec. Dir. Conover was ap- 
pointed an honorary member of the Phila- 
delphia Chapter. 

Meetings are held every other Saturday 
evening at Director Rothman’s residence, 
2113 N. Franklin Street. All readers of 
Imaginative fiction In the Immediate vicinity 
are cordially Invited to attend, or to com- 
municate with Mr. Rothman at the above 
address for further information. 

MINNEAPOLIS CHAPTER 

At the. preliminary meeting of the Minne- 
apolis Chapter ,of the Science Fiction League, 
held recently, members present were: Oliver 
E. Saarl, who was elected' temporary Director; 
Douglas Blakely, assistant director; John 
Chapman, secretary; Robert Madsen treas- 
urer; Russell McKinnon; Arden Benson; 'Vern 
WInkelman; and Jack Burgess. 

Honorary guests present at this meeting 
were Mr. Donald Wandrel and Mr. Carl Jacobi, 
well known science-fiction authors, who gave 
interesting talks oh various 'sidelights of 
fantasy fiction. 

SFL members in the Twin Cities, who are 
interested In joining this chapter, please get 
in touch with Oliver Saarl, 1427 Logan Avenue 
North, Minneapolis, Minn. 

ENGLAND— CHAPTER 37' 

Jack Beaumont, Director of Chapter 37, in 
England, reports: 

“We now total six, and a few outsiders, 
and we meet regularly and discuss science 
and science fiction. We are In touch with 
all the other S-P fans' here in England, and 
many in other countrl^. 

“Our aim Is to build a ‘laboratory-library 
hut* in which each member may exercise his 
talent and Ideas In a practical manner. We 
have, like most other Chapters, a library — 
rather modest, yet to us — of great value and 
interest, but up to now we are each taking 
care of his own collection and hope to have 
them all together in the near future. Anyone 
wishing Information from any of our mem- 
bers concerning our activities is urged to get 
In touch with our secretary, R. Winder, or 
our medical instructor, D. Slade — 30 Ponte- 
fract Road, Barnsley, Yorkshire,' England.** 

NEW MEMBERS 
UNITED STATES 

B. SIoanerl427 2nd No., Seattle, Wash. • Bob 
Beauchamp 914 E. 20th Ave., Denver, (jolo.; 
Keren J. vlThite, Wautoma, Wis.; Albert A. 

(Continued on page 126) 



The New 



©@LL 






124 



15c Everywhere 






THE "SWAP" COLUMN 



Here's tvhcre you can exchange something you have 
but don't utant for something someone else has that you 
do want. This is a FREE service. 

Limit your request to 25 words. No goods for sale 
listed, nor requests concerning firearms or any illegal ar- 
ticles. 

IMPORTANT: No "swaps" of back magasine issues 
arc listed. This rule has been adopted to safeguard the 
health of our* readers. Back numbers of magazines are 
known disease-carriers. 

Type or hand-print clearly, in submitting announce- 
ments. THRILLING WONDER STORIES will not be 
responsible for losses sustained. Make plain fust whiat 
you have and what you want to "swap" it for. Enclose 
a clipping of this announcement with your request. Ad- 
dress Swap Column, THRILLING WONDER STO- 
RIES, 22 West 4Sth Street, New York, N. Y. 



Trade printer's cut for cuts I do not have, or 
photoffraphic material or printing material. 
Consider anything. Send proofs. All inquiries 
answered. Frank’s Printing, Tipton, Box 253, 
Missouri. 

New electric 2-tube all wave radio set, model 
airplane equipment, for good telescope, mi- 
croscope or anything but stamps. John 
^ Szlucha, R. D. 1, Owego, New York. 

Have crystal radio set, will trade for bi- 
noculars. Leslie Scott, Pleasant Plains, Ar- 
kansas . 

Have brand new Spanish steel string, steel 
plated guitar and fencing swords. Will swap 
for anything of value. Send list. Fred Led- 
well, Jr., 28 Church St., Erlanger, N. C. 

Want navy covers, old U. S. postal cards and 
old U. S. envelopes. Have good foreign 
stamps, postmarks, meter and permit Nos. 
H. (Warrant, 8227 So. Ashland Avenue, Chl- 
cago, Illinois. 

Have magician’s card vanlshcr, works In 
sleeve. Cards disappear and reappear at will. 
What’ll you swap for it? Branson MeHarg, 
ChlUlcothe, Texas. 

Will swap stamps. Have many to exchange. 
Send 100, 200 receive same number. CTayton 
Howland, 1145 18th Street, Des Moines, Iowa. 
Will exchange foreign stamps for theatre 
stubs from all towns and cities. Exchange on 
equal basis. Do not send duplicates. M. 
Weiner, 1668 Prospect PI., Brooklyn, N. Y. 

Have $75.00 worth radio parts. Will trade 
for books, stamps and coins. Make your of- 
fers. A. Von Bell, 222 S. Main, Winston- 
Salem, N. C. 

Have United States stamps, mint and used. 
Six ft. Lemonwood English bow, 8mm. movie 
camera Unlvex. Want outboard motor or 
anything you may have to offer. Jas. E. Wll- 
helm, 423 Randolph Avenue, Elkins, W. Va . 

16 mm. comedy, cartoon, scientific. Educa- 
tional 100-800 foot films wanted. Give name, 
length and condition. Exchange list sent. 
Louis Leibovitz, 3836 Cambridge, Phila- 
delphla, Penna. 

Swap LaSalle accounting course for most 
anything. Geo. Mooney, 326 N. Belmont Ave- 
nue, Los Angeles, California. 

Have 250x microscope In fine condition to 
trade for motorcycle motor, war relics, base- 
ball goods or anything. Robert Kldol, Cream 
Ridge. New Jersey. 

Will exchange foreign coins and stamps for 
United States and foreign stamps. H. G. 
Schaeffer, 1320 Fulton Avenue, New York 
City, N. Y. 

Send list of trade articles. Want especially 
good moving or still camera and eoulpment, 
microscope. Have good chemical lahoratory, 
stamp collection, etc. Will send list. Virgil 
Pollock, 1743 Erie Street, Toledo, Ohio. 



HARMON 
DEVELOPMENT of 



Steaufti9ul 
Photographs 

of UlsB Bloch's pupils 
t^en undraped, llluetrat- 
Ini clearly the various ex- 
ercises explained Jo the text. 

O 

Between the covers of this 
book is an effective system of 
body culture for Improrlng 
jour figure, and enjoying phys- 
ical fitness— "an effe^lre guide 
to charm, poise, beauty." 

"The undraped figure was 
ohosen for the lllustratloos . . . 
to bring out sharply the lines de- 
alred; also to bring out clearly a 
picture of every detail of the 
action. ... To the pure In mind 
everything is pure and this book 
is meant only for the mature and 
serious minded.** 

— From Preface to 6tb Bdltlon 
HTOBIA (published by the 'Ameii* 
can Medical Assodatlon) says: "Ex- 
cellent . . . las photographs • 
show clearly the action.*' 




Q 
D 

1X3 a CS) E23 CZS CE3 C2D (IZXCp 



C3 OC£3 CD E3 EH C3 ET] I 

Pries $3 (Poiiooe 18o eotra) 

5- Day Money* Baok Guarantee 
9*0 get vour copy promptlv* fuail note to 
HEALTHCBAFT GUILD 
Dept. B67-F, 247 Watt Ifitb Street, New York 



dm [FAV D®§im 



(Ffoodo 

aiT BEIAOT FOR PROSPERirr. Be ready for BIO 
PAY. 1 will train you s^oor boms by mall on Piaotleal 
. Dradtlng until IN POSITION, at prepare you for BET- 
TER PAY on the J<^ you bftv e. A ll tools and drawing table sent 
at onoB If you enroll now. WRITE FOR FREE BOOE. 
SN@DN[E[pi QtlSligiE. OSo. A dlberlifvinep DH, 





TBBATBCENT mailed on 
IFree Trial. It satisfied, 
send $1; It not, It’s I’ree. 
Write me tor your tr^t- 
ment today. 



W. K. STERLINE, 830 Ohio Ave., Sidney, Ohio 



available at $126-$17B per month, steady. Cabin. Hnnt, 
trap, patrol. Qualify at once. 

Get details immediately. 

Rayson Service Bureau, B-56 Denver, Colo. 




F@©T 




by wearing these Invisible, scientifically 
constructed OMNIPED Foot Cushions. 
Relieves pain Instantly from weak, tired. 
, complaining feet thru the gentle, psln- 
less. massaging action of these foot cushions. 
Qulofi and Certain Refief. Unlike other fMt 
appliances. Try Omnipeds at our rlskd 
for a week — money beck If not4 
satisfied. 8end size of eboe with 
■curr^cy, <dieck, or money order. a pair 
OMNIPED PROOUOTB, Dept TP-6. 1166 Broadway, N. Y. C. 



15c Everywhere 








I haTc thOTifianda of 
eatlsfled customers 
air over the country 
who conld not af- 
ford to pay biff 
prices. I have been 
making dental plates 
for many years by mall. I guarantee you satisfaction 
or they do not cost you one cent, and I take your word. 
Teeth made especially for you personally can be tried 
for sixty days. In one Pennsylvania town alone, 91 
people are wearing teeth made by me. They are satis- 
ned and have saved money. 




Blly plates are very beautiful to look at and are con- 
structed to give life-long service and satisfaction. Yon 
can look younger at once. They are made with pearly 
white genuine porcelain teeth. Well fitting and 
gnaranteed unbreakable. Remember you do not send 
rHl yP'i*' name and ad- 

dress, and we send free Impression 
<L_J material and full detailed directions. 
Be snre to write today for my low prices and complete 
Information. Don't put this off. Do It today. 

Sa He [}{][ED[MQKI©E^J, ©o©nSc 
W. ESsiron SL, iept 6501, (Chicago, Dllinois 

DON’T BE GUT 

Until You Tty This 
Wonderful Treatment 

for pile suffering. If you have piles in any 
form write for a FREE sample of Page’s 
Pile Tablets and you will bless the day that you 
read this. Write today. E. R. Page Co., 
421-Bll Page Bldg., Marshall, Mich. 





The Magazine of 
Science — Invention — Experiments 



NOW ON SALE AT 

^ mw LOW PRiei 

iOc 

o 

At AH Stands 



THE SCIENCE FICTION LEAGUE 

(Continued from page 124) 



Siclaras, 65 Lltlegow St., Dorchester, Mass.; 
Constance Lockard, 4140 Charlotte, Kansas 
City, Mo.; Bob BarnetL 1S18 So. Maple St., 
Carthage, Mo.; Leora Belery, 132 Jewel St., 
Munlalng, Mich.; Jack Tarbell, 73 Whitney 
Ave., New Haven, Conn.; Harry Morton, 1220 
Smead St., Loganyjort, Ind. ; Robert L. Jones, 
4434 Winona Denver, Colo.; L*a Rae John- 
son, 428 N. Prospect St., RockforiT III.; Helen 
Klerzkowski, WoodcllfT Inn., R. D. 1, Clarks 
Summit, Paj Jack Johnson, 3009 N. Swanson 
Btr., Phlla, Pa.; Dr. Samuel Gottfried, 226 Jay 
St., Sacramento, Calif.; Thomas York, 257 w. 
113 St.. N. T.. N. T.; George Markus, Jr., 537 
Ohio, St., Dayton, Ohio; W. C. Rogus, 701 Mul- 
berry St., Evansville, Ind.; Frederick Daugs, 
Monona, Iowa; Norman Pastor, 1728 Grand 
Ave., Dayton, Ohio: James Davidson, 520 

Branard, Houston, Texas; Alfred Anderson, 
Rt. U Box 49C, Florin, Calif.; Lester Bennett, 
601 Bird Ave., Buffalo. N. T. ; L. Maran, 210 W. 
101 St., N. T. C.; John M. Clewls, Jr., 1333 W. 
Jackson Blvd., Chicago, 111.; Arthur Mack, 
'3666 E. 156, Shaker Heights, Ohio; John 
Gwlnn, 264 9th St., Troy, N. x. ; Harold Schaef- 
fer, 1320 Fulton Ave., N. T., N. T.; C. E. 
Forst, 227 S. Peck Dr., Beverly Hills, Calif.; 
Alonzo Blake, 68 Mornlngslde Ave., N. Y. C.; 
John B. Michel, 2223 Cortelyou Rd,, Brooklyn, 
N. T.; Herluf Jensen, c/o H. O. Jensen, D.S.R., 
El Campo, Texas; Jimmy Shuey, Unlonville, 
Mo.; Leonard Vogel, 1760 Ocean Parkway, 
Brooklyn, N. T.; w. Mayne, 2081 Arch, Phlla-, 
Pa.; A- R. Long, 2036 N. Fifth St., Harrisburg. 
Pa.: Caslmlr Pierog, 7603 Osage Ave., Cleve- 
land. Ohio; William J. Noble, 301 .Cedarhurst 
St., Pittsburgh, Pa.; Myron Weinberg, 3554 
Rochambeau Ave., Bron^ N. Y. ; Robert Simon, 
Box 335, Gueydan, La.* Carl Robinson, R.R. 1, 
Box 22, Morganfleld, ICy.: Alex Chanin, 1461 
Crotona PI., Bronx, N. Y.; Harry Smejkal, 
3810 Campbell Dr., N. Y., N. Y.; James Metts, 
411 Carlton Ave., Brooklyn, N. T. ; Wm. 
Howard, 1 W. Lowell St., Lawrence, Mass.; 
Jack C. McQuese, 2323 Rowan St., Louisville, 
Ky. ; T. B. Terke, 157 N. Alexandria Ave., Los 
Angeles, Calif.; Chester Hoey, 441 1st St., 
Brooklyn, N. T.* Robert Miles, 456 Cleveland 
St., Woodland, Calif.; H. Blermann, 3130. Lin- 
coln Ave., Chicago,' 111.; Everett DeGuzzie, 3 
Bundy Ave., Bath, N. Y. 

Aubrey M. Brundlck, 4005 Carlisle Ave., 
Baltimore, Md. ; Edward V. Kownack, 820 E.' 
168 SL, Bronx, N. Y. ; Howard Cooper, 7 Jacoby 
St., Maplewood, N. J. ; Jack Gray, 3430 Le.n- 
franco, Los Angeles, Calif.; Kenneth Meeks, 
841 N. Latrobe Ave., Chicago, 111.; E. A. Wit- 
mer, P.O. Box 194, Republic, Mo.; Will Won- 
ner, 739 E. Boundary Ave., York, Pa.; Eugene 
Favillo, 112 Franklin Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y.; 
Marvin Cohn, 138 S. Maryland Ave., Atlantic 
City, N. J.; Frederick H. Schmidt, Jr., Pala- 
cios, Texas; Havey S. Lockwood, Co. K. 19th 
Inf., Selo Bks., T. H.; Virgil D. Smith, 3430 
Lanfranco St., L. A., Calif.; A. Denson, 4 E. 
Main St., Rockville, Conn.; Anthony Dominick, 
17-^ St. Johns PI., N. Y. C. ; Isidore Slepack. 
43 Christopher Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y., Alfred 
C. Denson, 20 Davis Ave., Rockville, Conn.; 
Jock Hammlll, 1362 Eastwood Ave., Columbus, 
Ohio; Charles Cox, Box 762, McCamey, Texas; 
T. Bruce Terke; 137 N. Alexandria, Los An- 

f eles, Calif.; Walter Saedlow, 2022 N. Spaul- 
Ing, Chicago, 111.; Thomas W. Ramsey, 110 
S. Washington St., Lock Haven, Pa.; Virgil 
S. Pollock, 1742 Erie St., Toledo, Ohio; Ber- 
nard Kramllch, 88 Jefferson Ave., Oshkosh, 
Wise.; Wm. Stubbs, 652 W. 189 St., N. Y., N. Y.; 
Jack G-lllesple, 84 Wadsworth Terrace, N. Y., 
N. Y. ; Hal Blermann, 1463 George St-, Chicago, 
111.; Alvin Reed, 86 Ash St:, Ludlow, Ky. ; B. 
Wlmen, Jr., 624 Worth St., Pittsburgh, Pa.; 
Gilbert Dancy, 123 Lancaster St., Albany, N. 
T.; Charles Ia Cottrell, 27 Dunnond Ave., Red 
Bank, N. J.; lareal Marks, 837 Albany St., 
Schenectady, N. Y. ; Walter Simpson, 4128 N. 



(Continued on page 128) 




126 



Scientifilm Review 



MONEYS BIKE! 



THE MAN WHO COULD WORK MIR- 
ACLES. A London Films production. Pro- 
duced by Alexander Korda, directed by Lo- 
thar Mendes, featuring Roland Young. From 
a story by H. G. Wells. 

A typical Wellsian fantasy, intelli- 
gently, handsomely and delightfully 
done — with a stupendous situation, a very 
average human figure, and a moral. ' 

A shabby little shop assistant finds that he 
can perform miracles. His first modest am- 
bition — conjuring in music-halls — is compli- 
cated by the meddlings of a selfish girl, a 
banker, a preacher and a Tory colonel. He 
suddenly realizes his power and, as a self- 
made Prince of the world, brings before him 
all bosses of finance, government and man- 
ners for a conference. 

Here the film achieves stature. Upon the 
captains and kings this new master pours 
his criticism and invective — an indictment of 
a bad old world by an average man who, 
long hurt and helpless, has become suddenly 
powerful and articulate. It is a long speech, 
trumoeting and scathing, and not once does 
it drag. His final cry, “Rule the world bet- 
ter or I’ll wipe you all out," is the high point 
of the piece. 

Then the Wellsian moral: dazzled with his 
own power, the miracle- worker comn.. 
the Earth to cease revolving — and all is 
spectacular chaos. Flying through space, he 
has only time and strength to wish every- 
thing back on a pre-miracle basis. But this 
lesson fails; you of the audience are more 
apt to dream of the miracles you’d do in the 
shop-assistant’s stead. 

Score one for Producer Alexander Korda, 
who is probably the greatest and most adroit 
fi^re in films today. Roland Young, as the 
miracle man, tints the role with his usual 
stylized restraint and charm. Ralph Rich- 
ardson is splendid in his characterization of 
the staffy colonel, and Ernest Thesiger irks 
artistically as the minister. The sets offer 
an English atmosphere that all Hollywood 
could not achieve. 

And the miracles — from the first uneasy 
juggling of a lamp in a public-house to the 
final destruction of Earth — are the meat of 
the picture for all lovers of the fantastic and 
the startling. 

— M. W. W. 



NeK^ issue 

HIFT m li^RNBTY 
A CompBefe Novelette 
of Absolute Space 

iy PAUL ERNST 




BOYS, 12 to 15; a 
streamlined al nmU 
num bicycle for youl 
Fully equipped; 
flaflhy, sturdy, a pipl 
Three hundred other 
prizes, including 
watches, clothing, 
movie, typewriter. Earn what 
you want. Make money, besides. 
IVs easy! Jiist obtain oustomera 
in your neighborhood and deliver 
our magazines to them. Need 
not Intenere with sofaool or play. 
Many boys earn a prize the first 
dav. Perhaps you can, too. 
Gel the jump on your chums. 
To start on the road to money 
and prises right away, write t<r* 



JiiD Thayer, DepL 7251 
^he CroweD PubDilmig Ck 
^Sprbgfieldt Ohio 



Rheumatism 



Relieve 
Pain In 9 
Minutes 



To relieve the torturing pain of Rheumatism, Neuritis, 
Neuralgia or Lumbago in 9 minutcB, get tho Doctor’s 
Prescription WUB8DTO. Absolutely safe. No opiates, no 
narcotics. Does the work quickly— and must relieve 
your worst pain in nine minutes or your money back at 
Druggist’s. Don’t suffer. Use guaranteed NQJRflir® today. 




ECZEMA 

h) not a oKIn dlseaso. says Dr. Hoenoann. well-known Milwaukee 
Edema ....... called salt 

rtieum, weeping eezema, miiK orun, ecald nead, moist tetter, write 
for bwk of little-known facts FBEE. Also learn about Dr. 
Hoennann's simple home trea^ent which has produced amazing 
results In his private practice. Dr. Rud. Hoermaao, Ine., 
Suite 362, 2200 N. Third St., Bailwaukee. Wla. 




mmt 




s 



Easy to Start! Market Waiting! 
Use email pond to begin. Expand 
'with the Increase. Easy UIC BlUVB 
to ship. Other markets DO IS 

waiting also. Man & Women ataitlng 
In every state. See what others are 
already’’^doing. Bend for free frog 
book flT piflfniQ g unusual offer to be- 
Blnners. Amerfsan Prop Canning Co.. 



I06.H) 



New Orloana. La. 



WORK FOR THE 




Fumier OOLLEGE HUMOR 15c Everywhere 



127 





(S'OOQ) PAY 
PASaNATIING WORCC 
IU!JIXylR03US-SyKR©yNOINGS 

Previous exporisDCe proved unnecessary 
with unique, low-coet. home-'lreinlns 
plan. Saleiiea up to $1,500 to $5,000 
^arly. National Placemeot Service 
FREE of ertni cost— opportunities every- 
where In hotels, clubs, restaurants, etc. 
FREE BOOK elves facts, secrets of 
ecltliw into this fascinallne field 
NOWT Send this ad with name and 
address for your copy — no obligation. 
(Cnecw pei|t/eo fa wMca yoo arc l/iterertec/j 



.Hoslesi 
'Monoger 
Asst. Mgr. 
Cashier 
, Housekeeper 



LEWIS HOTEL TRAINING 80H00LS 
Room P 0-959 Washington, D. C. 



w\^E\g i^yir®^©iB0LE 

F®0§ KEFOSESHIMTATDWES 

Big cash commissions 'every month for 
agents selling new kind of low cost family 
group life insurance. Also Free Deluxe Ford, 
Chevrolet or Plymouth to all agents who 
make good. No previous experience neces- 
sary — simple to sell. If you want to own a 
car and make money write today to Benefit 
Protective Association of America, 105 Hall 
Bldg., Kansas City, Mo. 




Do you feel tired, weak, run down, irritable? Do 
you suffer from indigestion, constipation? Many 
of these ailments are ' often due to a weak run- 
down condition. Send at once for a free 15-day 
treatment of' Dr. Rainey’s V-Tal Tablets (a $1.00 
supply), also Dr. Rainey’s splendid laxatives (25c 
Biae). 




Just send 10c to cover postage, 
packing and handliag charges. 



Ethe Rainey Dru^ Co., Inc. 

108 West LfOke Street 
Dept. A-218, Chicago, 111. 



^ TI T1 ■(r TT /QiTyO ^TVO C5 



THE SCIENCE FICTION LEAGUE 

(Continued from page 126) 



5 th St., Phila^ Pa.; Morris Stavisity. 598 
Howard Ave., Brooklyn, N. Y. ; Bert Christy, 
802 Worthington PI., Omaha, Nebr.; Roger C. 
Patrick, 732 Birch Drive, Mason Ciy<\ Iowa; 
Howard Myers, 16%-^ Burke St., Winston- 
Salem, N. C. ; Alex S. Mroz, 262 Lowell St., 
Manchester, N. H. 

NEW MEMBERS 
CANADA 

Keith Young, Lunenburg, Nova Scotia, 
Canada; Walter R. T. Romain, Box 49, Wild- 
wood, Alberta, Canada; Edward Townsend, 
New Waterford, C. B., N. S. ; Frank Lloyd, 
Cordova, Mines, Ont., Cana.; J. Ferguson 
Stewart, 1090 Laurier Ave.i W., Outremont, 
Quebec, Canada; Peter Whalley, 2327 W. 35th 
Ave., Vancouver, B. C., Canada; Alfred L. 
Foster, 183 % Sherbourne St., Toronto, Cana.; 
L. Middleton, Suite La Rosslyn Ct., 109 St., 
Edmonton, Alta, Cana. 

ENGLAND 

Eric Miller, 14 Princes Court, Wembley, 
Middlesex, Eng.; Harold J. Blakeley, 97 Can- 
ning Rd., Wealdstone, Middlesex, Eng.; Jack 
Levvin, 46 Rose Hill Terrace^ Brighton, 7 Sus- 
sex, Eng.; Fred .L. Jackson, 52 Daffodil Rd., 
Farnsworth, Lrfinchashire, Eng.; John B. Jep- 
son, Sunnyhurst, Leyland Rd., Nuneaton, War- 
wicks, Eng.; P. W. Burnell, 9 Bulstrode Ave., 
Hounslow, Middlesex, Eng. 

I APPyCATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 

1 SCIENCE FICTION LEAGUE 

I Science Fiction League, 

I 22 W. 48th St., New York, N. Y. 

: I wish to apply for membership in 

I the SCIENCE FICTION LEAGUE. 

° I pledge myself to abide by all rules 
° and regulations. 



Name 

(Print Legibly) 

Address 



Prostate gland acute or chronic, rheumatism, kidney 
and bladder sufferers send for free trial package, 
amazing results. Endorsed by doctors. 

FROSTEX COMPANY, Dept. 31, Miami, Oklahoma. . 



City 

State 



Age 




Occupation Hobby 

I am enclosing a stamped, self-ad- 
dressed envelope and the name-strip 
from the cover of this magazine (tear 
off name-strip so that the name 
THRILLING WONDER STORIES 
and the date can be seen). You will 
send me my membership certificate 
and a list of rules promptly. 

6—37 

BliniBPaODBaBOBBBOBggOBWgW»BB BBOOPOOBBPBB OPPBBPBBBBBBHB 

15c Everywhere 




128 







^ENTON and Blake are back again in 
a new story of interplanetary explora- 
tion! 

In THE DOUBLE MINDS, a new nov- 
elette by JOHN W. CAMPBELL, Jr, they 
discover an alien form of life even stranger 
than the thushol of Mars — the shleath of 
Ganymede! It’s an absorbing story of 
scientific secrets. 



l.j^IVE men and two girls speed through 
the stratosphere high over the Rockies. 
Suddenly, without an instant’s warning the 
altimeter registers — nothing! Seven souls are 
lost in the unknown of absolute space! 

That’s the dramatic start of RIFT IN 
INFINITY, a new novelette by PAUL 
ERNST. It’s a thrilling story of a cosmic 
slip that could happen but once in a life- 
time ! 

* * 

(^TIS ADELBERT KLINE’S novelette 
^ for next month, THE IRON WORLD, 
pictures a future continent inhabited by 
thinking automatons. But in a secret labo- 
ratory in a remote comer of the land one 
master scientist, with a mechanical body 
and a living brain, plots a robot rebellion 
to overthrow forever the last of the human 
race — and make the earth a planet where 
only the metal men reign! 



■K^ATTHEW YORK’S chemical-stained 
lyil fingers caressed a thin test-tube filled 
with a sparkling, radiant fluid'. Man’s key 
to immortality — the elixir of youth — ^lay im- 
prisoned in that liquid. What should he do 
with it? Give it to 'the world— or destroy 
it? CONQUEST OF LIFE, a powerful 
novelette of laboratory magic, by EANDO 
BINDER, gives you the amazing answer. 



All these, and stories by Edmond Hamil- 
ton and many others, are scheduled for the 
next issue. In addition, an article on space 
[travel by P. E. Cleator, and another install- 
lent of the brand-new. fascinating feature, 
tF. 




WtMtId's (Loerest 
TaiRIE PROOES 

Tire oeere by the 
Uieinamls bO over 
tbe D.8.A. rfmeb tor 
tfaeftiuiK Olard 
Ice of mr Standard 
Bfwd area reeozKtt- 
dooeo with hlffb node 
orlajs ai^ fateat 
tboda by cm tire 
parts. O'er 
~ OKperlance 



(LANITE 

With Every 
21iresoiitereil 




^et« wfdi 
I sad B M W wit 
reflector bulb. 

for Instant 
^njr. ateBoy 
t. Uboiqi 
ire.OraernoWi 



I'luwt.vo It p08SU>Ia to 

offer tlree at leerost prked* with lesal 
e g reem e irt to i * ’ 



Oe 

at H price any, 
ROes* Sendee. 

84s4>6 0.4S LI 5 
SOifl 3.0S L3S 
9.79 L4» 







SEND ONLY QKEP08IT bo aaeh tire ordered. 



(0.00 on each Troei Tire.) We ship baluiee C. O. D. 
De^ct S per cent ir eaeb (b aent to loU with order. To 
fill order promptly we may Bo betlt Pte braads ifoeeae* 
saiy. ALL TUBES BRAND NEW— GUARANTEED— 
PIEROSV-IFDEILD ITilRE & (RUBBER CO. 
2aas-30 gL WIchIgga Pept. T.FJg,CldcaBn.Cfl. 








Follow the World’s Greatest Sleuth 
on a Baffling Murder Trail' 



IRaOM-FKl 



©@[L 1 L R 3 [U)[^E)[El^g 

A Full ^Book-Length Novel 

o 

in the June Issue of 

¥K][E 

©[ETTICTDWIE 

A THRILLING PUBLICATION 



/SiL[L 

STr^[o)§ 



smarter 






15c Everywhere 



129 





DO YOU JUST DREAM 




OF 



FAT PAY ENVELOPES? 




Dbeamxnc is a grand pastime but it will never add a single dolIoS 
to your pay envelope. The truth is. the only sale way to get more' 
money is to deserve more money 1 You will never be surprised in 
the pay envelope unless you surprise somebody on the job. 
Training (you can acquire it through spare-time study of azS 
L C. S. Course) is the answerl This coupon is the first step. 



INTERN AT I O N A t; C O R R E S,P 0 N D E N C E S C H 0.0 L S 



BOX 3969-J, SCRANTON, PENNA. 

Without coat or obligation, please send me a copy'of your booklet, “Who Wins and 
Why,” and full particulars about the subject before which I have marked X; 



□ Architeot 

Q ArQhHect.ural Draftamss 

Q R iitliUng -ICAt-iltittfii.g 

□ Contr&otar and Builder 

□ Structaral Drtiftainaik 

□ Stniotural Engineer 

D Menayamanf of iDVentfoiU 
0 Eleotricnl Eoismeer 
n Electrio XjsbtJDS 
n Weldins, Eleotno aod Gas 

8 Reading ^op Bhieprinia 
Heat Treatment of Metole 



TECHNICAL AND INDUSTRIAL COURSES 



O Sheet Mete! Worker 
Q Bo3nnnaker 
O Telegraph Engineer 
Q Telephone Work □ Radio 

n Mecbanioal Engineering 

□ Meobenlcal Drafteman 

□ MaohJnist D Toolmaker 

O Patternmaker 

□ Diael EiMmeB 

□ Aviation Engines 

□ Automobile Mecbahio 

□ Refrigeration 



□ Plimbing D Steam Pitting 

8 Heating □ Ventilation 

Air Conditioning 
Q Steam Engineer 
□ Steam Eleotrie Engineer 
O MarizM Encinear 
□ R. R.' Loeomotivea 

8 R. R: Sectioo Foreman 

Air Brakes □ R. R. Signalmen: 



D Bookkeeping 
0 Sfnretari^ Work 

B Spanish 
French 

D Saleamwnehip 
0 Advertisios 



□ Highway Engineoring 
D Civil Engineering 

□ Surveying and Mapping 

BUSINESS TRAINING COURSES 

□ Service Station Balesmanehip 

□ Pint Year College Subjects 
Q Bzalneeh Oorreepondence 
O Stenography and Typing 

□ Civil Service □ Mail Carri 

□ Railway Mail Clerk 



□ Buslneas Management 

g Industrial Management 
Tta£&e M 
Acoeuntancy 
O Cost Aooountant ' 

□ C. P. Aooountent 

O Borne Dreesmaking 
Q Profeealonal DreamaUng and 

Name -.no-. 

Ciiy State Present Position. 

If imi fgside in Canada, smd tMa cetipon to ike Internatiasuil Correeoondenee BekooU Canadian, Limited, Montreal, 



n Advanced Di 



DOMESTIC 

■smaking 



SCIENCE COURSES 
□ MiDinery 



D Bridge Engineer 

□ Bridge and Building Foreman, 

□ Chemistry 
D li^tarmaey 

□ Goal Mining 

□ Mine Foreman □ Fire 

□ Navigation 

□ Cotton Manufacturing 

□ Wooloi Manuiaoturing 

□ Agrioulture 

□ Fruit Qrowing 

□ Poultry Farming 

□ Orads Bohool Subjeota 
O Hi^ Scdiool Subjeete 

□ (Do&ega Preparatory 

□ Bhutmting 

□ Cartooning 

O Lettering Show Cards □ 

□ Foods and Coebe i y 



D Tea Room and Cafeteria Management. Catering 



...Age ..Address.. 










'anivrwwnvi ra'dfaT^et — maice arinduneem^nUi from any part, of' 
the hou!>e — iaject wise cracks, Joth and mystify friendi. Imitate 
radio a^ra, practice crooninii, singins, radio acting, etc. ^ 
"Ben Bemie” or a "Rudy Valee." 



World Mike 

Made especially for borne use, 
BtlBched' in a litfy without tools. 
Not a toy. Put on your onm pro- 
grama at home, parties, club af- 
fairs. etc. Barrcb of lunl EUay 
to operate. mm 

Price Postpaid 25c 



CRYSTAL RADIO 25c 



wlihl.. - - 

elation for up to 100 
miles under enod eon. 
dlilons). All you need 
~ 1$ an aerJ.tl A ear 
phone. Completely 
assembtcfl & wired 
with aupersenai live 
crystal, stand, base. 
rrvB'.ai run. arm wiih 
a whisker, etc, Reception guaranteed, asc 




DELUXE MIKE 



SOc end $1. 
Wetim.Mteander. 
rective. Pattern. 



substantial, ... 
Practise ra 
broadcast 






radio. 

In 



HcBU- 



out dIslArlInn. 

lar table model- 

hold In hand, Ruaran- 
teed. Connected wiuiyi:,. 
out uaols.. Price 




ALL WAVED A Q| OS 

WORLD WIDE D « ^ 

Hemarkahle reauh.s— simple opera, 
lion — low prices'. IS teCOO metera 
Gets po'ico calls, foielgn suiioni 
anywhere, coi'e^ short wave. for. 
eignand domestic broadcasts, etc. 




vnli.i 



and erri. 



cle'ncy. Each set cnmrdeie without 
lube. Phone, baitei-y or aerial. 
ONE TUBE BATTERY SET. 
Good hcadphonevol. E 4 ee 
ume. Complete «it 
iWired ready toore'.s'e S3. 30. 
'iSUPER ONE TUBE BATTERY 
'set. Gives better vniuire A 
.reception. Complete K.t S2.00 
VUired, ready lo operate S2.TS. 
electric two TUBE. Opcr- 
'Ble^on houaecurrent. Usesno 
Jb.TtterIcs. Powerful, sensi- 
tive. MiccUve. Kit, $3.00. Wired, ready 
to operate, S3.TS. 







DANCING 

OVER 101 ILLUSTRATIONS 

^ LATEST steps. Be popu- 
lar. Good dancers arc nl.. 
j.tva admired— always pop- 
ular cuesu. Partners wet. 
come them eacerly. THenew. 
•*i. smartest steps without a 
Don’t make excuses 
. . . music starts. Ret lots 

. oriun rrompariiesanddances. 
.. ' liyoii want to becomea pcrfcei 
dancer, learn to fiance at home 
•' isneweasvway. BOOH TELLS: 
)w in develop polseandronirol 
iPruVB your dance steps, artol 
dtllnk’. now to walk to n 
>vv to lead. laTtt fox trot i 
iiural and Reverse Turnr. u,e 
veise Wave. The Quieksieg 
swavlncr to mu.tlr. Waltz Back- 
ward rhanKes, ih^ Continental 
The famousKitsdan.'o.lheMan. 
ha'.tan. ino Colleec lihumha, the 
Carlo. Clarlesion, etc. Art of 
Oancmq 25c. Cloth bound 
lib-a~v editio.t 40e postuaid. 




of Revolver. Ai 
ornrance alone 

scare a bursiar. Takes22 Cal. Blank 
C^iridcrea oblalnableevcry»her«. 
Great protection acalnst burElars. 
trampa.doea. Have Itlayinrarourtd I 
wiitioiitihcdaTtceraiuchedlooUier I 
^volvera. Plneloreihof July. New v 
Veora. ataee work. BtartlnK pisinl 

S'f.Mr-i.iS'.ir.;?,';.’; 

fco wbpy Ivpel 50e. Ahi«n«x 







Radio & Television Booh 

Kow to build IneEpen- 
slve cryaul sets, elec- 
trie radio, short wave 
radio, hints on bulldlne 
teievisien set. With 
television sot iron 
SEE as well Sa HEAR 

_ roi-epllon. Tells hoe 

Imple home set may ha bulic BMk 
— na eT. ONLY iO CE NTS . 

Noise & Aerial Eliminator 

Ellmlrtaleskerlal nnd ni- 
ters electrical disturb- 
ances. Increases the re- 
ception from 'radio and /, . 
makea srealer distance Ur 
and volume possible. ‘ 

Cunianteed. Price Postpaid BO Centa. 

YACHT CAPl 

Smart, snappy. Just what 
every real boy Is wearlns. 

Cool and comfortable. 

White Twill Yacht Cap, 
with black oilcloth peak, 
sweat band, gold braid 
and brasa hultoni 9CC 
with anchor. Price 
White Duck Yacht Cap, sup- 
erior quality duck, white cel- 
luloid rap, gold cord, brass 
buttons and red. white and . 
blue anchor on front. State XH 
size. Price postpaid , . . 



JAPANESE ROSE BUSHES 



weeks sfler planting they will be ... 
full bloom. We positively guarantM . 
itlobeso. Bloom every ten weeks, 
summer or winter, and when ihrco 
years old the bush will be a nuisa 
of roses bearing from 500 to 1 ,000 
rosesoheachbuah. Thenowersare 
in 3 shades — while, pink, and crlm- 
lion. At least three bushes from a paekei 
of aeed. Price lOe pkt., 3 pkts 23c pettpaid. 




TAP DANCE 

Why envy theeasy rhythm 
I and faselnallr^ zrare of 
i.<i(Ap’nFetc1>lt.F^d Astaire 
?lc. Tap dance In O.S'I V 6 
HOUn.Siiy a new slmplinod 
course by Prof. Wi Uon. No 
soerl.il abllliy needed. Be 
smaril EvervboOv'.s tap. 
“'nz. Thewhoioiownls 
lanplng. Deal out a 
tune with voiir feel. 
SlOillmtratioRB 
Hoa^ssealoveli.Frlcndsadore 

It. Oesiries. Lap dancing is not 
only InvigoratiiiK nnd enter. 

Ulnintt but is alsoaliealthful 

yerclse for miiklnpthe limbs sup. 
p.esnd Cl vintr a "sprlnev” recline 
rr. whole bodv. Pro. 

™ie* eiimncsa nature’s way— no 
Pllls.drutrsordletlncr. Readersaav: 
»-• -wopdorful benelVl. Th.snk you 
for adding tapuanelne corny accomp- 
- l.shTienia.’' Pries 2Sc pestoaid 
Cloth bound library edition 40c 





|| Afew y*it Pocket 

'Adding Machine 

Adda, auberaeu, multiplies, di- 
vides. Does work ofacoaily ma- 
rine. Ten million canaclly. 

. Simpla and. accurate. NOT A 
TOY’ Easy to opei ato. No keys 
to punch, no lever to pull. Total 
always vivibte. Guaranteed for 5 
years. LlRhlplnz colculalor and 
llmeanver. Construciedofsteel 
cnsunngsirengih.durabl lily and 

reliabUiiy. Lnsta a nfellme. 
Compact and lichl. Weli{hi7ciz. 

I Will .'ll right In vest pocket 
and can be rarrled about Et Cft 
enience. SxOln. Price . . #1.9U 



Pocket Radio $1.00 

Amazing midget radio Als In 
pockeu Weight 2 cm. Smaller 
ihon • clca ette 
package. Separ- 
atoa. and receives 
all stations with 
beautiful. clear 
lone. Range SO 
miles — grealor 
under goud oon- 
dlllone. No sta. 
uc or noise. Noth- 
ing to wear out— lasts 
r years. No crystals 
adjust. New sensitive 
and hl-efTtelenev 




design. Not a 



In bod. ... 

Without phone. Price $1.00. Single i-none 
Etoubte Phone Headset »t to w.v.'.J??,'!* 



onicilcai radio. 
• -""ces. auioa 

anywhere. 




cut And 
Instructions 
0 assemble 
<hese 'moccasins 
<omforlable 



Complets blueprints lor 3 dlf- 
fAf*"* racers. The one lllus- 
traced can be built for a few 
dollars. AJI about racer 
PATts, gears, tranamis- 
siona, dirt track rac- 
“"a. track raguia- 
Uona, blueprints, 
plana, how to add 
,a motor to your 
bike at Mtls cost, 
increasing epeed, 
etc., etc. Cram- 
med A Jammed 
— ^fullotinformollon 
Oyer 75 niustratlons. plane A blueprlDte. 
COMPLETE BOOK, only 2Sc. 

Delua e cloth b ound library edition, 40e. 

JU-JITSU|S?:Te“d* 30=/ 

The Japanese artofaclf.dcfenac* 

New .methods of attack and 
defense jire given: Illu.straU'd 
so that you cannot fall U 
undorsund them. Deals fuliv 
''’•lb trins. throws. wrisiV 
locks, .body holds, defense Y 
against revolvers, sarngllng, \ 
armiocke, aci.ssors. eplILs. J 
headlock. holding a mar ^ 
doum, double kneo throw, 
aiiek attack, defense againsi 
knife, one honj throat grip, 
defense against two assail- 
. stomach throw, secret 
thumb knockout. .nerve 
pinches, and numerous oihcra. 

Loam to protect yourself un- 
mstaiu'es with 
Pear no 






lalure’ 

l.Th. guns ,;.v,vr|. 

of Ju Jliau" Only 30e, 
Pound library « 







learn TO HYPNOTIZE 



|See how oa.silv you e.-in mavic>- 
ithe eerreis of fiypnoilsm and 
strange power, .swav others nl 
i 0 lhers*”conS -'^1 the thoughts of 
and be the master of every a'uu’. 
in. Make others love you, 
engihen vour will power, h.in 

2Se 

boung liQrarv edition. 40e. 

CHAMELtON 25c 




h fear and v 
Cloth I 




WATCH IT CHANGE COLORI 

Get one^of these most wonderful of all oea- 
Wear one cm the lapel of your coabas a curiosity 
...^® . •roLblo to keep. Can go for 



months without food, 
ped to any address In \ 
• and I 



Hi-Powered Air Pistols 



A iMwcrful nigh 
grade Air Pistol 
shaped like an . 
automatic, pocket 
alee. Fires B B 
shot obtainable any- 
where. Very powerful - 
perfwtly safe for bovsiohan. 1 
die. Two stylos. Single shot I 
■— Hcreite-. Tho Re- 1 
1 00 Shota In one I 
The Mngle Shot” 



Platol 



ShoL Well made 

With e bunch of t^ese bills It 
easy tor AperaonofUmltcd 
r-an. prosperous by 




|.( *,3r^ruua D| 

Dashing a rol I of these hi I la 
' f* ‘"?.P'’‘>Pertime and peel. 
Ingoff agenulnobill or two 
r^mihcouLsldcofihe roll. 
The effect Created will be 
found lo tw all uiaiean M 
dexlrcHl, Prieea: 40 billa 



- H»49- 

niriAtiort' tenter 
piece nulck. One 
finger fnOuaalng.^ 

Permlla full, un-.i 
hamoered, two b 
eyed viaion that 'll 
glvea remarliabld n 
• cope and clarity. 

Ewell for nature atu- 
rty, hiking, aports, and 
• million Other thlngi. ... 
Complete with cord, 4|0 i 
packed In bog. ONLv"*wC| 





outdoors, nature - etudy. 
cnorts, looking St the moon. 

ertod Into Solar Ulescepe b] 
— ymj canseo a, 
Pr.ee 23c. i 



THRIFT Vi 

A 3 dial aafe lock And Vault I 
Bank, Just dial the three 
numbers and open tho 
vault Just like ' any 
safe. Big and roomy-lt 
measures Bbout4g3 In. J 
Swell lo keep your / 
money. Jewelry, etc. In. f 



THRIFT VAOLTSl... . 
liar In appearAnce lo * _ 

the^abovo onijr made t^wel. _| 



boystboysibo 

^ THROW YOUR VOICI 

^ Into o tPnnk» under the bed or niiTTvhere* Loti 
^of fan (oollns tenchert policeman or friends* 

THE WONDERFUL VENTRILO 

A little Instrument. tlt« In the month out of 
Slight. UHed with above for Bird Calln. etc. Anroi 
I can ase It. Never falls. A complete book with 4 / 
iifnll coarse on Ventrlloqulam together with ll| 



the Vontrllo. Sent poetpnld for only. 



ELECTRITE PENCIL 



wrllea in gold, 
fed. yellow, purple, green 
■ leather, wnod.poper, 
Ik. rubber. 
Pyl your name. mono. 
■ ' gold or any 



blue.etc..^.. 

bakelltc.cellophane. silk, rubber' 
etc., etc. Pul yp.— - — -- 
er.im or Inlliali 

can '■rnegtracashoasilybvdo 

. 1 .:^,- for other people. Every 

A nkmeor monoT 
pram on an article - 
iiy get 25c for it. v«.--.LL*umimBi 
V*' «’’<'^bl few seconds 
time! Justpluginel. 



vet Itcosisal. 

il!2?’ 

light aoekeland the 

... ILEcfRITE 



Is ready to write. 

ng dcniors. Only $|.00 





CCC RING 

Everyone warns to 
vear thit big ring 
with the red. blue 
ind gold emblem aur- 
•ounded by the Amer- 
ican Eaglel Hdndaomc- 
Ijpollshed. Stale 
Silver ai 



U.S.NAVY RING UK"" 



, 25e 

Bterlrn^^ Rlnfl. 



appearance 



. - COC ring, 

USN In bold relief with anchor. Silver *ap^ 
pearanee, 2Se. Sterling Silver. $1.00. 14 ht 



' with Sterling trwblem, $1,7$. 



US ARMY RING simitar to CCC ring, only 

u.o.Hnmi ninu Army emblem. A 

large, oversize ring. Silver appearance, 3Se. 
«»-llng Silver, $1.00. 14 ht Oold With 

img Emblem, an effective contrast. $1.7B 



AVIATION RING similar to CCC ring, with 
Hvmiiun Ifinb Aviation Emblem. a 
•nappy ring that you will be | 

14 hi. Oold, Price 1 

STEAM ENGINE 

‘'T' 

1. h 

A’atc.. .... ....... „„... 

Id hc.ir tho engine puffing 
swam up. Light 
no boiler with water, and 
r minutes It le blazing 
ipapeedl Runs for hours 
-... -.;c..lMng and will >un amall 
toys off Uio fly wheel. Foolproof, 
harrr^ae. fully tested and guar- 



antee safe a 






WONDERFUL X-RAY 10c 

GREAT CURIOSITVl With It 
you can apparently aee the 
tones in the flngere. lead Ina 
pencil, even the flesh seema 
trarupareni. Alwaysrcadyfor \MHfI>l 
use. Only 10 c ppd. VB" 




Boy Electrician 



New model 
— cann<^ 



Telia 



. several col- 
which rune on 
hesG 3Se. II- 
pestp ai •* 



Mlio baitei? I 
fnotora. radios. ' 
teloCTaoh aoparatus. tolcPhonca.ia 
Electric bells, alarms.^ 
.fisetric engine.H, etc. 04 pbm> 
100 Illustra tions. Price p^tpgty* 






FUN LICENS 



nm. 









Lat^ 

pnn 

aiiiii 

Han) 

youi 

will 

(You! 

Lie? 

Dipl 

Cert 

rcall 



®"i^.®'9Q*ra A Oraf 
On* Armed pr.vera a Nechert 

teMificate: Arrest Warrant: C< 
Dog Liccnae;_ Odld Mine St 



Open Any I 

pL'Ik forget vour 

‘fotoblymanyiimoe. Don'two 
moreabouUosike.vs (w anvk 
R3Lheae master ke 
open almost any ordinary lock 

i^^nM »>X * *3'’® *J*®*f It’ 
■ j*?? but you'll ir 

handy that you’U 

SMASTER KEYSPricM 



■ object, emits rays or wh 
I Ing It visible In ihodark 

■ night— the brighter list 
use— you can do itl Ap' 
dial of your watch so vol 

.iT,-;::: — nlghL Palm pushbutco' 



RiPEATro GSm 

[AutomaHcrep 



lihat win fire i 
lone loadlngl 
wacy. Bulls' 




oga,21 Pilules- 

■ lems. Comic rccltailoiu. 1 
iw Parlor Pastimes. 13 pi 
fhelr Meanings. 1 
zlea. 37 Amusing ^nerlme 
Dum^Alphabet. .Shadowgraphy 







CJrz 







r-\ 







SCRATCHIN 



According to the Government '-Health Bulletin 
No. E-28 at least 50% of the adult population of 
the United States are being attacked by the disease 
known as Athlete’s Foot. 

There are many other names given, to this dis- 
ease, but you can easily tell if you have it. 

Usually the disease starts between the toes. Lit- 
tle watery blisters form and the skin cracks and 
peels. After a while the itching 'becomes intense 
and you feel as though you would like to scratch 
off all the skin. 





FF 

Pi'OOa") 

Send Coupon-Don1 Pay fill Relieved 



©2 HQ §nDi?(gsidlQi]ii§ 

. Often the disease travels all over the bot- 
tom, of- the feet. The soles of your feet be- 
come red and swollen. The skin also cracks 
and peels, and the itching becomes worse and 
worse. 

It has been said that this disease origi- 
nated' in the trenches, so some people call 
it Trench Foot. Whatever name you 
give* if; however, the thing to do is' to 
get rid of it .as quickly as possible, be- 
.cause it is very contagious and it may 
go to your hands or even to the un- 
,'der arm, or. crotch of- the legs. 

'•'■Most people who have 'Athlete’s 
Fdot‘!',have tried all kinds of reme- 
dies- "to cure it without success. 

Ordinary germicides, antiseptics, 
salve or ointments seldom 
do any good. 






GORE PRODUCTS, INC.,’F F' ‘ ’ 

890 Perdido St., New OrleansI ' La.. 

•’F • \ .dr.'.r 

Please ''send me immediately a complete treatment for foot trouble^"^ 
as described above. J a/.Mee lo use.it accortlln^' to' direcilotis. . If at'.' 
•ffh'e end of If) day.s ’'ffiy feel are ffettiiiS) better i will send you Sl.OO. • 
Jf I am. not ' entirely 'satisfied I uill ictuifi Hie unu.sed portion of,.' 
His botde' to.you iritbin 1.5. clays from dhe’^time 1 receive it. 




JEmm 2® 'ir[p®si2 22 

The germ that causes the disease is known as Tinea 
Trichophyton. It buries itself deep iii the tissues of 
the skin and is very hard to kill. A test made shows 
that it takes 20 minutes of boiling to kill tlie germ, 
so you can see why the ordinary 
remedies are unsuccessful, 

H. F. was developed solely for the 
purpo.se of trentiug Athlete’.s Foot. 
It is a liquid that penetrates and 
dries quickly. You just paint 
the affected parts. It peels off 
the infected skin and work.« 
Its way deep into the tissue 
of the skiu where the germ 
breeds. 



n2®I]n2i!ng]^2®ipg 



As soon as you apply FT. F 
you will find that the itching 
i.s ininiediately'’ relieved. 
should paint the infected • parts 
with H. F. night and morning until 
your feet are well. Usually this 
takes from three to ten days, although 
in severe cases it may take longer -or in 
mild ca.ses less time. 

H. F. will leave the skin soft and smooth. You will 
marvel at the (|uick way it brings you relief ; especiallj 
If 3'ou are one of those who have tried for years to gel 
rid of Athlete’s Foot without success. 



IFo §®i8 



, '■ 

•A iinimss.. 

vS'-' 



ret 






i 



, 

ST'ATR. . 
/ 



Sigh and mall the coupon and a bottle of H. P. will 

be miiiled you iimiiedijitely. Doii’t seiid any money and 

don’t pay the postman any money, don’t pay anvthing 
liny time unle.ss H. K. i.s lifilpiiig you. It it doe's help 
you we know that yon will lie y.liui to send us $1.00 
lor tlie treatment at the etid of fen days. That’s howl 

coupinFdiir r 

I